Table of Contents

As Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 28, 2008
Registration No. 333-      
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form F-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
 
 
         
Cayman Islands
  3674   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
 
 
No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road
Baoding 071051
People’s Republic of China
(86 312) 8929-500
(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive office)
 
 
 
 
Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10017
(212) 750-6474
(Name, address, and telephone number for agent of service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
Leiming Chen
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
ICBC Tower, 35th Floor
3 Garden Road, Central,
Hong Kong
(852) 2514-7600
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement, as determined by market conditions and other factors.
 
If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box o .
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box. þ
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.C. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box. þ
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.C. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box.   o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                                         
            Proposed Maximum
    Proposed Maximum
     
      Amount To Be
    Aggregate Price Per
    Aggregate Offering
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered     Registered(3)     Unit(3)     Price(3)     Registration Fee(3)
Ordinary shares, par value US$0.01 per share(1)(2)
                               
Preferred shares
                               
Depositary shares
                               
Debt securities
                               
Warrants
                               
                                         
 
 
(1)  Includes (i) ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public and (ii) ordinary shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option. These ordinary shares are not being registered for the purposes of sales outside of the United States.
 
(2)  American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby have been registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-142852). Each ADS represents one ordinary share.
 
(3)  An indeterminate aggregate number of securities is being registered as may from time to time be sold at indeterminate prices. In accordance with Rules 456(b) and 457(r), the Registrant is deferring payment of all of the registration fee.
 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS
 
(YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED LOGO)
 
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited
 
ORDINARY SHARES
PREFERRED SHARES
DEPOSITARY SHARES
DEBT SECURITIES
WARRANTS
 
We may offer and sell in any combination from time to time in one or more offerings of ordinary shares, preferred shares, depositary shares, debt securities or warrants. The debt securities and warrants may be convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares, preferred shares, depository shares or our other securities. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities we may offer.
 
Each time we sell securities we will provide a supplement to this prospectus that contains specific information about the offering and the terms of the securities. The supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus and any supplement before you invest in any of our securities.
 
We may sell the securities described in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement to or through one or more underwriters, dealers and agents, or directly to purchasers, or through a combination of these methods, on a continuous or delayed basis. The names of any underwriters will be included in the applicable prospectus supplement.
 
Investing in our securities involves risks. See the “Risk Factors” section contained in the applicable prospectus supplement and in the documents we incorporate by reference in this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before investing in our securities.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
We may offer the securities independently or together in any combination for sale directly to purchasers or through underwriters, dealers or agents to be designated at a future date. See “Underwriting.” If any underwriters, dealers or agents are involved in the sale of any of the securities, their names, and any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangements between or among them, will be set forth, or will be calculable from the information set forth, in the applicable prospectus supplement.
 
November 28, 2008


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    1  
    2  
    3  
    4  
    6  
    7  
    8  
    9  
    10  
         
    13  
    36  
    37  
    51  
    60  
    62  
    64  
    64  
    F-1  
  EX-4.4
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-23.1
  EX-23.2
  EX-23.3
  EX-25.1
  EX-99.1
  EX-99.2


Table of Contents

 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
 
You should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information About Us” and “Incorporation of Documents by Reference.”
 
This prospectus is part of an “automatic shelf” registration statement that we filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” as a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, using a “shelf” registration process. By using a shelf registration statement, we may sell any combination of our ordinary shares, preferred shares, depositary shares, debt securities and warrants from time to time and in one or more offerings. This prospectus only provides you with a summary description of our ordinary shares. Each time we sell securities, we will provide a supplement to this prospectus that contains specific information about the securities being offered (if other than ordinary shares and ADSs) and the specific terms of that offering. The supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, you should rely on the prospectus supplement. Before purchasing any securities, you should carefully read both this prospectus and any supplement, together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Incorporation of Documents by Reference.”
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and in any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We will not make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and the applicable supplement to this prospectus is accurate as of the date on its respective cover, and that any information incorporated by reference is accurate only as of the date of the document incorporated by reference, unless we indicate otherwise. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.
 
No representation, warranty or undertaking, express or implied, is made and no responsibility or liability is accepted by the trustee as to the accuracy or completeness of the information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any other information supplied in connection with the securities.
 
In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires,
 
  •  “We,” “us” “our” and “our company” refer to Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, all direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries of Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, and our predecessor, Tianwei Yingli, and its consolidated subsidiary, unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicates;
 
  •  “ADRs” are to the American depositary receipts, which, if issued, evidence our ADSs;
 
  •  “ADSs” are to our American depositary shares, each of which represents one ordinary share;
 
  •  “China” and the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purposes of this prospectus only, Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau;
 
  •  “RMB” and “Renminbi” are to the legal currency of China;
 
  •  “shares” and “ordinary shares” are to our ordinary shares, par value US$0.01 per share; and
 
  •  “$”, “US$” and “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States.
 
This prospectus contains translations of certain Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at specified rates. All translations from Renminbi amounts to U.S. dollar amounts were made at the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in Renminbi per U.S. dollar as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Unless otherwise stated, the translation of Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollar amounts has been made at the noon buying rate in effect on June 30, 2008, which was RMB 6.8591 to US$1.00. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On November 26, 2008, the noon buying rate was RMB6.8282 to US$1.00.


1


Table of Contents

 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT US
 
We are subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we are required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC is available through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system, which may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Information filed with the SEC may also be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents from the SEC upon payment of a duplicating fee. Please visit the SEC’s website or call the SEC at 1-800-732-0330 for further information on the SEC’s public reference room.
 
Our website address is http://www.yinglisolar.com. The information on our website, however, is not, and should not be deemed to be, a part of this prospectus.
 
This prospectus and any prospectus supplement are part of a registration statement that we filed with the SEC and do not contain all of the information in the registration statement. The full registration statement may be obtained from the SEC or us, as indicated below. Forms of the indenture and other documents establishing the terms of the offered securities are filed as exhibits to the registration statement. Statements in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement about these documents are summaries and each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. You should refer to the actual documents for a more complete description of the relevant matters. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement at the SEC’s public reference room as well as through the SEC’s website.
 
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meeting and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of the offered securities and, upon our request, will mail to all record holders of the offered securities the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.


2


Table of Contents

 
INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with them. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. Each document incorporated by reference is current only as of the date of such document, and the incorporation by reference of such documents shall not create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs since the date thereof or that the information contained therein is current as of any time subsequent to its date. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus and should be read with the same care. When we update the information contained in documents that have been incorporated by reference by making future filings with the SEC, the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus is considered to be automatically updated and superseded. In other words, in the case of a conflict or inconsistency between information contained in this prospectus and information incorporated by reference into this prospectus, you should rely on the information contained in the document that was filed later.
 
We incorporate by reference the following documents:
 
  •  our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2008; and
 
  •  all our future annual reports on Form 20-F and any report on Form 6-K that we indicate is being incorporated by reference, in each case, that we file with the SEC on or after the date on which the registration statement is first filed with the SEC and until all of the securities offered by this prospectus are sold.
 
Copies of all documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus, other than exhibits to those documents unless such exhibits are specially incorporated by reference in this prospectus, will be provided at no cost to each person, including any beneficial owner, who receives a copy of this prospectus on the written or oral request of that person made to:
 
No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road
Baoding 071051
People’s Republic of China
Telephone number: (86 312) 8929-500
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
 
You should rely only on the information that we incorporate by reference or provide in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making any offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of those documents.


3


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus, the accompanying prospectus supplement and documents incorporated by reference herein and therein contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements relate to our current expectations and views of future events. These statements relate to events that involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors”, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control, which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
 
In some cases, these forward-looking statements can be identified by words or phrases such as “may”, “will”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “aim”, “estimate”, “intend”, “target”, “plan”, “believe”, “potential”, “continue”, “is/are likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements relating to:
 
  •  our expectations regarding the worldwide demand for electricity and the market for solar energy;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding the effects of environmental regulation, lack of infrastructure reliability and long-term fossil fuel supply constraints;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding the inability of traditional fossil fuel-based generation technologies to meet the demand for electricity;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding the importance of environmentally friendly power generation;
 
  •  our expectations regarding governmental support for the deployment of solar energy;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding the acceleration of adoption of solar technologies;
 
  •  our expectations regarding advancements in our technologies and cost savings from such advancements;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding the competitiveness of our photovoltaic, or PV, products;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding the advantages of our business model;
 
  •  our expectations regarding the scaling of our manufacturing capacity;
 
  •  our expectations regarding entering into or maintaining joint venture enterprises, proposed acquisitions and other strategic investments;
 
  •  our expectations regarding revenue growth and our ability to achieve profitability resulting from increases in our production volumes;
 
  •  our expectations regarding our ability to secure raw materials in the future;
 
  •  our expectations regarding the price trends of PV modules and polysilicon;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding our ability to successfully implement our strategies;
 
  •  our beliefs regarding our abilities to secure sufficient funds to meet our cash needs for our operations, capacity expansion and proposed acquisitions;
 
  •  our future business development, results of operations and financial condition; and
 
  •  competition from other manufacturers of PV products, other renewable energy systems and conventional energy suppliers.
 
This prospectus also contains data related to the PV market worldwide and in China. These market data, including market data from Solarbuzz, a third-party solar energy research and consulting firm, include projections that are based on a number of assumptions. The PV market may not grow at the rates projected by the market data, or at all. The failure of the PV market to grow at the projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business


4


Table of Contents

and the value of our ADSs or other securities offered hereby. In addition, the rapidly changing nature of the PV market subjects any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our market to significant uncertainties. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
 
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.


5


Table of Contents

 
OUR COMPANY
 
We are one of the leading vertically integrated photovoltaic, or PV, product manufacturers in the world. We design, manufacture and sell PV modules, and design, assemble, sell and install PV systems that are connected to an electricity transmission grid or those that operate on a stand-alone basis. With an overall annual manufacturing capacity of 400 megawatts for each of polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules as of the date of this prospectus, we believe we are currently one of the largest manufacturers of PV products in the world as measured by annual manufacturing capacity.
 
We believe we are one of the few large-scale PV companies in the world to have adopted a vertically integrated business model. Except for the production of polysilicon materials that are used to manufacture polysilicon ingots and wafers, our products and services substantially cover the entire PV industry value chain, ranging from the manufacture of multicrystalline polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules to the manufacture of PV systems and the installation of PV systems. In November 2008, we entered into a binding letter of intent to acquire Cyber Power Group Limited, or Cyber Power, a development stage enterprise that plans to produce solar-grade polysilicon. Our end-products include PV modules and PV systems in different sizes and power outputs. We sell PV modules under our own brand name, Yingli, to PV system integrators and distributors located in various markets around the world, including Germany, Spain, Italy, France, the United States, South Korea, Belgium and China.
 
Historically, we have sold and installed PV systems in the western regions of China where substantial government-subsidized, rural electrification projects are underway. We also sell PV systems to mobile communications service providers in China for use across China and plan to export our PV systems into major international markets such as Germany, Spain, Italy and the United States. In addition, in order to promote the export of our PV systems, we have participated in the design and installation of large PV system projects undertaken by our customers overseas.


6


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Please see the factors set forth under the heading “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors” in our most recently filed annual report on Form 20-F, which is incorporated in this prospectus by reference, and, if applicable, the factors set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” in any accompanying prospectus supplement before investing in any securities that may be offered pursuant to this prospectus.


7


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.


8


Table of Contents

 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical basis for the periods indicated. For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of the total of the following: (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations, (ii) fixed charges, and (iii) amortization of capitalized interest minus interest capitalized. Fixed charges are defined as the sum of the following: (i) interest expensed and capitalized, and (ii) amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts.
 
                                                         
    Predecessor   Yingli Green Energy
                For the Period
  For the Period
       
                from January 1,
  from August 7,
  For the Year
  For the
    For the Year Ended
  2006 through
  2006 through
  Ended
  Six Months
    December 31,   September 4,
  December 31,
  December 31,
  Ended
    2003   2004   2005   2006   2006   2007   June 30, 2008
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    1.2       2.2       7.9       9.8       4.7       7.7       8.4  


9


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
The following tables present the selected consolidated financial data of us and our predecessor, Tianwei Yingli. You should read this information together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and information under “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for six months ended June 30, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in the future.
 
Yingli Green Energy was incorporated on August 7, 2006. For the period from August 7, 2006 (date of inception) through September 4, 2006, Yingli Green Energy did not engage in any business or operations. On September 5, 2006, Yingli Group Co., Ltd., or Yingli Group, an entity controlled by Mr. Liansheng Miao, our chairperson and chief executive officer, who also controls our controlling shareholder, Yingli Power, transferred its 51% equity interest in Tianwei Yingli to Yingli Green Energy. As Yingli Group and we were entities under common control at the time of the transfer, the 51% equity interest in Tianwei Yingli were recorded by us at the historical cost to Yingli Group, which approximated the historical carrying values of the assets and liabilities of Tianwei Yingli. For financial statements reporting purposes, Tianwei Yingli is deemed to be our predecessor for periods prior to September 5, 2006.
 
The selected consolidated statement of income data and other consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through September 4, 2006 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of our predecessor, Tianwei Yingli, included in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The selected consolidated statement of income data (other than U.S. dollar translation and per ADS data) and other consolidated financial data for the period from August 7, 2006 (date of inception) through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data (other than U.S. dollar translation data) as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The selected consolidated statement of income data (other than per ADS data) and other consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. The unaudited results for the six months ended June 30, 2008 may not be indicative of our results for the full year ending December 31, 2008. The consolidated financial statements of each of Yingli Green Energy and Tianwei Yingli have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
The selected consolidated statement of income data and other consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from Tianwei Yingli’s audited consolidated financial statements not included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 


10


Table of Contents

                                                                                   
    Predecessor     Yingli Green Energy
                      For the
                   
                For the
    Period from
                   
                Period from
    August 7,
                   
                January 1,
    2006
                   
                2006 through
    through
  For the Year Ended
  For the Six Months Ended
    For the Year Ended December 31,   September 4,     December 31,   December 31,   June 30,
    2003   2004   2005   2006     2006   2007   2007   2008
    RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$
    (In thousands)         (In thousands, except per share and ADS data)
Consolidated Statement of Income Data
                                                                                 
Net revenues
    22,977       120,483       361,794       883,988         754,793       4,059,323       591,816       1,329,663       3,582,039       522,232  
Gross profit
    6,631       25,180       108,190       272,352         179,946       956,840       139,499       294,374       904,037       131,801  
Income from operations
    4,324       13,744       83,675       234,631         132,288       679,543       99,072       188,544       678,373       98,901  
Interest expense
    (192 )     (6,411 )     (5,278 )     (22,441 )       (25,789 )     (64,834 )     (9,452 )     (39,419 )     (69,118 )     (10,077 )
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
          (1 )     (1,812 )     (3,406 )       (4,693 )     (32,662 )     (4,762 )     (17,523 )     (1,894 )     (276 )
Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment
                2,165               (3,908 )                              
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (1,441 )     (1,221 )     (12,736 )     (22,546 )       (22,968 )     (12,928 )     (1,885 )     777       2,303       336  
Minority interests
    14       76       36       76         (45,285 )     (192,612 )     (28,081 )     (60,960 )     (188,779 )     (27,523 )
Net income (1)
    2,942       6,089       65,954       186,223         30,017       389,020       56,716       71,586       430,732       62,797  
Net income applicable to ordinary shareholders
                                      23,048       335,869       48,967       18,435       430,732       62,797  
Basic earnings per share applicable to ordinary shareholders (1)(2)
                                      0.36       3.00       0.44       0.19       3.38       0.49  
Diluted earnings per share (1)(2)
                                      0.36       2.89       0.42       0.18       3.32       0.48  
Basic earnings per ADS (1)(2)
                                      0.36       3.00       0.44       0.19       3.38       0.49  
Diluted earnings per ADS (1)(2)
                                      0.36       2.89       0.42       0.18       3.32       0.48  
 
                                                                   
    Predecessor     Yingli Green Energy
        For the
                 
        Period from
    For the Period
           
        January 1,
    from August 7,
  For the Year
       
    For the Year Ended
  2006 through
    2006 through
  Ended
  For the
    December 31,   September 4,     December 31,   December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    2003   2004   2005   2006     2006   2007   2007   2008
    (In percentages)     (In percentages)
Other Consolidated Financial Data
                                                                 
Gross profit margin (3)
    28.9 %     20.9 %     29.9 %     30.8 %       23.8 %     23.6 %     22.1 %     25.2 %
Operating profit margin (3)
    18.8 %     11.4 %     23.1 %     26.5 %       17.5 %     16.7 %     14.2 %     18.9 %
Net profit margin (3)
    12.8 %     5.1 %     18.2 %     21.1 %       4.0 %     9.6 %     5.4 %     12.0 %
 
 
(1) Commencing January 1, 2007, our primary operating subsidiary, Tianwei Yingli, began enjoying certain exemptions from income tax. Prior to January 1, 2007, there was no tax exemption in place.

11


Table of Contents

 
The net income effects, basic and diluted earnings per share effects of the tax holiday for the year ended December 31, 2007 and six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                                         
            For the Six Months
    For the Year Ended December 31,   Ended June 30,
    2007   2007   2008
    RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$
    (In thousands, except per share)
 
Net income
    80,524       11,740       11,740       130,360       19,005  
Basic earnings per share
    0.84       0.12       0.12       1.02       0.15  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.81       0.12       0.12       1.01       0.15  
 
 
(2) Tianwei Yingli, our predecessor, is not a share-based company and had no outstanding shares for the periods presented, and therefore, we have not presented earnings per share for Tianwei Yingli.
 
(3) Gross profit margin, operating profit margin and net profit margin represent gross profit, operating profit and net profit, respectively, divided by net revenues.
 
                                                                   
    Predecessor     Yingli Green Energy
    As of December 31,     As of December 31,   As of June 30,
    2003   2004   2005     2006   2007   2008
    RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   US$
    (In thousands)     (In thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                                                 
Cash
    4,756       21,739       14,865         78,455       961,077       140,117       674,706       98,367  
Accounts receivable, net
    5,783       6,120       40,505         281,921       1,240,844       180,905       1,023,660       149,241  
Inventories
    10,374       17,499       106,566         811,746       1,261,207       183,874       1,246,499       181,729  
Prepayments to suppliers
    6,452       12,617       123,452         134,823       1,056,776       154,069       1,783,898       260,078  
Total current assets
    36,138       62,437       335,372         1,725,885       5,089,326       741,982       5,475,720       798,315  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    107,084       120,980       341,814         583,498       1,479,829       215,747       2,240,455       326,640  
Long-term prepayments to suppliers
                        226,274       637,270       92,909       711,664       103,755  
Total assets
    163,868       204,076       704,775         2,813,461       7,673,997       1,118,805       9,223,687       1,344,737  
Short-term borrowings (1)
    63,000       92,000       346,757         267,286       1,261,275       183,883       1,622,305       236,519  
Total current liabilities
    98,231       132,570       566,471         668,241       1,576,109       229,784       2,139,948       311,987  
Convertible senior notes
                              1,262,734       184,096       1,216,041       177,289  
Total liabilities
    98,466       132,836       567,617         1,339,878       2,917,373       425,329       3,455,024       503,714  
Minority interests
    856       606       569         387,716       754,799       110,043       1,290,630       188,163  
Total owners’/shareholders’ equity
    64,546       70,634       136,589         68,530       4,001,825       583,433       4,478,033       652,860  
 
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31,   For the Six Months Ended June 30,
    2004   2005   2006   2007   2007   2008
 
Consolidated Operating Data
                                               
PV modules sold (in megawatts) (2)
    4.7       11.9       51.3       142.5       45.7       122.7  
Average selling price of PV modules (per watt in US$) (3)
    2.83       3.49       3.82       3.86       3.78       4.20  
 
 
(1) Includes loans guaranteed or entrusted by related parties, which amounted to RMB 51.0 million, RMB 80.0 million, RMB 234.0 million, RMB 233.0 million, RMB 470.2 million (US$68.6 million) and nil, as of December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, and June 30, 2008, respectively.
 
(2) PV modules sold, for a given period, represents the total PV modules, as measured in megawatts, delivered to customers under the then effective supply contracts during such period.
 
(3) We compute average selling price of PV modules per watt for a given period as the total sales of PV modules divided by the total watts of the PV modules sold during such period, and translated into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate at the end of such period as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.


12


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS FOR SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2008
 
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and our unaudited condensed financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are one of the leading vertically integrated PV product manufacturers in the world. Through Tianwei Yingli, our principal operating subsidiary based in China, we design, manufacture and sell PV modules, and design, assemble, sell and install PV systems. We also intend to expand our PV module and systems business through Yingli China. We sell PV modules to PV system integrators and distributors located in various markets around the world, including Germany, Spain, Italy, France, the United States, South Korea, Belgium, and China. Currently, we also sell PV systems, primarily to customers in China.
 
Our manufacturing capacity and operations have grown significantly since we completed construction of our first manufacturing facilities for PV modules in 2002. We use most of the polysilicon ingots and wafers and PV cells we produce for the production of PV modules, which we sell to third-party customers. We sold 11.9 megawatts, 51.3 megawatts, 142.5 megawatts and 122.7 megawatts of PV modules in 2005, 2006, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively.
 
The most significant factors that affect our financial performance and results of operations are:
 
  •  industry demand;
 
  •  government subsidies and economic incentives;
 
  •  capacity;
 
  •  availability and price of polysilicon;
 
  •  vertically integrated manufacturing capabilities;
 
  •  competition and product pricing; and
 
  •  manufacturing technologies.
 
Industry Demand
 
Our business and revenue growth depend on the market demand for PV products. Although solar power technology has been used for several decades, the PV market grew significantly only in the past several years. According to Solarbuzz, the global PV market, as measured by annual PV system installation at end-user locations, increased from 598 megawatts in 2003 to 2,826 megawatts in 2007. Solarbuzz’s “Green World” forecast scenario forecasted global PV industry revenues and PV system installations to be US$39.5 billion and 9,917 megawatts in 2012, respectively.
 
Government Subsidies and Economic Incentives
 
We believe that the near-term growth of the market for PV products depends largely on the availability and size of government subsidies and economic incentives. Today, the cost of solar power substantially exceeds the cost of electrical power generated from conventional fossil fuels such as coal and natural gas. As a result, governments in many countries, including Germany, Spain, Italy, France, South Korea, the United States and China, have provided subsidies and economic incentives for the use of renewable energy such as solar power to reduce dependency on


13


Table of Contents

conventional fossil fuels as a source of energy. These subsidies and economic incentives have been in the form of capital cost rebates, feed-in tariffs, tax credits, net metering and other incentives to end-users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar power products, including PV products. The demand for our PV modules and PV systems in our current, targeted or potential markets is affected significantly by these government subsidies and economic incentives.
 
Capacity
 
In order to take advantage of the rapidly increasing market demand for PV products, we have expanded, and plan to continue to expand, our manufacturing capacity significantly. We started producing PV modules in 2002 with initial manufacturing capacity of three megawatts, polysilicon ingots and wafers in October 2003 with initial manufacturing capacity of six megawatts and PV cells in March 2004 with initial annual manufacturing capacity of three megawatts. In accordance with our business model of a vertically integrated PV product manufacturer, we had expanded our manufacturing capacity for each of polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules to 200 megawatts in July 2007 and 400 megawatts in September 2008.
 
The size of manufacturing capacity has a significant bearing on the profitability and competitive position of PV product manufacturers. Increased manufacturing capacity generates greater revenues through the production and sales of more PV products and also contributes to reduced manufacturing costs through economies of scale. Achieving economies of scale from expanded manufacturing capacity is critical to maintaining our competitive position in PV industry as manufacturers with greater economies of scale may manage their production more efficiently, obtain a greater market share of PV products by offering their products at a more competitive price by virtue of their greater ability to obtain volume discounts from their polysilicon and other raw material suppliers and have other bargaining leverage.
 
In April 2006, we launched an expansion project in Baoding, China to increase our annual manufacturing capacity of each of polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules. Through projects at Tianwei Yingli, we expanded our overall annual manufacturing capacity to 400 megawatts in September 2008, and through projects at Yingli China, we expect to expand our overall annual manufacturing capacity to 600 megawatts in the third quarter of 2009. We expect that achieving the same level of manufacturing capacity for each of polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules may improve our profit margins, as we will no longer need to enter into toll manufacturing arrangements with third-party PV cell manufacturers to process a portion of our excess wafers into PV cells.
 
Availability and Price of Polysilicon
 
High purity polysilicon and polysilicon scraps are the most important raw materials used in our manufacturing process. Over the past few years, polysilicon suppliers have been raising their prices and adding manufacturing capacity in response to growing demand from the PV and semiconductor industries. Our average purchase price of polysilicon per kilogram, calculated based on the total contract price for the quantity of polysilicon purchased under these contracts during the relevant period of time, has increased by 185.5% in 2006 compared to 2005, by 30.2% in 2007 compared to 2006, and by 41.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared to 2007. The increasing price of polysilicon has driven up our manufacturing costs in the past three years and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and may further drive up our manufacturing costs notwithstanding our continuing efforts to use polysilicon more efficiently.
 
We have observed significant declines in the spot prices of polysilicon and the prices of other products in the PV value chain, which we believe to be primarily due to conditions in the global financial markets. However, we believe that the average price of polysilicon may gradually stabilize in the near term, driven by the increased demand for polysilicon and PV products as a result of lower pricing and delays or cancellations of partially funded and new polysilicon plants as a result of financing constraints. The average price of polysilicon over the medium to long term will depend on a number of factors, including the scope and progress of current and future manufacturing capacity expansion plans of polysilicon suppliers, the level of demand for polysilicon from the PV and semiconductor industries and any changes in government regulations and subsidies in respect of PV and other alternative energy industries that may significantly affect the demand outlook for polysilicon, as well as macro-economic


14


Table of Contents

conditions. We believe that none of these factors can be predicted with reasonable certainty as of the date of this prospectus, and the average price of polysilicon may increase or decrease significantly over the medium to long term as a result of any combination of such factors. Building polysilicon manufacturing lines generally requires significant upfront capital commitment and it typically takes an average of 18 to 24 months to construct a manufacturing line and put it into production. As a result, polysilicon suppliers are generally willing to expand their manufacturing capacity only if they are certain of sufficient potential customer demand to justify such capital commitment. Therefore, polysilicon suppliers typically require customers to make a certain percentage of an initial advance payment followed by additional advance payments of the remaining balance in advance of shipment. As a result, the purchase of polysilicon has required, and will continue to require, us to make significant working capital commitments beyond the capital generated from our cash flows from operations. We are required to maintain adequate cash position to continue to support our purchases of raw materials.
 
Our process technology enables us to increase our utilization of polysilicon scraps in the production of ingots and wafers. In addition, we also plan to utilize polysilicon scraps and lower-grade polysilicon to produce monocrystalline silicon suitable for combining into our production of ingots and wafers to reduce manufacturing costs. The price of polysilicon scraps has historically been significantly lower than the price of high purity polysilicon. However, due to the PV industry’s growing demand for polysilicon scraps, prices of polysilicon scraps have also been increasing.
 
The increase in demand for polysilicon which has outpaced the increase in polysilicon manufacturing capacity has caused polysilicon supply shortages in the PV industry since 2004, and as a result we have from time to time experienced late or failed deliveries and supply shortages. To date, such late or failed deliveries and supply shortages have had no material effect on our output level. As the PV industry continues to grow, the availability of high purity polysilicon and polysilicon scraps will, to a large extent, determine the output of PV product manufacturers. Failure to obtain sufficient quantities of high purity polysilicon and polysilicon scraps could limit our ability to expand our manufacturing capacity as currently planned and consequently decrease our revenues.
 
In order to secure adequate and timely supply of high purity polysilicon and polysilicon scraps, we have entered into various purchase agreements and memorandums of understanding with local and foreign suppliers, including the world’s major polysilicon suppliers. As of the date of this prospectus, we have secured all of our estimated polysilicon needs for 2008 based on our current capacity expansion plan. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to secure sufficient quantities of polysilicon and polysilicon scraps to support the expansion of our manufacturing capacity as currently planned. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Us and the PV Industry — We are currently experiencing and may continue to experience an industry-wide shortage of polysilicon. Our failure to obtain sufficient quantities of polysilicon in a timely manner could disrupt our operations, prevent us from operating at full capacity or limit our ability to expand as planned, which will reduce, and limit the growth of, our manufacturing output and revenue.”
 
Historically, the effect of the increase in the cost of polysilicon has been partially offset by our greater scalability of operations, increasingly efficient use of polysilicon and improvements in our process technologies and increased price of PV modules. Our cost of revenues for the sale of PV modules as a percentage of net revenues from the sale of PV modules increased from 69.8% in 2005 to 71.9% in 2006 on a combined basis and to 76.1% in 2007 and was 74.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
Vertically Integrated Manufacturing Capabilities
 
We believe our vertically integrated business model offers us several advantages, particularly in areas of cost reduction and quality control, over our competitors that depend on third parties to source core product components. First, the vertical integration enables us to capture margins at every stage of the PV product value chain in which we are engaged. Second, by streamlining our manufacturing processes, we can reduce production costs and costs associated with toll manufacturing, packaging and transportation as well as breakage losses that occur during shipment between various production locations associated with toll manufacturing arrangements. Third, we control operations at substantially all stages of the PV value chain, including research and development, which enables us to more closely monitor the quality of our PV products from start to finish, and design and streamline our manufacturing processes in a way that enables us to leverage our technologies more efficiently and reduce costs


15


Table of Contents

at each stage of the manufacturing process. We believe that the synergy effect from our vertically integrated business model has enabled us to reduce the quantity of polysilicon we use to make PV modules, improve the conversion efficiency of our PV cells and reduce the lead time needed to fulfill our customer orders.
 
Competition and Product Pricing
 
PV modules, which are currently our principal products, are priced primarily on the basis of the number of watts of electricity they generate and the market price per watt for PV modules. We price our PV modules based on the prevailing market prices at the time we enter into sales contracts with our customers or as our customers place their purchase orders with us, taking into account various factors including, among others, the size of the contract or the purchase order, the strength and history of our relationship with a particular customer and our polysilicon costs. We believe that the quality of our PV products and our low-cost manufacturing capabilities have enabled us to price our products competitively and will further provide us with flexibility in adjusting the price of our products without significantly affecting our profit margins.
 
Since 2003 and until recently, the average selling price for PV modules has been rising across the industry, due to the high demand for PV modules as well as rising polysilicon costs during the same period. Correspondingly, the average selling price per watt of our PV modules increased from US$3.49 in 2005 to US$3.82 in 2006 on a combined basis to US$3.86 in 2007 and was US$4.20 in the six months ended June 30, 2008 (each computed as the total sales of PV modules divided by the total watts of the PV modules sold during a given period, and translated into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate at the end of such period as certified by the United States Federal Reserve Board). However, we expect that the prices of PV products, including PV modules, may decline over time due to increased supply of PV products, reduced manufacturing costs from economies of scale, advancement of manufacturing technologies and cyclical downturns in the price of polysilicon. Fluctuations in prevailing market prices may have a material effect on the prices of our PV modules and our profitability, particularly if the price of PV modules declines or if the price of PV modules rises at a slower pace than the cost of polysilicon increases.
 
We sell our PV modules primarily through sales contracts with a term of less than one year and are obligated to deliver PV modules according to pre-agreed prices and delivery schedules.
 
Manufacturing Technologies
 
The advancement of manufacturing technologies is important in increasing the conversion efficiency of PV cells and reducing the production costs of PV products. Because PV modules are priced based on the number of watts of electricity they generate, higher conversion efficiency generally leads to higher revenues from the sale of PV modules.
 
We have been continuously developing advanced manufacturing technologies to increase the conversion efficiency of our PV cells. We employ a number of techniques to reduce our production costs while striving to reach a PV cell conversion efficiency ratio that is on par with or above an acceptable range. First, we use multicrystalline polysilicon, which is less expensive than monocrystalline polysilicon for our feedstock. While multicrystalline polysilicon tends to yield lower conversion efficiency than monocrystalline polysilicon, we believe cost savings from the use of multicrystalline polysilicon outweigh the reduced level of conversion efficiency. Second, we use polysilicon feedstock that mixes high purity polysilicon with polysilicon scraps, which is substantially less expensive than high purity polysilicon, at a ratio which we believe yields an enhanced balance of cost and quality. Third, our research and development team continues to focus on finding ways to improve our manufacturing technology and reduce manufacturing costs without compromising the quality of our products.
 
Net Revenues
 
We currently derive net revenues from three sources:
 
  •  sales of PV modules, which are currently our principal source of revenues and are primarily driven by market demand as well as our manufacturing capacity;
 
  •  sales of PV systems, which consist of sales of PV systems and related installation services; and
 
  •  other revenues, which consist primarily of occasional sales of substandard PV cells, wafers and raw materials and to a lesser extent, sales from processing PV cells into PV modules for third-party vendors.


16


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth each revenue source as a percentage of total consolidated net revenues for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,
    2007   2008
    RMB       RMB   US$    
    (In thousands, except percentages)
 
Net revenues:
                                       
Sales of PV modules
    1,314,539       98.9 %     3,536,408       515,579       98.7 %
Sales of PV systems
    338             4,834       705       0.1  
Other revenues
    14,786       1.1       40,797       5,948       1.2  
                                         
Total net revenues
    1,329,663       100.0 %     3,582,039       522,232       100.0 %
                                         
 
Our net revenues are net of business tax, value-added tax, city construction tax, education surcharge and returns and exchanges of products. Key factors affecting our net revenues include the average selling price per watt and wattage of our PV modules sold.
 
We have been dependent on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues. In the six months ended June 30, 2008, sales to customers that individually exceeded 10% of our consolidated net revenues accounted for 38.0% of our consolidated net revenues, respectively. Our largest customers have changed from year to year due to the rapid growth of the sales of our PV modules, our diversification into new geographic markets and our ability to find new customers willing to place large orders with us. Customers whose purchases accounted for 10.0% or more of our consolidated net revenue were Elecnor S.A., Isolux Ingeniera S.A. and Acciona Energia S.A. in the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
We currently sell most of our PV modules to customers located in Europe. The following table sets forth our total consolidated net revenues by geographic region for the periods indicated:
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,
    2007   2008
        % of Total Net
      % of Total Net
Country
  Net Revenues   Revenues   Net Revenues   Revenues
    RMB       RMB   US$    
    (In thousands, except percentages)
 
Europe:
                                       
Germany
    131,243       9.9 %     737,549       107,528       20.6 %
Spain
    991,302       74.5       2,358,287       343,819       65.8  
Italy
    56,593       4.2       13,283       1,937       0.4  
Others
    2,238       0.2       105,757       15,419       3.0  
                                         
Subtotal — Europe
    1,181,376       88.8       3,214,876       468,703       89.8  
China
    38,234       2.9       66,174       9,648       1.8  
Hong Kong
    79,914       6.0                    
United States
                55,953       8,157       1.6  
Other regions
    30,144       2.3       245,036       35,724       6.8  
                                         
Total revenues
    1,329,668       100.0 %     3,582,039       522,232       100.0 %
                                         
Sales tax and surcharge
    (5 )                            
                                         
Total net revenues
    1,329,663               3,582,039       522,232          
                                         
 
All of our net revenues from sales of PV systems are currently derived from China.


17


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Operating Expenses
 
The following table sets forth our gross profit margins, operating profit margins and cost of revenues and operating expenses as percentages of our total net revenues for the periods indicated:
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,
    2007   2008
        % of Total Net
          % of Total Net
        Revenues           Revenues
    RMB       RMB   US$    
    (In thousands, except percentages)
 
Total net revenues
    1,329,663       100.0 %     3,582,039       522,232       100.0 %
Cost of revenues:
                                       
Cost of PV module sales
    1,018,224       76.6       2,637,584       384,538       73.6  
Cost of PV system sales
    290             3,049       445       0.1  
Cost of other revenues
    16,775       1.3       37,369       5,448       1.1  
Total cost of revenues
    1,035,289       77.9       2,678,002       390,431       74.8  
Gross Profit
    294,374       22.1       904,037       131,801       25.2  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling expenses:
    42,120       3.1       86,427       12,600       2.4  
General and administrative expenses
    52,955       4.0       124,933       18,214       3.5  
Research and development expenses
    10,755       0.8       14,304       2,086       0.4  
Total operating expenses
    105,830       7.9       225,664       32,900       6.3  
Income from operations
    188,544       14.2 %     678,373       98,901       18.9 %
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Our cost of PV module sales consists primarily of:
 
Polysilicon.   The cost of high-purity polysilicon and polysilicon scraps is the largest component of our total cost of revenues. We purchase polysilicon from various suppliers, including silicon manufacturers and distributors.
 
Other Raw Materials.   Other raw materials include crucibles, silicon carbides, cutting fluid, steel cutting wires, alkaline detergents, metallic pastes, laminate materials, silica gel, tempered glass, aluminum frames, solder, junction boxes, cables, connectors and other chemical agents and electronic components.
 
Toll Manufacturing.   We process silicon raw materials into ingots and produce wafers, PV cells and PV modules in-house. As our PV cell manufacturing capacity used to be less than the production capacities for our wafers and PV modules, we used to send a portion of excess wafers to third-party PV cell manufacturers and receive PV cells from them under toll manufacturing arrangements which are then used to produce our PV modules. The cost of producing PV cells through a toll manufacturing arrangement is typically higher than the cost of producing them in-house. Having attained overall annual manufacturing capacity for each of polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules of 200 megawatts in July 2007 and further to 400 megawatts in September 2008, our PV cell production has reached the same level as our wafer and PV module production through the ramp-up of our manufacturing capacity. Therefore, we expect to use toll manufacturing arrangements only in limited circumstances, such as to fill potential shortfalls in manufacturing capacity along the product chain until the disparity between our wafer manufacturing capacity and the PV cell manufacturing capacity is resolved.
 
Direct Labor.   Direct labor costs include salaries and benefits for personnel directly involved in the manufacturing activities.
 
Overhead.   Overhead costs include utilities, maintenance of production equipment, land use rights and other ancillary expenses associated with the manufacturing activities.
 
Depreciation of Property, Plant and Equipment.   Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, which is 30 years for buildings, eight to ten years for machinery and motor vehicles and four to five years for electronic equipment and furniture and fixtures, taking into


18


Table of Contents

account their estimated residual value. Due to our capacity expansion, depreciation in absolute terms has increased significantly. We expect this trend to continue as we continue to expand our manufacturing capacity and build new facilities to attain an overall annual manufacturing capacity for each of polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules of 600 megawatts in the third quarter of 2009.
 
Warranty Cost.   Our PV modules are typically sold with a two-year limited warranty for defects in materials and workmanship, and a ten-year and 25-year limited warranty against declines of more than 10.0% and 20.0%, respectively, from the initial power generation capacity at the time the product is sold. Such warranties require us to fix or replace the defective products. We currently accrue the equivalent of 1% of gross revenues for potential warranty obligations. We have not experienced any significant warranty claims since we started selling PV modules in January 2003. In the six months ended June 30, 2008, we recorded warranty expense of RMB 35.3 million (US$5.1 million).
 
The cost of PV systems includes the costs of PV modules, batteries, inverters, other electronic components and related materials and labor.
 
Our cost of revenues is affected primarily by our ability to control raw material costs, achieve economies of scale in our operations and manage our vertically integrated product chain efficiently, which includes our prudent use of toll manufacturing arrangements to fill potential shortfalls in manufacturing capacity along the product chain until the disparity between our wafer manufacturing capacity and the PV cell manufacturing capacity is resolved. Furthermore, we balance automation and manual operation in our manufacturing process, and have been able to increase operating efficiencies and expand our manufacturing capacity cost-effectively.
 
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
 
Our gross profit is affected by a number of factors, including the average selling prices for our PV products, the cost of polysilicon, product mix, economies of scale and benefits from vertical integration and our ability to cost-efficiently manage our raw material supply. Our gross profit was RMB 956.8 million (US$139.5 million) and RMB 904.0 million (US$131.8 million) in 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. Our gross profit margin was 23.6% and 25.2% for 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. The increase in gross margin from 2007 to the six months ended June 30, 2008 was primarily due to the cost reduction achieved through research and development efforts at each stage of our vertically integrated manufacturing process.
 
We may continue to face margin compression pressure in the sales of PV modules due to the increase in the market price of polysilicon and intense competition in the PV module market. We have been able to alleviate some of the margin pressure by manufacturing polysilicon ingots using a higher proportion of cheaper low-purity silicon materials. Furthermore, we believe that as our PV business expands and attains parity in manufacturing capacity for different phases of our product value chain, economies of scale and the cost reduction achieved through research and development efforts at each stage of our vertically integrated manufacturing process, among other factors, will have a positive effect on our gross profit margins over time.
 
Operating Expenses
 
Our operating expenses consist of:
 
  •  Selling Expenses , which consist primarily of advertising costs, salaries and employee benefits of sales personnel, sales-related travel and entertainment expenses, amortization of intangible assets (including backlog and customer relationships), share-based compensation expenses, audit, legal and consulting fees and other selling expenses including sales commissions paid to our sales agents. We expect that our selling expenses will increase in the near term as we increase sales efforts, hire additional sales personnel, target new markets and initiate additional marketing programs to build up our brand. However, we expect that selling expenses will decrease as a percentage of net revenues over time as we achieve greater economies of scale.
 
  •  General and Administrative Expenses , which consist primarily of salaries and benefits for our administrative and finance personnel, bad debt expenses, other travel and entertainment expenses, bank charges, amortization of technical know-how, depreciation of equipment used for administrative purposes and share-


19


Table of Contents

  based compensation expenses. We expect the general and administrative expenses will increase in the near term as a percentage of net revenue as we hire additional personnel and incur professional expenses to support our operations as a listed company in the United States. However, we expect that general and administrative expenses will decrease as a percentage of net revenues over time as we achieve greater economies of scale.
 
  •  Research and Development Expenses , which consist primarily of costs of raw materials used in research and development activities, salaries and employee benefits for research and development personnel, and prototype and equipment costs relating to the design, development, testing and enhancement of our products and manufacturing process. We are a party to several research grant contracts with the PRC government under which we receive funds for specified costs incurred in certain research projects. We record such amounts as a reduction to research and development expenses when the related research and development costs are incurred. We expect our research and development expenses (not adjusted for offsets by government grants) to increase as we place a greater strategic focus on PV system sales in overseas markets and as we continue to hire additional research and development personnel and focus on continuous innovation of process technologies for our PV products, including improving the technical know-how to produce ingots and wafers with a higher proportion of polysilicon scraps without compromising the conversion efficiency of our PV cells and modules. We conduct our research and development, design and manufacturing operations in China, where the costs of skilled labor, engineering and technical resources, as well as land, facilities and utilities, tend to be lower than those in more developed countries.
 
Taxation
 
Under current laws of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to income or capital gains tax. Additionally, dividend payments made by us are not subject to withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.
 
Tianwei Yingli, which is registered and operates in a “national high-tech zone” in Baoding, China, qualified as a “high and new technology enterprise” under the FIE Income Tax Law and as a result has been entitled to a preferential income tax rate of 15.0% through 2007. In accordance with the FIE Income Tax Law and the related implementation rules, as a foreign invested enterprise primarily engaged in manufacturing, Tianwei Yingli was entitled to a two-year exemption from the 15.0% enterprise income tax for its first two profitable years following its conversion into a Sino-foreign equity joint venture company, which are 2007 and 2008 for purposes of relevant PRC tax regulations. Tianwei Yingli was thereafter expected to be entitled to a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 7.5% for the succeeding three years, or until 2011.
 
On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress passed the EIT Law, which adopts a uniform income tax rate of 25% for most domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises. The EIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008. The EIT Law provides a five-year transition period from its effective date for enterprises established before the promulgation date of the EIT Law which were entitled to a preferential tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. Furthermore, under the EIT Law, entities that qualify as “high and new technology enterprises strongly supported by the state” are entitled to the preferential income tax rate of 15% after the transition period, if any, expires. The Ministry of Science and Technology, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation jointly issued the Administrative Regulations on the Recognition of High and New Technology Enterprises on April 14, 2008 and the Guidelines for Recognition of High and New Technology Enterprises on July 8, 2008. Tianwei Yingli will apply for the recognition of “high and new technology enterprise” in accordance with the new regulations. On December 26, 2007, the PRC government issued detailed implementation rules regarding the applicable tax rates during the transition period. Under the EIT Law and its implementation rules, enterprises that were established and already enjoyed preferential tax treatments before March 16, 2007 will continue to enjoy them, except the preferential treatment for a “High and New Technology Enterprise” until such status in obtained under the EIT Law. Under the EIT Law and the various implementation rules, Tianwei Yingli will continue to enjoy its unexpired tax holiday which will be applied to the new income tax rate of 25%, resulting in a tax rate of 0%, 12.5%, 12.5%, 12.5% for the calendar years from 2008 to 2011 and 25% thereafter.
 
Moreover, the EIT Law and implementation rules impose a 10% withholding tax for distributions of dividends accrued after January 1, 2008 by a foreign investment enterprise to its immediate overseas holding company, insofar


20


Table of Contents

as the later is treated as a non-resident enterprise. Distributions of earnings generated before January 1, 2008 are exempted from such withholding tax under the EIT Law and implementation rules. Therefore, we have not recognized a deferred tax liability for undistributed earnings through December 31, 2007. We intend to reinvest undistributed earnings generated in the six months ended June 30, 2008 and therefore have not recognized a deferred tax liability for that period.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We consider the policies discussed in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on the judgment of our management.
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
Our intangible assets balance, which increased from December 31, 2007 to June 30, 2008, primarily consisted of technical know-how, customer relationships, long-term supplier agreements and trademarks that were acquired in connection with our acquisitions of minority interests of 3.90% in Tianwei Yingli on March 14, 2008. We allocate the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value on the date of acquisition, which we refer to as the purchase price allocation. As part of the purchase price allocation, we are required to determine the fair value of any intangibles acquired.
 
The determination of the fair value of the intangible assets acquired involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future. The fair values as of March 14, 2008 of the intangible assets acquired were also determined by American Appraisal China Limited, as set forth in its valuation report dated May 23, 2008 (for the valuation of such intangible assets as of March 14, 2008). For technical know-how, the fair value was determined based on the excess-earning approach using the present value of the projected earnings attributable to the technical know-how. For customer relationships, the fair value was based on the excess earnings which take into consideration the projected cash flows to be generated from these customers. Future cash flows are predominately based on the net income forecast of these customers which has taken into consideration historical customer attrition and revenue growth. The resulting cash flows are then discounted at a rate approximating our weighted average cost of capital. For long-term supplier agreements, the fair value was based on the discounted present value of the difference between the price of polysilicon as agreed in the supplier agreements and market price. For trademarks, the fair value was based on the “relief from royalty” approach representing the present value of the after-tax cost savings from royalty payments.
 
We depreciate and amortize our property, plant, equipment and intangible assets, using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. We make estimates of the useful lives of plant and equipment (including the salvage values) in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during each reporting period. We estimate the useful lives at the time the assets are acquired based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipated technological or other changes. If technological changes were to occur more rapidly than anticipated or in a different form than anticipated, we might shorten the useful lives assigned to these assets, which would result in the recognition of increased depreciation and amortization expense in the future periods. There has been no change to the estimated useful lives or salvage values during the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
We evaluate long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, which are subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of


21


Table of Contents

an asset may not be recoverable. We assess recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, we recognize an impairment charge based on the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. We estimate the fair value of the asset based on the best information available, including prices for similar assets and in the absence of an observable market price, the results of using a present value technique to estimate the fair value of the asset. For our trademarks which are not subject to amortization, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. For the periods presented, no impairment on our long-lived assets was recorded.
 
Share-Based Compensation
 
As further described in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements, we account for share-based compensation under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, or SFAS No. 123R. Under SFAS No. 123R, the cost of all share-based payment transactions must be recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on their grant-date fair value over the required period, which is generally the period from the date of grant to the date when the share compensation is no longer contingent upon additional service from the employee, or the vesting period. We determine the fair value of our employees’ share options as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
 
Under this model, we make a number of assumptions regarding the fair value of the options, including:
 
  •  the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares on the grant date for options granted prior to our initial public offering;
 
  •  the maturity of the options;
 
  •  the expected volatility of our future ordinary share price;
 
  •  the risk-free interest rate, and;
 
  •  the expected dividend rate.
 
Prior to our initial public offering, for the purpose of determining the estimated fair value of our share options that have been granted, we believe that the expected volatility and the estimated share price of our ordinary shares are the most critical assumptions since we were a privately-held company on the date we granted our options. The estimated fair value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant was determined based on valuation also performed by American Appraisal China Limited on our ordinary shares, as set forth in its valuation report, dated March 30, 2007, for the valuation of our share options as of December 31, 2006, supplemented by the forecasted profitability and cash flows of our business. American Appraisal China Limited estimated the expected volatility of our future ordinary share price based on the price volatility of the publicly traded ordinary shares of 11 comparable companies in the PV manufacturing business whose shares are publicly traded over the most recent period to be equal to the expected option life of our employees’ share option.
 
For the share options granted after our initial public offering, the fair value of our ordinary share on the grant date is determined by the closing trade price of our ordinary shares on the grant date. Since we did not have a sufficient trading history at the time the options were issued, we estimated the expected volatility of our ordinary share price by referring to 11 comparable companies in the PV manufacturing business whose shares are publicly traded over the most recent period to be equal to the expected option life of our employees’ share option.


22


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2008, options to purchase 1,984,728 ordinary shares of our company were outstanding. The following table sets forth information regarding our outstanding employee share options as of June 30, 2008:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
                Average
       
          Weighted
    Remaining
       
    Number of
    Average
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
    Shares     Exercise Price     Term     Intrinsic Value  
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007
    1,426,629     US$ 14.42                  
Granted
    593,099     US$ 24.15                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited or expired
    35,000     US$ 21.05                  
                                 
Outstanding as of June 30, 2008
    1,984,728     US$ 17.21       9.13 years     US$ 9,143,239  
                                 
Exercisable as of June 30, 2008
    187,217     US$ 4.27       8.58 years     US$ 2,180,352  
                                 
 
Based on the closing price of our ordinary shares of US$15.92 per share as of June 30, 2008, the aggregated intrinsic value of the options outstanding as of June 30, 2008 was approximately US$9.14 million.
 
We recorded non-cash share-based compensation expense for our restricted shares and stock options of RMB 28.1 million (or US$4.0 million as translated at the applicable average exchange rate prevailing during that period) for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
Valuation of Inventories
 
Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We routinely evaluate quantities and value of our inventories in light of current market conditions and market trends, and record a write-down against the cost of inventories for a decline in net realizable value. The evaluation takes into consideration historic usage, expected demand, anticipated sales price, new product development schedules, the effect that new products might have on the sale of existing products, product obsolescence, customer concentrations, product merchantability and other factors. Market conditions are subject to change and actual consumption of inventories could differ from forecasted demand. Furthermore, the price of polysilicon, our primary raw material, is subject to fluctuations based on global supply and demand. Our management continually monitors the changes in the purchase price paid for polysilicon, including prepayments to suppliers, and the impact of such change on our ability to recover the cost of inventory and our prepayments to suppliers. Our products have a long life cycle and obsolescence has not historically been a significant factor in the valuation of inventories. For the six months ended June 30, 2008, inventory write-downs, which are included in cost of revenues, were RMB 4.9 million (US$0.7 million).
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated loss on receivables when collection may no longer be reasonably assured. We assess collectibility of receivables based on a number of factors including the customer’s financial condition and creditworthiness. We make credit sales to major strategic customers in Europe. To reduce credit risks relating to other customers, we require some of our customers to pay a major portion of the purchase price by letters of credit and require advance payments from some of our customers. Recently, the portion of our customers that are required to make advance payments has decreased. Because of the strong credit worthiness of our major European customers and the advance payment and the letter of credit payment requirements that we impose on certain of our other customers and healthy creditability of our major customers, our allowance for doubtful accounts and provisions for bad debt have not been significant. Our accounts receivable balance had grown significantly due to sales to several major customers. We manage our credit risk by requiring those customers to pay a portion of the purchase price by letters of credit. As a result, our allowance for doubtful accounts did not increase significantly from December 31, 2007 through June 30, 2008. During the six months ended June 30, 2008, our provision for doubtful accounts amounted to RMB 0.7 million (US$0.1 million).


23


Table of Contents

The following table presents the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008:
 
                         
    Yingli Green Energy
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,
    2007   2008   2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
    (In thousands)
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
    (2,309 )     (2,618 )     (382 )
Additions charged to bad debt expense
    (25 )     (702 )     (102 )
Write-off of accounts receivable charged against the allowance
          1,148       167  
Balance at the end of the period
    (2,334 )     (2,172 )     (317 )
 
Results of Operations
 
                                         
    Yingli Green Energy
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,
    2007   2008   2008
    RMB   %   RMB   US$   %
    (In thousands, except percentages)
 
Net revenues:
                                       
Sales of PV modules
    1,314,539       98.9 %     3,536,408       515,579       98.7 %
Sales of PV systems
    338             4,834       705       0.1  
Other revenues
    14,786       1.1       40,797       5,948       1.2  
Total net revenues
    1,329,663       100.0 %     3,582,039       522,232       100.0 %
Cost of revenues:
                                       
Cost of PV modules sales
    1,018,224       76.6 %     2,637,584       384,538       73.6 %
Cost of PV systems sales
    290             3,049       445       0.1  
Cost of other revenues
    16,775       1.3       37,369       5,448       1.1  
Total cost of revenues
    1,035,289       77.9 %     2,678,002       390,431       74.8 %
Gross profit
    294,374       22.1 %     904,037       131,801       25.2 %
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling
    42,120       3.1 %     86,427       12,600       2.4 %
General and administrative
    52,955       4.0       124,933       18,214       3.5  
Research and development
    10,755       0.8       14,304       2,086       0.4  
Total operating expenses
    105,830       7.9 %     225,664       32,900       6.3 %
Income from operations
    188,544       14.2 %     678,373       98,901       18.9 %
Equity in loss of an affiliate
    (350 )           (200 )     (29 )      
Interest expense, net
    (38,902 )     (3.0 )     (62,191 )     (9,067 )     (1.7 )
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
    (17,523 )     (1.3 )     (1,894 )     (276 )     (0.1 )
Other income
                3,120       455       0.1  
Income tax benefit
    777       0.1       2,303       336       0.1  
Income before minority interests
    132,546       10.0       619,511       90,320       17.3  
Minority interests
    (60,960 )     (4.6 )     (188,779 )     (27,523 )     (5.3 )
Net income
    71,586       5.4 %     430,732       62,797       12.0 %
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2007
 
Net Revenues.   Our total net revenues were RMB 3,582.0 million (US$522.2 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which increased significantly from the total net revenues of RMB 1,329.7 million for six months ended June 30, 2007, primarily due to increased production output and the continued strong growth in market


24


Table of Contents

demand for PV modules. Production output increased primarily due to a new production line of 100 megawatts completed in July 2007 coupled with improvements in operational efficiency and capacity utilization at each stage of our manufacturing process from our research and development efforts, commencement of full production of 180-micron wafers, higher yields resulting from reduced breakage rates and achievements in increasing cell conversion efficiency rates. As a result of increased production output, total PV module shipments increased to 122.7 megawatts in the six months ended June 30, 2008 from 45.7 megawatts in the six months ended June 30, 2007. Primarily due to the continued strong growth in the market demand for PV modules, the average selling price for PV modules increased to US$4.20 per watt in the six months ended June 30, 2008, from US$3.78 per watt in the six months ended June 30, 2007.
 
Net revenues from sales of PV modules were RMB 3,536.4 million (US$515.6 million), or 98.7% of total net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2008, as compared to RMB 1,314.5 million, or 98.9% of total net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2007. Our PV module sales in Europe amounted to RMB 3,214.9 million (US$468.7 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which increased significantly from PV module sales in Europe of RMB 1,181.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007, due principally to a continued strong growth in demand in Europe for PV modules. As a percentage of total net revenues, our PV module sales in Europe increased slightly to 89.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2008 from 88.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. Within Europe, there were also significant changes from the six months ended June 30, 2007. Our PV module sales in Germany in the six months ended June 30, 2008 were RMB 737.5 million (US$107.5 million), or 20.6% of our total net revenues, which increased from the PV module sales in Germany of RMB 131.2 million, or 9.9% of total net revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 2007, primarily due to increased demand from Germany and our increasing brand recognition. Our PV module sales in Spain in the six months ended June 30, 2008 were RMB 2,358.3 million (US$343.8 million), or 65.8% of our total net revenues, which significantly increased from PV module sales in Spain of RMB 991.3 million, or 74.5% of total net revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase in our PV module sales in Spain in 2008 was primarily due to the favorable government incentives for PV products in Spain. Our PV module sales in Italy in the six months ended June 30, 2008 were RMB 13.3 million (US$1.9 million), or 0.4% of our total net revenues, which significantly decreased from PV module sales in Italy of RMB 56.6 million, or 4.2% of total net revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 2007. Our PV module sales in France in the six months ended June 30, 2008 were RMB 86.6 million (US$12.6 million), or 2.4% of our total net revenues, which compared with nil for the six months ended June 30, 2007.
 
Net revenues from sales of PV systems were RMB 4.8 million (US$0.7 million), or 0.1% of total net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2008, as compared to RMB 0.3 million, or 0.03% of total net revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 2007, from sales of PV systems in China which remains a relatively small market.
 
Other revenues amounted to RMB 40.8 million (US$5.9 million) for the six months ended June 30, 2008, as compared to RMB 14.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007, primarily from the occasional sales of substandard PV cells and wafers. Other revenue as a percentage of total net revenues was 1.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2008, as compared to 1.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2007.
 
Cost of Revenues.   Cost of PV modules sales as a percentage of net revenues from PV modules was 74.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2008, as compared to 77.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The decrease in cost of PV modules as a percentage of net revenues from PV modules in the six months ended June 30, 2008 from the six months ended June 30, 2007 was primarily due to a decrease in polysilicon usage per watt in six months ended June 30, 2008 resulting from the production of thinner wafers and PV cells with higher conversion efficiencies for use in our PV modules, cost reductions achieved through research and development efforts at each stage of our vertically integrated manufacturing process, which together more than offset the increase in costs of polysilicon.
 
Cost of PV systems sales as a percentage of net revenues from sales of PV systems was 63.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2008, as compared to 85.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The decrease in cost of PV systems as a percentage of net revenues from PV systems in the six months ended June 30, 2008 from the six months ended June 30, 2007 was primarily due to the increase in the average selling price of PV systems in China.
 
Gross Profit.   As a result of the factors described above, our gross profit was RMB 904.0 million (US$131.8 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which significantly increased from RMB 294.4 million


25


Table of Contents

for the six months ended June 30, 2007. Our gross profit margin increased to 25.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 from 22.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. This increase in gross profit margin was the result of a higher average selling price and the cost reduction achieved through research and development efforts at each stage of our vertically integrated manufacturing process.
 
Operating Expenses.   Our operating expenses were RMB 225.7 million (US$32.9 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which significantly increased from RMB 105.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 6.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 from 7.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 for reasons described below.
 
  •  Selling Expenses.   Our selling expenses were RMB 86.4 million (US$12.6 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which significantly increased from RMB 42.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. This increase was primarily due to a significant increase in marketing activities for our PV modules to RMB 23.8 million (US$3.5 million), and an increase in amortization expenses to RMB 13.3 million (US$1.9 million) for intangible assets relating to customer relationships and order backlogs, which were allocated to selling expenses. Selling expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 2.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 from 3.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2007, primarily due to increasing economies of scale.
 
  •  General and Administrative Expenses.   Our general and administrative expenses were RMB 124.9 million (US$18.2 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which significantly increased from RMB 53.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase in general and administrative expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2008 was primarily due to a significant increase in the number of administrative staff and the hiring of senior executive officers related to the expansion of our operations to RMB 29.2 million (US$4.3 million) and an increase in amortization expenses to RMB 16.4 million (US$2.4 million) for intangible assets relating to technology know-how which were allocated to general and administrative expenses, and increasing audit, legal and consulting fees. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 3.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2008 from 4.0% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 primarily due to increasing economies of scale.
 
  •  Research and Development Expenses.   Our research and development expenses were RMB 14.3 million (US$2.1 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, compared to RMB 10.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase in research and development expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2008 was primarily a result of the research and development expenses relating to the production of thinner, 180-micron wafers, higher yields resulting from reduced breakage rates and higher cell conversion efficiency rates. Research and development expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 0.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 0.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2007.
 
Income from Operations.   Income from operations was RMB 678.4 million (US$98.9 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, RMB 188.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. As a result of the cumulative effect of the above factors, the operating profit margin was 18.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 14.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2007.
 
Interest Expense, Net.   Net interest expense was RMB 62.2 million (US$9.1 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which increased from RMB 38.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007, primarily due to an increase in the accreted interest on convertible senior notes upon maturity and the amortization of issuance costs in connection with the convertible senior notes offering that was completed in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
Income Tax Benefit.   Tianwei Yingli is entitled to exemptions from the PRC national and local enterprise income tax for its first two profitable years and a 50% reduction in the enterprise income tax rate in the subsequent three years, beginning from calendar year 2007. As a result, our effective tax rate was negative 0.6% and negative 0.4% for each of the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2007, Tianwei Yingli was exempted from the enterprise income taxes as a “high and new technology enterprise” under the FIE Income Tax Law. The new EIT Law provides a five-year transition period from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before the promulgation date of the new EIT law and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. Further, according to the new EIT Law,


26


Table of Contents

entities that qualify as “High and New Technology Enterprises strongly supported by the state” are entitled to the preferential EIT rate of 15%. However, the new recognition criteria and procedures for “High and New Technology Enterprises” under the new EIT Law were not issued until April 14, 2008 and July 8, 2008. Therefore, as of June 30, 2008, Tianwei Yingli had yet to apply for the status as a “High and New Technology Enterprises”. Further, on December 26, 2007, the PRC government passed the detailed implementing rules which allow enterprises to continue to enjoy their unexpired tax holiday under the previous income tax laws and rules. Therefore, under the new EIT law, Tianwei Yingli will continue to enjoy its previous unexpired tax holiday which will be applied to the new tax rate of 25%, resulting in tax rates of 0%, 12.5%, 12.5%, 12.5% for the calendar years from 2008 to 2011 and 25% thereafter. We recorded an income tax benefit of RMB 2.3 million (US$0.3 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, and an income tax benefit of RMB 0.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Loss.   Foreign currency exchange loss was RMB 1.9 million (US$0.3 million) for the six months ended June 30, 2008, compared to a foreign currency exchange loss of RMB 17.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The decrease in foreign currency exchange loss in the six months ended June 30, 2008 was primarily due to the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi, which was partially offset by a gain resulting from the appreciation of the Euro against Renminbi and the remeasurement of accounts receivables and raw material prepayments denominated in the Euro during the period.
 
Minority Interest.   Minority interest was RMB 188.8 million (US$27.5 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, which represents the income attributable to Tianwei Baobian’s ownership interest in Tianwei Yingli, which decreased to 25.99% as a result of our acquisition of an additional 7.98% and 3.90% interest in Tianwei Yingli on June 25, 2007 and March 14, 2008, respectively, as well as the 10% ownership interest in Yingli Beijing not held by Yingli Green Energy. Minority interest was RMB 61.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. Minority interest for the six months ended June 30, 2007 represents income attributable to the equity interest of Tianwei Yingli and its subsidiary, Chengdu Yingli, not held by us during the six months ended June 30, 2007.
 
Net Income.   As a result of the cumulative effect of the above factors, our net income increased to RMB 430.7 million (US$62.8 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008 as compared to RMB 71.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. Our net profit margin amounted to 12.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 5.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The tax holiday had the impact of increasing our net income by RMB 130.4 million (US$19.0 million) and net income attributable to ordinary shareholders on a basic per share basis by RMB 1.02 (US$0.15) and on a dilutive per share basis by RMB 1.01 (US$0.15) in the six months ended June 30, 2008. In the six months ended June 30, 2007, the tax holiday also had the impact of increasing our net income by RMB 19.1 million and net income attributable to ordinary shareholders on a basic per share basis by RMB 0.28 and on a dilutive per share basis by RMB 0.27.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
In addition, we discuss below our liquidity and capital resources for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
Cash Flows and Working Capital
 
Our ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time largely depends on the ability of our management to successfully execute our business plan (including increasing sales while decreasing operating costs and expenses) and, if required, the ability to obtain additional funds from third parties, including banks, and from our related parties or from the issuance of additional equity or debt securities. Our management believes increased sales, as we expand our market presence in Europe and other target markets as well as the proceeds from our the convertible senior notes offering and other financings entered into from time to time, will enable us to fund our operational cash flow needs and meet our commitments and current liabilities, as and when they come due, for a reasonable period of time.
 
The primary sources of our financing have been borrowings from banks, our equity interest holders, other related parties and other third parties, and private placements of our debt and equity securities as well as our initial public offering and convertible senior notes offering. As of June 30, 2008, we had RMB 674.7 million (US$98.4 million) in cash, RMB 141.2 million (US$20.6 million) in restricted cash, RMB 1,622.3 million (US$236.5 million) in outstanding short-term borrowings and RMB 0.9 million (US$0.1 million) in outstanding borrowings from related


27


Table of Contents

parties. As of June 30, 2008, we had outstanding convertible senior notes of RMB 1,216.0 million (US$177.3 million), which carried a term of more than one year.
 
As of June 30, 2008, our cash consisted of cash on hand, cash in bank accounts and interest-bearing savings accounts, and our restricted cash consisted of bank deposits for securing letters of credit and letters of guarantee granted to us.
 
Our outstanding short-term borrowings from banks as of June 30, 2008 were RMB 236.5 million (US$34.5 million), and bore a weighted-average interest rate of 7.33%. Such borrowings were made principally to fund prepayments to polysilicon suppliers and capital expenditure for our capacity expansion and to repay short-term borrowings. Our short-term borrowings from banks, some of which are guaranteed or entrusted by Tianwei Baobian, have a term of less than one year and expire at various times throughout the year. We have historically negotiated renewal of certain of these borrowings shortly before they mature.
 
In 2007, Tianwei Yingli made loans to Yuan Sheng in the amount of RMB 2.0 million (US$0.3 million) which were unsecured and free of interest and without definitive terms of repayment. As of June 30, 2008, RMB 2.0 million (US$0.3 million) remained outstanding on this loan.
 
We have historically been able to repay our borrowings mostly from refinancing or new or additional borrowings from our shareholders, related parties, other third parties as well as proceeds from our initial public offering and the convertible senior notes offering. We may also seek additional debt or equity financing or to use some of the proceeds from the convertible senior notes offering to repay the remaining portion of our borrowings. As we ramp up our current and planned operations in order to complete our expansion projects, we expect to generate cash from our expanded operations to repay a portion of our borrowings. If we are unable to obtain alternative funding or generate cash from our operations as required, our business and prospects may suffer. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Us and the PV Industry — We have significant outstanding short-term borrowings, and we may not be able to obtain extensions when they mature.”
 
We have significant working capital commitments because suppliers of high purity polysilicon and polysilicon scraps require us to make prepayments in advance of shipment. As of June 30, 2008, our advances or prepayments to suppliers was RMB 1,999.4 million (US$291.5 million) (including amounts due from related parties of RMB 215.5 million (US$31.4 million)).
 
Historically, we required many of our customers to make an advance payment of a certain percentage of their orders, a business practice that helped us to manage our accounts receivable, prepay our suppliers and reduce the amount of funds that we needed to finance our working capital requirements. However, this practice of requiring our customers to make advance payments has diminished, which in turn has increased our need to obtain additional short-term borrowings to fund our current cash requirements. For the six months ended June 30, 2008, a small portion of our revenue was derived from sales that required advance payments from our customers. Currently, a significant portion of our revenue is derived from credits sales to our customers, generally with payments due within two to five months. In addition, other customers now pay us through letters of credit, which typically take 30 to 90 days to be processed for us to be paid. As a result, the general decrease in the use of cash advance payments has negatively impacted our short-term liquidity and, coupled with increased sales to a small number of major customers, exposed us to additional and more concentrated credit risk since a significant portion of our outstanding accounts receivable is derived from sales to a limited number of customers. As of June 30, 2008, our five largest outstanding accounts receivable balance accounted for approximately 72.8% of our total outstanding accounts receivable. The failure of any of these customers to meet their payment obligations would materially and adversely affect our financial position, liquidity and results of operations. Although we have been able to maintain adequate working capital primarily through short-term borrowing, in the future we may not be able to secure additional financing on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us or at all.
 
In addition, in anticipation of sharp rises in the price of polysilicon arising from the industry-wide shortage of polysilicon and increasing market demand for our PV modules, we made significant expenditures to purchase polysilicon in the six months ended June 30, 2008. As a result, our inventories increased to RMB 1,246.5 million (US$181.7 million) as of June 30, 2008. We also make prepayments for equipment purchases. Our prepayments for equipment purchases amounted to RMB 707.2 million (US$103.1 million) as of June 30, 2008.


28


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Yingli Green Energy
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,
    2007   2008   2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
    (In thousands)
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (614,258 )     367,909       53,638  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (366,485 )     (970,028 )     (141,422 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,556,459       363,572       53,006  
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash
    (15,959 )     (47,824 )     (6,972 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    1,559,757       (286,371 )     (41,750 )
Cast at the beginning of the period
    78,455       961,077       140,117  
Cash at the end of the period
    1,638,212       674,706       98,367  
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was RMB 367.9 million (US$53.6 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, primarily due to the expansion of sales from RMB 1,329.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007 to RMB 3,582.0 (US$522.2 million) for the six months ended June 30, 2008 with consistent accounts receivable turnover days, which decreased slightly from 59 days for the six months ended June 30, 2007 to 58 days for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities was RMB 970.0 million (US$141.4 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, primarily due to purchases of property, plant and equipment for business expansion, which were RMB 828.4 million (US$120.7 million) for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was RMB 363.6 million (US$53.0 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, primarily due to proceeds from bank borrowings of RMB 3,012.8 million (US$439.2 million) which were offset by the repayment of bank borrowings of RMB 2,651.8 million (US$386.6 million) for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
We believe that our current cash and available lines of credit will be sufficient to meet our anticipated present cash needs, including cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures and the proposed acquisition of Cyber Power, a development stage enterprise that plans to produce solar grade polysilicon. We plan to meet our cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for the remainder of 2008 and beyond primarily through cash generated from operations, and to the extent required, through borrowings from financial institutions and/or issuances of equity and debt securities. We may, however, require additional cash due to changing business conditions or other future developments. If our existing cash is insufficient to meet our requirements, we may seek to borrow from financial institutions or our equity interest holders or seek additional equity contributions. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Furthermore, the incurrence of additional debt, including the notes we offered in December 2007, could divert cash for working capital and capital expenditures to service debt obligations or result in operating and financial covenants that restrict our operations and Tianwei Yingli’s ability to pay dividends to us, and in turn, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. If we are unable to obtain additional equity contribution or debt financing as required, our business operations and prospects may suffer.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
We had capital expenditures of RMB 966.8 million (US$141.0 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. Our capital expenditures were used primarily to build manufacturing facilities for our PV products.


29


Table of Contents

We estimate that we will make capital expenditures in 2008 in the amounts of approximately RMB 1.9 billion, which will be used primarily to build manufacturing facilities for our PV products. We currently plan to increase our overall annual manufacturing capacity of each of polysilicon ingots and wafers, PV cells and PV modules to 600 megawatts in the third quarter of 2009. In addition, in November 2008, we entered into a binding letter of intent to acquire Cyber Power, a development stage enterprise that plans to produce solar-grade polysilicon. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 — Related Party Transactions — Transactions with Mr. Liansheng Miao and Entities Controlled by Mr. Miao.” As of June 30, 2008, we committed an aggregate of RMB 1,844.8 million (US$268.9 million) to purchase property, plant and equipment for such expansion. We plan to fund part of the capital expenditures for such expansion with the proceeds, the convertible senior notes offering completed in December 2007, which we have injected into Yingli China in the form of an equity contribution, as well as additional borrowings from third parties, including banks, and, if any, cash from operations.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately RMB 1,622.3 million (US$236.5 million) in borrowings from banks, RMB 1,216.0 million (US$177.3 million) outstanding in our convertible senior notes, RMB 1,844.8 million (US$269.0 million) in commitments for capital expenditures and RMB 8,726.2 million (US$1,272.2 million) in commitments for the purchase of polysilicon.
 
In July 2008, we entered into a loan agreement which provides us with a revolving facility of US$10 million at an interest rate equal to the relevant interbank rate, as determined by lender, plus 3%. Under the loan agreement, the lender may terminate, amend or supplement the facility or declare all outstanding amounts due and payable at any time by giving written notice to us. As of the date of this prospectus, we had US$10.0 million outstanding under the revolving facility.
 
In August 2008, Tianwei Yingli entered into a term facility agreement with Deutsche Investitions- und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH and Netherlands Development Finance Company, which provides Tianwei Yingli with a term facility of up to an aggregate amount of US$50 million for a term of five years. Borrowings under the facility will bear an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3%. The obligations of Tianwei Yingli under the term facility agreement are guaranteed by us pursuant to a guarantee agreement. The term facility agreement and the guarantee agreement each contain certain covenants, events of default and other terms and conditions. In November 2008, Tianwei Yingli entered into a supplemental agreement to the term facility agreement, which added The Société de Promotion et de Participation pour la Coopération Economique to the lender group and increased available credit by an additional US$25 million. As of the date of this prospectus, we had approximately US$50.0 million outstanding under the term facility.
 
In October 2008, Tianwei Yingli entered into a new credit line trade finance facility agreement with the Export-Import Bank of China, a government policy bank solely owned by China’s central government, which provides Tianwei Yingli with a short-term credit line of up to an aggregate principal amount of RMB500 million or its U.S. dollar equivalent subject to certain terms and conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we had nil outstanding under the trade finance facility.
 
In November 2008, we entered into a binding letter of intent to acquire Cyber Power, a development stage enterprise that plans to produce solar-grade polysilicon. Under the terms of the letter of intent, we propose to acquire Cyber Power for an aggregate consideration in the range of US$70 million to US$80 million, which is determined with reference to the book value of Cyber Power’s net tangible assets and subject to adjustment after further due diligence. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 — Related Party Transactions — Transactions with Mr. Liansheng Miao and Entities Controlled by Mr. Miao.”


30


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Foreign Exchange Risk
 
Most of our sales are currently denominated in U.S. dollars and Euros, and to a lesser extent, in Renminbi, while a substantial portion of our costs and expenses is denominated in U.S. dollars, Renminbi, Japanese Yen and Euros. Under relevant PRC regulations, we are required to convert the foreign currencies we receive into Renminbi within specified time periods and prior to disbursement.
 
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could have a significant effect on our financial stability due to a mismatch among various foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly among the U.S. dollar, Euro and Renminbi, affect our net profit margins and would result in foreign currency exchange gains and losses on our foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily relates to foreign currency exchange gains or losses resulting from timing differences between the signing of sales contracts or raw material supply contracts and the receipt of payment and the settlement or disbursement relating to these contracts.
 
As of June 30, 2008, we held an equivalent of RMB 3,750.0 million (US$546.7 million) in accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers, of which an equivalent of RMB 1,541.2 million (US$224.7 million) were denominated in U.S. dollars and RMB 1,535.6 million (US$223.9 million) were denominated in Euro. As the substantial majority of our sales of our products and purchases of our raw materials are denominated in U.S. dollars and Euro, any significant fluctuations in the exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar and/or the Euro could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Moreover, we had significant monetary assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and Euro as of June 30, 2008, which consisted mainly of accounts receivable, prepayment to suppliers and accounts payable. Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates could also have a material adverse effect on the value of these monetary assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and Euro. Generally, appreciation of Renminbi against U.S. dollars and Euro will result in foreign exchange losses for monetary assets denominated in U.S. dollars and Euro and foreign exchange gains for monetary liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and Euro. Conversely, depreciation of Renminbi against U.S. dollars and Euro will generally result in foreign exchange gains for monetary assets denominated in U.S. dollars and Euro and foreign exchange losses for monetary liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and Euro.
 
Without taking into account the effect of the potential use of hedging or other derivative financial instruments, we estimate that a 10% appreciation of Renminbi based on the foreign exchange rate on December 31, 2007 would result in our holding Renminbi equivalents of RMB 1,387.1 million (US$202.2 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2008. These amounts would represent net loss of RMB 154.1 million (US$22.5 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2008. Conversely, we estimate that a 10% depreciation of Renminbi would result in our holding Renminbi equivalents of RMB 1,695.3 million (US$247.2 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2008. These amounts would represent net income of RMB 154.1 million (US$22.5 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2008.
 
Without taking into account the effect of the potential use of hedging or other derivative financial instruments, we estimate that a 10% appreciation of Renminbi based on the foreign exchange rate on December 31, 2007 would result in our holding Renminbi equivalents of RMB 1,378.4 million (US$201.0 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in Euro as of June 30, 2008. These amounts would represent net loss of RMB 157.2 million (US$22.9 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in Euro as of June 30, 2008. Conversely, we estimate that a 10% depreciation of Renminbi would result in our holding Renminbi equivalents of RMB 1,684.7 million (US$245.6 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in Euro as of June 30, 2008. These amounts would represent net income of RMB 149.1 million (US$21.7 million) for our accounts receivable and prepayment to suppliers denominated in Euro as of June 30, 2008.
 
Yingli Green Energy’s functional currency is U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities of Yingli Green Energy are translated into our reporting currency, the Renminbi, using the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into our reporting currency, the Renminbi, at average rates prevailing during the period.


31


Table of Contents

The gains and losses resulting from the translation of financial statements of Yingli Green Energy are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.
 
Tianwei Yingli’s functional currency is the Renminbi. Tianwei Yingli translates transactions denominated in other currencies into Renminbi and recognizes any foreign currency exchange gains and losses in our statement of income. Net foreign currency exchange loss was RMB 1.8 million in 2005 and RMB 8.1 million in 2006 due to the adjustment of the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Renminbi, beginning in July 2005 when the PRC government began to allow the Renminbi to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of foreign currencies. Net foreign currency exchange loss was RMB 32.7 million (US$4.8 million) in 2007 primarily due to continued appreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by sales denominated in Euro during this period as the Euro appreciated against Renminbi. Net foreign currency exchange loss was RMB 1.9 million (US$0.3 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008, primarily due to depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi, which was partially offset by a gain resulting from the appreciation of the Euro against the Renminbi. We have not used any forward contracts, currency options or borrowings to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. We cannot predict the effect of future exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations and may incur net foreign currency exchange losses in the future. Although we plan to reduce the effect of such exposure through hedging arrangements, such as entering into forward exchange contracts and foreign currency option contracts, due to the limited availability of hedging instruments in China, we cannot assure you that we will find a suitable hedging arrangement, or that such hedging activities will be effective in managing our foreign exchange risk exposure.
 
The value of your investment in our securities may be affected by the foreign exchange rate between U.S. dollars and Renminbi. For example, a decline in the value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar could reduce the U.S. dollar equivalent amounts of our financial results, the dividends Tianwei Yingli may pay us in the future and the value of your investment in our securities, all of which may have a material adverse effect on the value of our securities.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to our interest expenses incurred by our short-term borrowings and interest income generated by excess cash invested in demand deposits. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates. However, our future interest expense may increase due to changes in market interest rates.
 
On December 11, 2007, we completed an offering of US$172.5 million principal amount zero coupon convertible senior notes due 2012. As the convertible senior notes carry a fixed return of 5.125% per annum to the investor if not converted, historical changes in market interest rates have not exposed us to material interest rate risks.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of SFAS No. 133 or SFAS 161. SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, although early adoption is encouraged. We are currently evaluating the additional disclosures required by SFAS 161.
 
In May 2008, FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that May be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion” or FSP APB 14-1. FSP APB 14-1 requires that the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement) be separately accounted for in a manner that reflects an issuer’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The resulting debt discount is amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Retrospective application to all periods presented is required except for instruments that were not outstanding during any of the periods that will be presented in the annual financial statements for the period of adoption but were outstanding during an earlier period. FSP APB 14-1 will change the accounting treatment for our convertible senior notes issued in December 2007. The impact of this


32


Table of Contents

new accounting treatment may be significant and will result in an increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in the year ended December 31, 2009 for annual and interim financial statements covering past and future periods.
 
Related Party Transactions
 
Transactions with Mr. Liansheng Miao and Entities Controlled by Mr. Miao
 
We were incorporated in August 2006 as a Cayman Islands exempted company by Mr. Liansheng Miao to serve as an offshore listing vehicle for Tianwei Yingli and facilitate the flow of foreign investment into Tianwei Yingli. Tianwei Yingli was co-founded in August 1998 by Yingli Group, a PRC limited liability company, which was founded and is 100% owned by Mr. Miao. Tianwei Yingli became our predecessor and subsidiary on September 5, 2006, when Yingli Group transferred its 51% equity interest in Tianwei Yingli to us.
 
During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, Tianwei Yingli made loans amounting to RMB 4.0 million (US$0.6 million) to Yingli Group. The balance was reduced by repayment amounting to RMB 2.0 million (US$0.3 million) during this period. The amount was unsecured, interest fee, and had no definite terms of repayment. Yingli Group has repaid all of these loans in full.
 
In addition, we made prepayments of RMB 473.9 million (US$69.1 million) to Yingli Group for the purchase of raw materials in 2007 of which RMB 463.9 million (US$67.6 million) was refunded to us in 2007. The outstanding balance of this prepayment was RMB 10.0 million (US$1.5 million) as of June 30, 2008.
 
During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, we made loans of RMB 241,895 (US$35,266) to a related party, which was controlled by Mr. Liansheng Miao. The amount was unsecured, interest free, and will be repaid by December 31, 2008.
 
In November 2008, we entered into a binding letter of intent with Grand Avenue Group Limited, a company controlled by Mr. Liansheng Miao, Baoding Yingli Group Company Limited, an affiliate of Grand Avenue Group Limited, Yingli Energy (China) Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of ours, and Mr. Liansheng Miao in connection with the proposed acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Cyber Power Group Limited, or Cyber Power, a development stage enterprise that plans to produce solar-grade polysilicon in Baoding, Hebei Province, China. Under the terms of the letter of intent, we propose to acquire Cyber Power for an aggregate cash consideration in the range of US$70 million to US$80 million, which is determined with reference to the book value of Cyber Power’s net tangible assets and subject to adjustment after further due diligence. The execution of definitive agreements for the proposed acquisition and completion of the proposed acquisition are subject to, among others, the completion of due diligence, receipt of satisfactory financing by us, and the final approval by our audit committee and board of directors of the proposed acquisition and the financing.
 
Transactions with Tianwei Baobian and Its Controlling Shareholder
 
Tianwei Baobian, a PRC company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and 51.1%-owned by Tianwei Group, a wholly state-owned limited liability company established in the PRC, is a shareholder of Tianwei Yingli.
 
Historically, Tianwei Baobian and its controlling shareholder, Tianwei Group, guaranteed or entrusted a substantial portion of Tianwei Yingli’s short-term borrowings from banks and other parties. In 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, Tianwei Baobian and Tianwei Group guaranteed and entrusted loans of RMB 624.2 million (US$91.0 million) and nil, respectively, for the benefit of Tianwei Yingli. These loans bore interest in the range of 4.59% to 7.47% and typically had a maturity of 28 days to 12 months. As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, these guaranteed and entrusted loans amounted to RMB 470.2 million (US$68.6 million) and nil, respectively, or 37.3% and nil of our short-term borrowings as of the same dates.
 
In 2006, Tianwei Yingli borrowed RMB 20.0 million from Baoding Yuan Sheng Investment & Development Co. Ltd., or Yuan Sheng, a PRC real estate company 51% owned by Tianwei Group and 49% owned by Yingli Group, without interest due and any definitive terms of repayment, of which RMB 1.6 million was repaid in 2006 and the remaining RMB 18.4 million was repaid in January 2007. In 2007, we also borrowed and repaid RMB 25.0 million (US$3.6 million) from Yuan Sheng. During the same period, Tianwei Yingli made loans, unsecured,


33


Table of Contents

free of interest and without definitive terms of repayment, to Yuan Sheng amounting to RMB 2.0 million (US$0.3 million) to support its operations. The full amount of these loans remained outstanding as of June 30, 2008.
 
Certain Other Related Party Transactions
 
In the six months ended June 30, 2008, we sold PV modules to Tibetan Yingli, an entity we account under the equity method of accounting, for RMB 0.7 million (US$0.1 million), respectively, which remained payable by Tibetan Yingli to us as of June 30, 2008.
 
Tianwei Yingli made prepayments for the purchase of metal strips of RMB 25.3 million (US$3.7 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008 to Yitongguangfu Technical Co., Ltd., or Yitongguangfu, a PRC company whose shareholders include Mr. Xiangdong Wang, our director and vice president. Tianwei Yingli’s actual purchase from Yitongguangfu amounted to RMB 24.1 million (US$3.5 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2008. The outstanding balance of prepayment as of June 30, 2008 was RMB27.4 million (US$4.0 million) in purchases of metal strips. Tianwei Yingli may continue to purchase similar products from Yitongguangfu in the future.
 
In 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, Tianwei Yingli purchased RMB 0.2 million (US$0.03 million) and RMB 0.5 million (US$0.1 million) products and services from Yingli Municipal Public Facilities Company, a subsidiary of Yingli Group, which remained payable to Yingli Municipal as of June 30, 2008.
 
In 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, Tianwei Yingli purchased aluminum frames in the amount of RMB 10.0 million (US$1.5 million) and RMB 7.5 million (US$1.1 million), respectively, from Tianwei Fu Le Aluminum Co., Ltd., or Tianwei Fu Le, a subsidiary of Tianwei Group, of which RMB 8.6 million (US$1.3 million) and RMB 7.8 million (US$1.1 million) was paid in 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. The outstanding balance of payable to Tianwei Fu Le was RMB 1.9 million (US$0.3 million) as of June 30, 2008. Tianwei Yingli may continue to purchase similar products from Tianwei Fu Le in the future.
 
In 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, Tianwei Yingli made prepayments of RMB 11.0 million (US$1.6 million) and RMB 9.9 million (US$1.4 million) to Maike Green Food Co., Ltd., or Maike, a subsidiary of Yingli Group, for the purchase of packaging materials. Tianwei Yingli’s purchase from Maike amounted to RMB 11.4 million (US$1.7 million) and RMB 10.0 million (US$1.5 million) in 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. The outstanding balance of prepayment was RMB 0.9 million (US$0.1 million) as of June 30, 2008, respectively, for purchases of packaging materials. Tianwei Yingli may continue to purchase similar products from Maike in the future.
 
We also have arrangements with Xinguang, a PRC silicon manufacturer, for the supply of polysilicon for 2007 and 2008 and have entered into supply contracts with Xinguang from time to time. Mr. Xiangdong Wang, our director and vice president, also serves as a director of Xinguang. Pursuant to these arrangements, Xinguang has agreed to supply 1,232 tons of polysilicon to us. We made prepayments of RMB 485.0 million (US$70.7 million) and nil to Xinguang for the purchase of polysilicon during in 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008. The outstanding balance was reduced by purchases of raw materials by RMB 148.3 million (US$21.6 million) and RMB 196.9 million (US$28.7 million) in 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
We purchased raw materials from Baoding Dongfa Tianying New Energy Resources Company Limited, or Dongfa Tianying, an equity investee of Tianwei Yingli. In 2007, we purchased RMB 8.4 million (US$1.2 million) and paid RMB 4.8 million (US$0.7 million) for purchase of raw materials. The outstanding balance was RMB 4.0 million (US$0.6 million) as of June 30, 2008, respectively. We acquired 30% of Dongfa Tianying’s equity interest for RMB 3.0 million in July 2007 and are currently Dongfa Tianying’s second largest shareholder. In the six months ended June 30, 2008, we purchased RMB 16.7 million (US$2.4 million) and paid RMB 16.3 million (US$2.4 million) for purchases of raw materials.
 
In August 2007, we also made a deposit of RMB 21.6 million (US$3.1 million) to Yingli Group for the purchase of an office premise for our benefit. This deposit was reduced by RMB 19.4 million (US$2.8 million) and RMB 2.2 million (US$0.3 million) for completion of office purchase as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008. Upon the establishment of a foreign subsidiary, we reclassified the accounts receivable of RMB 1.7 million (US$0.2 million) with an entity, whose equity shareholder is a minority shareholder of the foreign subsidiary, as due from a related party. We received payment of RMB 0.8 million (US$0.1 million) during the six months ended


34


Table of Contents

June 30, 2008. In addition, we reclassified the prepayment of RMB 10.2 million (US$1.5 million) with the entity as due from a related party. During the six months ended June 30, 2008, we made prepayments of RMB 162.0 million (US$23.6 million) and purchased raw material of RMB 134.7 million (US$19.6 million).
 
In January 2008, we reclassified the accounts receivable of RMB 10.9 million with an entity, whose parent company’s controlling shareholder is a direct relative of the general manager of Yingli Beijing, upon the appointment the general manager in January 2008, as due from a related party. During the six months ended June 30, 2008, we made sales of RMB 4.5 million (US$0.7 million) and received payment of RMB 5.7 million (US$0.8 million) from this related party. In addition, we reclassified the other payable of RMB 1.5 million (US$0.2 million) with the same entity as due to a related party. During the six months ended June 30, 2008, we borrowed RMB 6.2 million (US$0.9 million) from and repaid RMB 6.8 million (US$1.0 million) to this related party. The amount was unsecured, interest free, and had no definite terms of repayments. We also purchased PV modules of RMB 2.1 million (US$0.3 million) from and paid RMB 1.6 million (US$0.2 million) to this related party during the six months ended June 30, 2008.


35


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
We may issue from time to time, in one or more offerings, the following securities:
 
  •  ordinary shares, including ordinary shares represented by ADSs;
 
  •  preferred shares;
 
  •  depositary shares;
 
  •  debt securities; and
 
  •  warrants to purchase debt securities, ordinary shares, preferred shares or ADSs.
 
We will set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement a description of the preferred shares, debt securities, depositary shares and warrants, and, in certain cases, the ordinary shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs) that may be offered under this prospectus. The terms of the offering of securities, the initial offering price and the net proceeds to us will be contained in the prospectus supplement, and other offering material, relating to such offer. The supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement before you invest in any of our securities.


36


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
 
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the Companies Law, Cap. 22 (Law 3 of 1961), as consolidated and revised of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital consists of 1,000,000,000 shares, with a par value of US$0.01 each. As of the date hereof, there are 127,447,821 ordinary shares issued and outstanding (excluding 2,096,848 restricted shares issued but unvested under our 2006 stock incentive plan). As of November 27, 2008, 68,702,443, or 53.91% of our outstanding ordinary shares (excluding all unvested restricted shares) in the form of ADSs were held by 4 record holders in the United States.
 
The following are summaries of material provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.
 
Meetings
 
An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting is required to be called by not less than ten days’ notice in writing. Notice of every general meeting will be given to all our shareholders other than such as, under the provisions of our articles of association or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from us, and also to our principal external auditors.
 
Notwithstanding that a meeting is called by shorter notice than that mentioned above, it will be deemed to have been duly called, if it is so agreed (i) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting by all our shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting; (ii) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the shareholders having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving that right.
 
No business other than the appointment of a chairperson shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. If present, the chairperson of our board of directors will be the chairperson presiding at any shareholders’ meeting.
 
Two of our shareholders present in person or by proxy or corporate representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of our total issued voting shares will be a quorum.
 
A corporation being a shareholder will be deemed for the purpose of our articles of association to be present in person if represented by its duly authorized representative being the person appointed by resolution of the directors or other governing body of such corporation to act as its representative at the relevant general meeting or at any relevant general meeting of any class of our shareholders. Such duly authorized representative will be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were our individual shareholder.
 
The quorum for a separate general meeting of the holders of a separate class of shares is described in “— Modification of Rights” below.
 
Voting Rights Attaching to the Shares
 
At any general meeting on a show of hands every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote, and on a poll every shareholder present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly appointed representative) will have one vote for each share which such shareholder is the holder. Our board of directors may issue shares with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, redemption privileges or otherwise.
 
Any ordinary resolution to be passed by our shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting of our shareholders, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of our shareholders. Holders of our shares may by ordinary resolution,


37


Table of Contents

among other things, elect or remove directors, and make alterations of capital although a special resolution is required for a reduction of capital. See “— Alteration of Capital”. A special resolution is also required for matters such as a change of name.
 
No shareholder is entitled to vote or be reckoned in a quorum, in respect of any share unless such shareholder is registered as our shareholder at the applicable record date for that meeting and all calls or installments due by such shareholder to us have been paid.
 
If a recognized clearing house (or its nominee(s)) is our shareholder, it may authorize such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any meeting or at any meeting of any class of shareholders provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorization must specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person authorized pursuant to this provision is deemed to have been duly authorized without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the recognized clearing house (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of our shares held by that clearing house (or its nominee(s)).
 
Protection of Minorities
 
The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may, on the application of shareholders holding not less than one-fifth of our shares in issue, appoint an inspector to examine our affairs and to report thereon in a manner as the Grand Court shall direct.
 
Any shareholder may petition the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands which may make a winding up order, if the court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that we should be wound up.
 
Claims against us by our shareholders must, as a general rule, be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by our memorandum and articles of association.
 
The Cayman Islands courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedents which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action against, or derivative actions in our name to challenge (a) an act which is beyond the power of a company or illegal, (b) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority and the wrongdoers are themselves in control of us, and (c) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a qualified (or special) majority.
 
Pre-emption Rights
 
There are no pre-emption rights applicable to the issue of new shares under either Cayman Islands law or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our shareholders are more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess will be distributed at equal ranking among those shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively and (ii) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among the shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, those assets will be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses will be borne by the shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of liquidation.
 
If we are wound up, the liquidator may with the sanction of our special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide among our shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of our assets (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator, with


38


Table of Contents

the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no shareholder shall be compelled to accept any assets, shares or other securities upon which there is a liability.
 
Modification of Rights
 
Except with respect to alteration of share capital as described below, alterations to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be made by special resolution of no less than two-thirds of votes cast at a meeting of our shareholders.
 
Subject to the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, any shares of a class may be issued with or attached with special rights or restrictions, including the right to be redeemed at the option of us or the holder of such shares as the board may determine; provided that once the shares of such class are issued, any variation of rights or restrictions applicable to the shares of such class will require a special resolution of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by holders of the shares of such class. The provisions of our amended and restated articles of association relating to general meetings shall apply similarly to every such separate general meeting, but so that (i) the quorum shall be a person or persons together holding (or represented by proxy) not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class; (ii) every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by such holder; and (iii) any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorized representative may demand a poll.
 
The special rights conferred upon the holders of any class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking equally therewith.
 
Our existing authorized ordinary shares confer on the holders of our ordinary shares equal rights, privileges and restrictions. The shareholders have, by virtue of adoption of our third amended and restated articles of association, authorized the issuance of ordinary shares of par value of US$0.01 each without specifying any special rights, privileges and restrictions. Therefore, our board of directors may, without further action by our shareholders, issue shares of such class and attach to such shares special rights, privileges or restrictions, which may be different from those associated with our ordinary shares. Preferred shares could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or make removal of management more difficult. If our board of directors decides to issue preferred shares, the price of our ADSs may fall and the voting and other rights of the holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. The ordinary shares underlying the ADSs in our issued and outstanding share capital have not been issued on the express terms that they are redeemable. However, our board of directors may pass resolutions to allow us to redeem the ordinary shares from the holders, and two-thirds of the votes cast by the holders of the ordinary shares may approve such variation of share rights. The minority shareholders will not be able to prevent their share rights being varied in such a way and their ordinary shares could become redeemable by us as a result.
 
Alteration of Capital
 
We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:
 
  •  increase our capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;
 
  •  consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares;
 
  •  divide our shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares, attach to these shares any preferential or special rights, privileges or restrictions, provided that after the shareholders authorize a class of shares without any special rights, privileges or restrictions, our board of directors may, without further resolution of the shareholders, issue shares of such class and attach such rights, privileges or restrictions, and following such issuance of the shares of such class, a two-thirds vote of such class of shares will be required to further vary the special rights, privileges or restrictions attached to such class of shares;
 
  •  sub-divide our shares into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by our memorandum and articles of association, subject to the Companies Law and may determine that, among the shares so sub-divided, some


39


Table of Contents

  of such shares may have preferred or other rights or restrictions that are different from those applicable to the other such shares resulting from the sub-division; and
 
  •  cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.
 
We may, by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Companies Law, reduce our share capital, or any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.
 
Transfer of Shares
 
Subject to the restrictions in our amended and restated articles of association, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of their shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in or such other form prescribed by the NYSE or in any other form which the directors may approve. Our directors may decline to register any transfer of any share which is not paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless:
 
(a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;
 
(b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;
 
(c) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped (in circumstances where stamping is required);
 
(d) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four;
 
(e) a fee, if any, of such maximum sum as the NYSE may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.
 
If the directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.
 
The registration of transfers may, on notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by other means in accordance with the requirements of the NYSE, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as the directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year as our directors may determine.
 
Share Repurchase
 
We are empowered by the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association to purchase our own shares subject to certain restrictions. Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Companies Law, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the NYSE or by any other recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.
 
Dividends
 
Subject to the Companies Law, we may declare dividends in any currency to be paid to our shareholders but no dividends shall exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Dividends may be declared and paid out of our profits, realized or unrealized, or from any reserve set aside from profits which our directors determine is no longer needed. Our board of directors may also declare and pay dividends out of the share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law.
 
Except in so far as the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provides (i) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for this purpose as paid up on that share; and


40


Table of Contents

(ii) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid upon the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.
 
Our directors may also pay any interim dividend which is payable on any shares semi-annually or on any other dates, whenever our profits, in the opinion of the directors, justify such payment.
 
Our directors may deduct from any dividend or bonus payable to any shareholder all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to us on account of calls, installments or otherwise.
 
No dividend or other monies payable by us on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against us.
 
In respect of any dividend proposed to be paid or declared on our share capital, our directors may resolve and direct that; (i) such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that our shareholders entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if our directors so determine) in cash in lieu of such allotment; or (ii) that the shareholders entitled to such dividend will be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the directors may think fit. We may also, on the recommendation of our directors, resolve in respect of any particular dividend that, notwithstanding the foregoing, it may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right of shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.
 
Any dividend interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by check or warrant sent by mail addressed to the holder at his registered address, or addressed to such person and at such addresses as the holder may direct. Every such check or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the check or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to us.
 
All dividends unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by our board of directors for the benefit of our company until claimed. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend may be forfeited by our board of directors and, if so forfeited, shall revert to us.
 
Whenever our directors or the shareholders in general meeting have resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the directors may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied by direct payment or satisfaction wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind, and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe for our securities or securities of any other company. Where any difficulty arises with regard to such distribution, our directors may settle it as they think expedient. In particular our directors may issue fractional certificates or authorize any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may ignore fractions altogether, and may fix the value for distribution purposes of any such specific assets and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any of our shareholders upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of the parties, vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the directors and appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of a person entitled to the dividend, which appointment shall be effective and binding on our shareholders.
 
Untraceable Shareholders
 
We are entitled to sell any share of a shareholder who is untraceable, provided that:
 
(i) all checks or warrants in respect of dividends of such shares, not being less than three in number, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of 12 years prior to the publication of the advertisement and during the three months referred to in paragraph (3) below;
 
(ii) we have not during that time received any indication of the whereabouts or existence of the shareholder or person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and


41


Table of Contents

(iii) we have caused an advertisement to be published in newspapers in the manner stipulated by our amended and restated articles of association, giving notice of our intention to sell these shares, and a period of three months has elapsed since such advertisement and NYSE has been notified of such intention.
 
The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to us and when we receive these net proceeds we shall become indebted to the former shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds.
 
Board of Directors
 
General
 
We are managed by a board of directors which must consist of not less than two members. Any director on our board may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders. Any vacancies on our board of directors or additions to the existing board of directors can be filled by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining directors. The directors may at any time appoint any person as a director to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing board, but any director so appointed by the board of directors shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting of our company and shall then be eligible for re-election. Other than the chairperson of our board or any managing director who are not required to retire, one-third of the rest of our directors who were appointed by shareholders at a general meeting are subject to retirement from office by rotation at each general meeting. All our directors who were appointed by our board must retire at the next annual general meeting. Retiring directors are eligible for re-election.
 
Meetings of the board of directors may be convened at any time deemed necessary by any members of the board of directors.
 
A meeting of the board of directors will be competent to make lawful and binding decisions if any two members of the board of directors are present or represented. At any meeting of the directors, each director, be it by his presence or by his alternate, is entitled to one vote.
 
Questions arising at a meeting of the board of directors are required to be decided by simple majority votes of the members of the board of directors present or represented at the meeting. In the case of a tie vote, the chairperson of the meeting shall have a second or deciding vote. Our board of directors may also pass resolutions without a meeting by unanimous written consent.
 
Borrowing Powers
 
Our directors may exercise all the powers to raise or borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of our undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital and, subject to the Companies Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of ours or of any third party.
 
Inspection of Books and Records
 
Holders of our shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information”.
 
Exempted Company
 
We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law. “Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on our shares.
 
We are subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable to foreign private issuers. We currently intend to comply with the NYSE rules, in lieu of following home country practice. The NYSE rules require that every company listed on the NYSE hold an annual general meeting of shareholders.


42


Table of Contents

In addition, our third amended and restated articles of association allows directors or shareholders holding not less than 50% of the voting power at shareholder meetings to call special shareholder meetings pursuant to the procedures set forth in the articles.
 
We believe that the differences with respect to being a Cayman Islands exempted company as opposed to a Delaware corporation do not pose additional material risks to investors, other than the risks described under “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our ADSs” in our most recently filed annual report on Form 20-F.
 
Differences in Corporate Law
 
The Companies Law is modeled after similar law in England but does not necessarily always follow recent changes in English law. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.
 
Mergers and Similar Arrangements
 
Cayman Islands law does not provide for mergers as that expression is understood under United States corporate law. However, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:
 
  •  the company is not proposing to act illegally or beyond its power and the statutory provisions as to the due majority vote have been complied with;
 
  •  the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;
 
  •  the arrangement is such that a businessman would reasonably approve; and
 
  •  the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on minority”.
 
When a take-over offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares (within four months), the offeror may, within a two month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or a breach of the Companies Law.
 
If the arrangement and reconstruction or takeover offer is thus approved or accepted, the dissenting shareholders are unlikely to have any rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.
 
Shareholders’ Suits
 
We are not aware of any reported class action or derivative action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and a derivative action may not normally be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would likely be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:
 
  •  a company acts or proposes to act illegally or beyond its power;


43


Table of Contents

 
  •  the act complained of, although not beyond the power of the company, could be effected only if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and
 
  •  those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority”.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
 
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers, directors and auditors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty, fraud or default of such directors or officers or auditors. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.
 
Anti-takeover Provisions in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
 
Cayman Islands law does not prevent companies from adopting a wide range of defensive measures, such as staggered boards, blank check preferred shares, removal of directors only for cause and provisions that restrict the rights of shareholders to call meetings, act by written consent and submit shareholder proposals. Our amended memorandum and articles of incorporation provide for, among others, a staggered board, blank check preferred stock and provisions that restrict the rights of shareholders to call shareholders’ meetings and eliminate their right to act by written consent.
 
Directors’ Fiduciary Duties
 
Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.
 
Under Cayman Islands law, at common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty has four essential elements:
 
  •  a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company;
 
  •  a duty not to personally profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;
 
  •  a duty to avoid conflicts of interest; and
 
  •  a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.


44


Table of Contents

 
In general, the Companies Law imposes various duties on officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company. The Companies Law contains provisions, which impose default fines on persons who fail to satisfy those requirements. However, in many circumstances, an individual is only liable if he knowingly is guilty of the default or knowingly and willfully authorizes or permits the default.
 
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. The Companies Law allows a special resolution to be passed in writing if signed by all the shareholders and authorized by the articles of association.
 
Shareholder Proposals
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.
 
The Companies Law does not provide shareholders any right to bring business before a meeting or requisition a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in articles of association. Our amended and restated articles of association allow our shareholders holding not less than 50% of our paid-up voting share capital to requisition a shareholder’s meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. However, our amended and restated articles of association require us to call such meetings.
 
Cumulative Voting
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. While there is nothing under the Cayman Islands law which specifically prohibits or restricts the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of directors of a Company, our amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.
 
Removal of Directors
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed, by way of ordinary resolution of the shareholders.
 
Transactions with Interested Shareholders
 
The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person


45


Table of Contents

becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.
 
A Cayman company may enter into some business transactions with significant shareholders, including asset sales, in which a significant shareholder receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders with prior approval from the board of directors but without prior approval from the shareholders.
 
Sale of Assets
 
Contrary to the general practice in most corporations incorporated in the United States, Cayman Islands law does not require that shareholders approve sales of all or substantially all of a company’s assets.
 
Dissolution; Winding up
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by the vote of holders of two-thirds of our shares voting at a meeting.
 
Variation of Rights of Shares
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our amended and restated articles of association provides that, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the vote at a class meeting of holders of two-thirds of the shares of such class.
 
Amendment of Governing Documents
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with the vote of holders of two-thirds of our shares voting at a meeting.
 
Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders
 
There are no limitations imposed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
 
Rights Plan
 
On October 17, 2007, our board of directors authorized the distribution of one ordinary share purchase right, which we refer to as the purchase right, for each ordinary share of our company as of the close of business on October 26, 2007. The distribution was made on October 26, 2007, to the shareholders of record as of the close of business on October 26, 2007, or the rights record date. The purchase rights will become exercisable only if a person or group obtains ownership of 15% or more of our company’s ordinary shares (including by acquisition of our ADSs) or enters into an acquisition transaction without the approval of our board of directors, at which time the holders of the purchase rights (other than the acquiring person or group) will be entitled to purchase from us our ordinary shares at half of the market price at the time of purchase. In the event of a subsequent acquisition of our company, the holders (other than the acquiring person or group) may be entitled to buy ordinary shares of the


46


Table of Contents

acquiring entity at half price. The exercise price which we refer to as the rights purchase price, is US$95.00 per purchase right, subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the purchase rights are set forth in a rights agreement dated as of October 17, 2007, which we refer to as the rights plan, between our company and RBC Dexia Corporate Services Hong Kong Limited, as rights agent.
 
Under the rights plan, Tianwei Baobian will be permitted to purchase our ordinary shares (i) pursuant to its subscription rights under the joint venture contract, as amended, and (ii) from Yingli Power, in each case without triggering the exercisability of the purchase rights.
 
Until the close of business on the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the first date of a public announcement that a person (other than an exempted entity as defined in the rights plan, or an exempted entity) or group of affiliated or associated persons, which we refer to as an acquiring person, has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our ordinary shares then outstanding or (ii) the tenth business day (or such later date as may be determined by action of our board of directors prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an acquiring person) after the date of commencement of, or the first public announcement of an intention to commence, a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person (other than an exempted entity) or group of 15% or more of our ordinary shares then outstanding (the earlier of such dates being referred to as the distribution date), the purchase rights will be evidenced by the ordinary shares represented by certificates for ordinary shares outstanding as of the rights record date, together with a copy of the summary of rights disseminated in connection with the original distribution of the purchase rights.
 
As defined in the rights plan, “exempted entity” means (i) our company, (ii) any subsidiary of our company, (iii) any entity or trustee holding our ordinary shares for or pursuant to the terms of any employee benefit plan of our company or of any subsidiary of our company or for the purpose of funding any such plan or funding other employee benefits for employees of our company or of any subsidiary of our company, (iv) any Yingli Power entity for so long as it beneficially owns no more than 46.42%, and no less than 15%, of our outstanding ordinary shares; and (v) any Tianwei Baobian entity with respect to our ordinary shares Tianwei Baobian may obtain pursuant to its subscription right or from a Yingli Power entity for so long as the Tianwei Baobian entity beneficially owns no more than 26.78%, and no less than 15% (in each case excluding any ordinary shares as to which it acquires beneficial ownership from a Yingli Power entity), of our outstanding ordinary shares.
 
The rights plan provides that, until the distribution date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the purchase rights), the purchase rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of ordinary shares. The purchase rights are not exercisable until the distribution date. The purchase rights will expire on October 17, 2017 unless extended or unless the purchase rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by us as described below.
 
In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an acquiring person, each holder of a purchase right, other than purchase rights beneficially owned by the acquiring person (which will thereupon become void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise of a purchase right and payment of the rights purchase price, the number of our ordinary shares having a market value of two times the rights purchase price.
 
In the event that, after a person or group has become an acquiring person, we are acquired in a amalgamation, merger, scheme of arrangement or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a purchase right (other than purchase rights beneficially owned by an acquiring person which will have become void) will thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then-current exercise price of the purchase right, the number of ordinary shares of the person with whom we have engaged in the foregoing transaction (or its parent) having a market value of two times the then-current rights purchase price at the time of such transaction.
 
At any time after any person or group becomes an acquiring person and prior to the acquisition by such person or group of 50% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares or the occurrence of an event described in the prior paragraph, our board of directors may exchange the purchase rights (other than purchase rights owned by such person or group which will have become void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one ordinary share per purchase right (subject to adjustment).


47


Table of Contents

The rights purchase price payable and the number of ordinary shares or other securities or property issuable upon exercise of the purchase rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution. With certain exceptions, no adjustment in rights purchase price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such rights purchase price. No fractional ordinary shares will be issued; in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of our ordinary shares on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.
 
At any time prior to the time an acquiring person becomes such, our board of directors may redeem the purchase rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of US$0.01 per purchase right, which we refer to as the rights redemption price. The redemption of the purchase rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as our board of directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the purchase rights, the right to exercise the purchase rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of purchase rights will be to receive the right redemption price.
 
For so long as the purchase rights are then redeemable, we may, except with respect to the rights redemption price, amend the rights plan in any manner. After the purchase rights are no longer redeemable, we may, except with respect to the rights redemption price, amend the rights plan in any manner that does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the purchase rights.
 
Until a purchase right is exercised or exchanged, the holder of such purchase right will have no rights as a shareholder of our company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.
 
History of Securities Issuances
 
The following is a summary of our securities issuances during the past three years.
 
Ordinary Shares
 
On August 7, 2006, we issued a total of 50,000,000 ordinary shares to Yingli Power Holding Company Ltd., or Yingli Power, in connection with our incorporation for an aggregate subscription amount of US$500,000. On September 25, 2006, we issued an additional 9,800,000 ordinary shares to Yingli Power as our sole shareholder for an aggregate subscription amount of US$100,000.
 
Series A Preferred Shares and a Warrant
 
On September 28, 2006, we issued to Inspiration Partners Limited 8,081,081 Series A preferred shares for an aggregate purchase price of US$17.0 million, or at US$2.10 per share. On September 28, 2006, we also issued to TB Management Ltd., affiliate of Inspiration Partners Limited, a warrant to purchase 678,811 of our ordinary shares for no consideration, which was subsequently transferred to its affiliate, Fairdeal Development Ltd., and which was exercised on May 23, 2007. All outstanding Series A preferred shares were automatically converted into our ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial public offering in June 2007 at a conversion ratio of one-to-one. The proceeds from the issuance of the Series A preferred shares and the warrant were used to finance the transfer to us of the 51% equity interest in Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd., or Tianwei Yingli, that was held by Yingli Group.
 
Series B Preferred Shares and Warrants
 
During the period from December 20, 2006 to January 13, 2007, we issued to Baytree Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd, an affiliate of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, and 13 other investors, including J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., a total of 24,405,377 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate purchase price of US$118 million, or at US$4.835 per share. In addition, during the same period, we granted to such investors, other than the three investors who had made advance payments, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,112,057 of our ordinary shares at an exercise price of US$0.01 per share. In addition, on or about March 27, 2007, we further issued to the Series B preferred shareholders (other than the three investors who had made advance payments) additional warrants with terms similar to the previously issued Series B warrants to purchase an aggregate of 688,090 of our ordinary shares in exchange for the early termination of an escrow arrangement with certain restriction, which made the release of a


48


Table of Contents

portion of the proceeds in an amount of US$19.6 million, that were received from the issuance and sale of the Series B preferred shares contingent upon our obtaining the relevant PRC regulatory approvals and completion of related procedural formalities in connection with the conversion of the shareholder loan into equity interest in Tianwei Yingli. Under an agreement dated May 21, 2007 among us, Yingli Power, Mr. Liansheng Miao and Baytree Investments, the lead Series B preferred shareholder, all of the warrants issued to the Series B preferred shareholders were rendered not exercisable in light of the substantial progress in the relevant PRC regulatory approval process related to the shareholder loan. This amount of US$19.6 million was injected into Tianwei Yingli upon removal of such restriction in the form of entrusted loan from us to satisfy Tianwei Yingli’s working capital requirement. Of US$118 million in aggregate proceeds, US$17 million, which was received as advance payments for the purchase of Series B preferred shares from us, was used to increase our equity interest in Tianwei Yingli to 53.98% from 51%, US$22.6 million (together with US$17 million from portions of the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the mandatory redeemable bonds and the mandatory convertible bonds) was injected into Tianwei Yingli in the form of a direct equity contribution upon completion of relevant PRC registration procedures, and the remaining US$78.4 million was injected into Tianwei Yingli in the form of a shareholder loan from us to Tianwei Yingli which was converted into equity interest in Tianwei Yingli. Upon the completion of relevant PRC registration procedures for the direct equity contribution and obtaining the approval from the SAFE, Baoding Branch for the conversion of the shareholder loan into an equity interest in Tianwei Yingli, which resulted in the additional equity contribution of an aggregate amount of US$118 million to Tianwei Yingli’s registered capital, our equity interest in Tianwei Yingli increased to 70.11% from 62.13%. All outstanding Series B preferred shares were automatically converted into our ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial public offering in June 2007 at a conversion ratio of one-to-one.
 
Mandatory Convertible Bonds and Mandatory Redeemable Bonds
 
On November 13, 2006, we issued interest-bearing mandatory redeemable bonds and mandatory convertible bonds to Yingli Power in the aggregate principal amount of US$85 million and at an issue price equal to 98.75% of such aggregate principal amount. The mandatory redeemable bonds in the principal amount of US$38 million were required to be redeemed at their principal amount upon the completion of our initial public offering. The mandatory convertible bonds with the principal amount of US$47 million were required to be converted into equity interests in us at an aggregate value equal to the value of a 3.73% equity interest in Tianwei Yingli upon the completion of our initial offering. The net proceeds from these bonds must be used (i) up to US$62 million, to increase our equity interest in Tianwei Yingli from 53.98% to 62.13% (which event occurred on December 18, 2006), (ii) up to US$17 million, to further increase our equity interest in Tianwei Yingli, (iii) US$4.5 million to be held in a restricted account to be used to service the first three payments falling due under these bonds and (iv) the remaining proceeds for general corporate purpose and working capital. Upon the completion of our initial public offering in June 2007, we redeemed the mandatory redeemable bonds and issued 5,340,088 of our ordinary shares to Yingli Power upon conversion of the mandatory convertible bonds.
 
Convertible Senior Notes
 
In December 2007, we completed our convertible senior notes offering and secondary offering, in which we offered and sold an aggregate principal amount of US$172.5 million zero coupon convertible senior notes due 2012 and raised an aggregate of US$168.2 million in proceeds, before expenses, and several of our shareholders sold an aggregate of 6,440,000 ordinary shares in the form of ADSs.
 
Other Securities Issuance
 
On December 29, 2006, we issued to China Sunshine Investment Co., Ltd., an investment holding company established in the British Virgin Islands, a warrant to purchase 2,068,252 of our ordinary shares at an exercise price of US$4.835 per share in connection with the repayment and termination of a convertible loan made to Tianwei Yingli on May 17, 2006. China Sunshine Investment Co. Ltd. exercised this warrant in full on February 6, 2007.


49


Table of Contents

Share Options and Restricted Shares
 
We adopted the 2006 stock incentive plan in December 2006. We granted options to purchase an aggregate of 610,929 ordinary shares to four executive officers of us in December 2006. In January and April 2007, we granted to DBS Trustees Limited an aggregate of 2,621,060 restricted shares to be held in trust for the benefit of 70 trust participants consisting of nine directors and executive officers of us and Tianwei Yingli and 60 other employees of us and Tianwei Yingli and one non-employee. Upon the completion of our initial public offering in June 2007, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 115,000 ordinary shares to three independent directors and one key employee at an exercise price of US$11.00 per share. In July 2007, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 35,000 ordinary shares to two key employees at an exercise price of US$11.00 per share and US$12.89 per share, respectively. In September 2007, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 125,700 ordinary shares to one executive officer at an exercise price of US$18.48 per share. In December 2007, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 540,000 ordinary shares to one executive officer and one new employee at an exercise price of US$28.30 per share. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, 593,099 stock options were granted to our executives and employees at exercise prices ranging from US$16.90 to US$38.39. In July 2008, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 127,000 ordinary shares to two directors, certain employees, one non-employee and one new employee at an exercise price of US$15.50 per share. In August 2008, we granted options to purchase 7,500 ordinary shares to one new employee at an exercise price of US$16.73 per share. In October 2008, we granted options to purchase 1,744,985 ordinary shares to 157 employees and one non-employee at an exercise price of US$3.59 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase 3,864,213 ordinary shares of our company were outstanding.
 
Registration Rights
 
Under the terms of an amended shareholders agreement with our Series A and Series B preferred shareholders, at any time six months after the closing of our initial public offering, any shareholder(s) holding of record at least 33% of registrable securities then outstanding may, on three occasions only, request us to effect the registration, on a form other than Form F-3, of all or part of the registrable securities then outstanding. Registrable securities are ordinary shares issued or issuable to the holders of our preferred shares or their respective transferees or the holders or transferees of the warrants issued by us.
 
In addition, upon our company becoming eligible for using Form F-3, any holder of registrable securities may request us to effect a registration statement on Form F-3 for a public offering of registrable securities so long as the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public (net of selling expenses) would be at least US$5.0 million and we are entitled to use Form F-3 (or a comparable form) for such offering. Holders of registrable securities may demand a registration on Form F-3 on unlimited occasions, although we are not obligated to effect more than one such registration in any 12-month period. Under certain circumstances, such demand registration may also include ordinary shares other than registrable securities.
 
Holders of registrable securities also have “piggyback” registration rights, which may request us to register all or any part of the registrable securities then held by such holders when we register any of our ordinary shares. If any of the offerings involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of any such offering has certain rights to limit the number of shares included in such registration. However, the number of registrable securities included in an underwritten public offering subsequent to our initial public offering pursuant to “piggyback” registration rights may not be reduced to less than 35% of the aggregate securities included in such offering. However, the terms of the amended shareholders agreement do not provide for any specific damage, payment or transfer any other consideration to the Series A and B preferred shareholders in the event of non-performance to effect a registration statement.
 
We are generally required to bear all of the registration expenses incurred in connection with three demand registrations, unlimited Form F-3 and piggyback registrations, except underwriting discounts and commissions.
 
Holders of our warrants are also entitled to the same registration rights as described above with respect to the ordinary shares into which their warrants are exercisable.


50


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
American Depositary Receipts
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, issues the ADSs. Each ADS represents an ownership interest in one ordinary share which we will deposit with the custodian, as agent of the depositary, under the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you as an ADR holder. In the future, each ADS will also represent any securities, cash or other property deposited with the depositary but which it has not distributed directly to you. Unless specifically requested by you, all ADSs will be issued on the books of our depositary in book-entry form and periodic statements will be mailed to you which reflect your ownership interest in such ADSs. In our description, references to American depositary receipts or ADRs shall include the statements you will receive which reflect your ownership of ADSs.
 
The depositary’s office is located at 4 New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004. J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., one of our shareholders, is an affiliate of the depositary.
 
You may hold ADSs either directly or indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, by having an ADS registered in your name on the books of the depositary, you are an ADR holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs through your broker or financial institution nominee, you must rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution to assert the rights of an ADR holder described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.
 
As an ADR holder, we will not treat you as a shareholder of ours and you will not have any shareholder rights. Cayman Island law governs shareholder rights. Because the depositary or its nominee will be the shareholder of record for the shares represented by all outstanding ADSs, shareholder rights rest with such record holder. Your rights are those of an ADR holder. Such rights derive from the terms of the deposit agreement to be entered into among us, the depositary and all registered holders from time to time of ADSs issued under the deposit agreement. The obligations of the depositary and its agents are also set out in the deposit agreement. Because the depositary or its nominee will actually be the registered owner of the shares, you must rely on it to exercise the rights of a shareholder on your behalf. The deposit agreement and the ADSs are governed by New York law.
 
The following is a summary of the material terms of the deposit agreement. Because it is a summary, it may not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR which contains the terms of your ADSs. You can read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit agreement at the SEC’s public reference room which is located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. You may also find the registration statement and the attached deposit agreement from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
Share Dividends and Other Distributions
 
How will you Receive Dividends and Other Distributions on the Shares Underlying your ADSs?
 
We may make various types of distributions with respect to our securities. The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after converting any cash received into U.S. dollars and, in all cases, making any necessary deductions provided for in the deposit agreement. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of underlying securities that your ADSs represent.
 
Except as stated below, to the extent the depositary is legally permitted, it will deliver such distributions to ADR holders in proportion to their interests in the following manner:
 
  •  Cash.   The depositary will distribute any U.S. dollars available to it resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof (to the extent applicable), on an averaged or other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes


51


Table of Contents

  withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain registered holders, and (iii) deduction of the depositary’s expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner. If exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert a foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.
 
  •  Shares.   In the case of a distribution in shares, the depositary will issue additional ADRs to evidence the number of ADSs representing such shares. Only whole ADSs will be issued. Any shares which would result in fractional ADSs will be sold and the net proceeds will be distributed in the same manner as cash to the ADR holders entitled thereto.
 
  •  Rights to Receive Additional Shares.   In the case of a distribution of rights to subscribe for additional shares or other rights, if we provide satisfactory evidence that the depositary may lawfully distribute such rights, the depositary will distribute warrants or other instruments representing such rights. However, if we do not furnish such evidence, the depositary may:
 
  •  sell such rights if practicable and distribute the net proceeds as cash; or
 
  •  if it is not practicable to sell such rights, do nothing and allow such rights to lapse, in which case ADR holders will receive nothing.
 
We have no obligation to file a registration statement under the Securities Act in order to make any rights available to ADR holders.
 
  •  Other Distributions.   In the case of a distribution of securities or property other than those described above, the depositary may either (i) distribute such securities or property in any manner it deems equitable and practicable or (ii) to the extent the depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, sell such securities or property and distribute any net proceeds in the same way it distributes cash.
 
If the depositary determines that any distribution described above is not practicable with respect to any specific ADR holder, the depositary may choose any practicable method of distribution for such ADR holder, including the distribution of foreign currency, securities or property, or it may retain such items, without paying interest on or investing them, on behalf of the ADR holder as deposited securities, in which case the ADSs will also represent the retained items.
 
Any U.S. dollars will be distributed by checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents. Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the depositary in accordance with its then current practices.
 
The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADR holders.
 
There can be no assurance that the depositary will be able to convert any currency at a specified exchange rate or sell any property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified price, nor that any of such transactions can be completed within a specified time period.
 
Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation
 
How does the Depositary Issue ADSs?
 
The depositary will issue ADSs if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian and pay the fees and expenses owing to the depositary in connection with such issuance. In the case of the ADSs to be issued under this prospectus, we will arrange with the underwriters named herein to deposit such shares.


52


Table of Contents

Shares deposited in the future with the custodian must be accompanied by certain delivery documentation, including instruments showing that such shares have been properly transferred or endorsed to the person on whose behalf the deposit is being made.
 
The custodian will hold all deposited shares (including those being deposited by or on our behalf in connection with the offering to which this prospectus relates) for the account of the depositary. ADR holders thus have no direct ownership interest in the shares and only have such rights as are contained in the deposit agreement. The custodian will also hold any additional securities, property and cash received on or in substitution for the deposited shares. The deposited shares and any such additional items are referred to as “deposited securities”.
 
Upon each deposit of shares, receipt of related delivery documentation and compliance with the other provisions of the deposit agreement, including the payment of the fees and charges of the depositary and any taxes or other fees or charges owing, the depositary will issue an ADR or ADRs in the name or upon the order of the person entitled thereto evidencing the number of ADSs to which such person is entitled. All of the ADSs issued will, unless specifically requested to the contrary, be part of the depositary’s direct registration system, and a registered holder will receive periodic statements from the depositary which will show the number of ADSs registered in such holder’s name. An ADR holder can request that the ADSs not be held through the depositary’s direct registration system and that a certificated ADR be issued.
 
How do ADR Holders Cancel an ADS and Obtain Deposited Securities?
 
When you turn in your ADSs at the depositary’s office, or when you provide proper instructions and documentation in the case of direct registration ADSs, the depositary will, upon payment of certain applicable fees, charges and taxes, deliver the underlying shares at the custodian’s office or effect delivery by such other means as the depositary deems practicable, including transfer to an account of an accredited financial institution on your behalf. At your risk, expense and request, the depositary may deliver deposited securities at such other place as you may request.
 
The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited securities in connection with:
 
  •  temporary delays caused by closing our transfer books or those of the depositary or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends;
 
  •  the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges; or
 
  •  compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited securities.
 
This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.
 
Record Dates
 
The Depositary may Fix Record Dates for the Determination of the ADR Holders who will be Entitled (or Obligated, as the Case may be):
 
  •  to receive a dividend, distribution or rights,
 
  •  to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at a meeting of holders of ordinary shares or other deposited securities, or
 
  •  for the determination of the registered holders who shall be responsible for the fee assessed by the depositary for administration of the ADR program and for any expenses as provided for in the ADR,
 
  •  to receive any notice or to act in respect of other matters,
 
  •  all subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement.


53


Table of Contents

 
Voting Rights
 
How do you vote?
 
If you are an ADR holder and the depositary asks you to provide it with voting instructions, you may instruct the depositary how to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your ADSs. After receiving voting materials from us, the depositary will notify the ADR holders of any shareholder meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies. This notice will state such information as contained in the voting materials and describe how you may instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your ADSs and will include instructions for giving a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in the manner and on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as is practical, subject to the provisions of and governing the underlying shares or other deposited securities, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as you instruct. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. The depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion. Furthermore, neither the depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any vote.
 
There is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.
 
Reports and Other Communications
 
Will you be able to view our reports?
 
The depositary will make available for inspection by ADR holders any written communications from us which are both received by the custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited securities and made generally available to the holders of deposited securities. We will furnish these communications in English when so required by any rules or regulations of the SEC.
 
Additionally, if we make any written communications generally available to holders of our shares, including the depositary or the custodian, and we request the depositary to provide them to ADR holders, the depositary will mail copies of them, or, at its option, English translations or summaries of them to ADR holders.
 
Fees and Expenses
 
What Fees and Expenses will you be Responsible for Paying?
 
ADR holders will be charged a fee for each issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from distributions of shares, rights and other property, and for each surrender of ADSs in exchange for deposited securities. The fee in each case is US$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof) issued or surrendered.
 
The following additional charges shall be incurred by the ADR holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing shares or by any party surrendering ADRs or to whom ADRs are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by our company or an exchange of stock regarding the ADRs or the deposited securities or a distribution of ADRs), whichever is applicable:
 
  •  to the extent not prohibited by the rules of any stock exchange or interdealer quotation system upon which the ADSs are traded, a fee of US$1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers of certificated or direct registration ADRs;
 
  •  a fee of US$0.02 or less per ADS (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to the deposit agreement;
 
  •  a fee of US$0.04 per ADS (or portion thereof) per calendar year for services performed by the depositary in administering our ADR program (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year (with the aggregate of such fees not to exceed the amount set forth above) and shall be assessed against holders of ADRs as of the record date or record dates set by the depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable in the manner described in the next succeeding provision);


54


Table of Contents

 
  •  any other charge payable by any of the depositary, any of the depositary’s agents, including, without limitation, the custodian, or the agents of the depositary’s agents in connection with the servicing of our shares or other deposited securities (which charge shall be assessed against registered holders of our ADRs as of the record date or dates set by the depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing such registered holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions);
 
  •  a fee for the distribution of securities (or the sale of securities in connection with a distribution), such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (treating all such securities as if they were shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the depositary to those holders entitled thereto;
 
  •  stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;
 
  •  cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at your request;
 
  •  transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities;
 
  •  expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars; and
 
  •  such fees and expenses as are incurred by the depositary (including without limitation expenses incurred in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in delivery of deposited securities or otherwise in connection with the depositary’s or its custodian’s compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations.
 
We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between us and the depositary. The fees described above may be amended from time to time.
 
Our depositary has agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses we incur that are related to establishment and maintenance of the ADR program, including investor relations expenses and exchange application and listing fees. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse us, but the amount of reimbursement available to us is not related to the amounts of fees the depositary collects from investors. The depositary collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions, or by directly billing investors, or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide services to any holder until the fees owing by such holder for those services and any other unpaid fees are paid.
 
Payment of Taxes
 
ADR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the custodian or the depositary on any ADS or ADR, deposited security or distribution. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may (i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions, or (ii) sell deposited securities and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such sale. In either case the ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall. Additionally, if any tax or governmental charge is unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited securities (except under limited circumstances mandated by securities regulations). If any tax or governmental charge is required to be withheld on any non-cash distribution, the depositary may sell the distributed property or securities to pay such taxes and distribute any remaining net proceeds to the ADR holders entitled thereto.
 
By holding an ADR or an interest therein, you will be agreeing to indemnify us, the depositary, its custodian and any of our or their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising


55


Table of Contents

out of any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained in respect of, or arising out of, your ADSs.
 
Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers
 
If we take certain actions that affect the deposited securities, including (i) any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities or (ii) any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, then the depositary may choose to:
 
(i) amend the form of ADR;
 
(ii) distribute additional or amended ADRs;
 
(iii) distribute cash, securities or other property it has received in connection with such actions;
 
(iv) sell any securities or property received and distribute the proceeds as cash; or
 
(v) none of the above.
 
If the depositary does not choose any of the above options, any of the cash, securities or other property it receives will constitute part of the deposited securities and each ADS will then represent a proportionate interest in such property.
 
Amendment and Termination
 
How May the Deposit Agreement be Amended?
 
We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. ADR holders must be given at least 30 days notice of any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or prejudices any substantial existing right of ADR holders. If an ADR holder continues to hold an ADR or ADRs after being so notified, such ADR holder is deemed to agree to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the deposit agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, we and the depositary may amend or supplement the deposit agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or supplement may take effect before a notice is given or you otherwise receive notice. No amendment, however, will impair your right to surrender your ADSs and receive the underlying securities.
 
How May the Deposit Agreement be Terminated?
 
The depositary may terminate the deposit agreement by giving the ADR holders at least 30 days prior notice, and it must do so at our request. The deposit agreement will be terminated on the removal of the depositary for any reason. After termination, the depositary’s only responsibility will be (i) to deliver deposited securities to ADR holders who surrender their ADRs, and (ii) to hold or sell distributions received on deposited securities. As soon as practicable after the expiration of six months from the termination date, the depositary will sell the deposited securities which remain and hold the net proceeds of such sales, without liability for interest, in trust for the ADR holders who have not yet surrendered their ADRs. After making such sale, the depositary shall have no obligations except to account for such proceeds and other cash. The depositary will not be required to invest such proceeds or pay interest on them.


56


Table of Contents

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADR holders
 
Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to ADR Holders and Holders of ADSs
 
Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer, split-up, combination, or cancellation of any ADRs, or the delivery of any distribution in respect thereof, the depositary and its custodian may require you to pay, provide or deliver:
 
  •  payment with respect thereto of (i) any stock transfer or other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock transfer or registration fees in effect for the registration of transfers of shares or other deposited securities upon any applicable register and (iii) any applicable fees and expenses described in the deposit agreement;
 
  •  the production of proof satisfactory to the depositary and/or its custodian of (i) the identity of any signatory and genuineness of any signature and (ii) such other information, including without limitation, information as to citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, beneficial ownership of any securities, payment of applicable taxes or governmental charges, or legal or beneficial ownership and the nature of such interest, information relating to the registration of the shares on the books maintained by or on our behalf for the transfer and registration of shares, compliance with applicable laws, regulations, provisions of or governing deposited securities and terms of the deposit agreement and the ADR, as it may deem necessary or proper; and
 
  •  compliance with such regulations as the depositary may establish consistent with the deposit agreement.
 
The deposit agreement expressly limits the obligations and liability of the depositary, us and our respective agents. Neither we nor the depositary nor any such agent will be liable if:
 
  •  present or future law, rule or regulation of the United States, the Cayman Islands or any other country, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the provisions of or governing any deposited securities, any present or future provision of our charter, any act of God, war, terrorism or other circumstance beyond our, the depositary’s or our respective agents’ control shall prevent, delay or subject to any civil or criminal penalty any act which the deposit agreement or the ADRs provides shall be done or performed by us, the depositary or our respective agents (including, without limitation, voting);
 
  •  it exercises or fails to exercise discretion under the deposit agreement or the ADR;
 
  •  it performs its obligations without gross negligence or bad faith;
 
  •  it takes any action or refrains from taking any action in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any registered holder of ADRs, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information; or
 
  •  it relies upon any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
Neither the depositary nor its agents have any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs. We and our agents shall only be obligated to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs, which in our opinion may involve us in expense or liability, if indemnity satisfactory to us against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as may be required. The depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the deposit agreement, any registered holder or holders of ADRs, any ADSs or otherwise to the extent such information is requested or required by or pursuant to any lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking, securities or other regulators.
 
The depositary will not be responsible for failing to carry out instructions to vote the deposited securities or for the manner in which the deposited securities are voted or the effect of the vote. In no event shall we, the depositary or


57


Table of Contents

any of our respective agents be liable to holders of ADSs or interests therein for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.
 
The depositary may own and deal in deposited securities and in ADSs.
 
Disclosure of Interest in ADSs
 
To the extent that the provisions of or governing any deposited securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on beneficial or other ownership of deposited securities, other shares and other securities and may provide for blocking transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limits, you agree to comply with all such disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any reasonable instructions we may provide in respect thereof. We reserve the right to request you to deliver your ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of the deposited securities so as to permit us to deal with you directly as a holder of deposited securities and, by holding an ADS or an interest therein, you will be agreeing to comply with such instructions.
 
Requirements for Depositary Actions
 
We, the depositary or the custodian may refuse to
 
  •  issue, register or transfer an ADR or ADRs;
 
  •  effect a split-up or combination of ADRs;
 
  •  deliver distributions on any such ADRs; or
 
  •  permit the withdrawal of deposited securities (unless the deposit agreement provides otherwise), until the following conditions have been met:
 
  •  the holder has paid all taxes, governmental charges, and fees and expenses as required in the deposit agreement;
 
  •  the holder has provided the depositary with any information it may deem necessary or proper, including, without limitation, proof of identity and the genuineness of any signature; and
 
  •  the holder has complied with such regulations as the depositary may establish under the deposit agreement.
 
The depositary may also suspend the issuance of ADSs, the deposit of shares, the registration, transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs, or the withdrawal of deposited securities (unless the deposit agreement provides otherwise), if the register for ADRs or any deposited securities is closed or the depositary decides it is advisable to do so.
 
Books of Depositary
 
The depositary or its agent will maintain a register for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs, which register shall include the depositary’s direct registration system. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours, but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the deposit agreement. Such register may be closed from time to time, when deemed expedient by the depositary.
 
The depositary will maintain facilities to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.
 
Pre-release of ADSs
 
The depositary may issue ADSs prior to the deposit with the custodian of shares (or rights to receive shares). This is called a pre-release of the ADS. A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares (or rights to


58


Table of Contents

receive shares from us or from any registrar, transfer agent or other entity recording share ownership or transactions) are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only if:
 
  •  the depositary has received collateral for the full market value of the pre-released ADSs (marked to market daily); and
 
  •  each recipient of pre-released ADSs agrees in writing that he or she:
 
  •  owns the underlying shares,
 
  •  assigns all rights in such shares to the depositary,
 
  •  holds such shares for the account of the depositary and
 
  •  will deliver such shares to the custodian as soon as practicable, and promptly if the depositary so demands.
 
In general, the number of pre-released ADSs will not evidence more than 30% of all ADSs outstanding at any given time (excluding those evidenced by pre-released ADSs). However, the depositary may change or disregard such limit from time to time as it deems appropriate. The depositary may retain for its own account any earnings on collateral for pre-released ADSs and its charges for issuance thereof.
 
Appointment
 
In the deposit agreement, each holder and each person holding an interest in ADSs, upon acceptance of any ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement will be deemed for all purposes to:
 
  •  be a party to and bound by the terms of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or ADRs, and
 
  •  appoint the depositary its attorney-in -fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions contemplated in the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or ADRs, to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with applicable laws and to take such action as the depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR and ADRs, the taking of such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.


59


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
We may sell or distribute the securities offered by this prospectus, from time to time, in one or more offerings, as follows:
 
  •  through agents;
 
  •  to dealers or underwriters for resale;
 
  •  directly to purchasers; or
 
  •  through a combination of any of these methods of sale.
 
In addition, we may issue the securities as a dividend or distribution or in a subscription rights offering to our existing security holders. In some cases, we or dealers acting for us or on our behalf may also repurchase securities and reoffer them to the public by one or more of the methods described above. This prospectus may be used in connection with any offering of our securities through any of these methods or other methods described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
 
Our securities distributed by any of these methods may be sold to the public, in one or more transactions, either:
 
  •  at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed;
 
  •  at market prices prevailing at the time of sale;
 
  •  at prices related to prevailing market prices; or
 
  •  at negotiated prices.
 
Sale through Underwriters or Dealers
 
If underwriters are used in the sale, the underwriters will acquire the securities for their own account, including through underwriting, purchase, security lending or repurchase agreements with us. The underwriters may resell the securities from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions. Underwriters may sell the securities in order to facilitate transactions in any of our other securities (described in this prospectus or otherwise), including other public or private transactions and short sales. Underwriters may offer securities to the public either through underwriting syndicates represented by one or more managing underwriters or directly by one or more firms acting as underwriters. Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the securities will be subject to certain conditions, and the underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the offered securities if they purchase any of them. The underwriters may change from time to time any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers.
 
If dealers are used in the sale of securities offered through this prospectus, we will sell the securities to them as principals. They may then resell those securities to the public at varying prices determined by the dealers at the time of resale. The applicable prospectus supplement will include the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction.
 
Direct Sales and Sales through Agents
 
We may sell the securities offered through this prospectus directly. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. Such securities may also be sold through agents designated from time to time. The applicable prospectus supplement will name any agent involved in the offer or sale of the offered securities and will describe any commissions payable to the agent. Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, any agent will agree to use its commonly reasonable efforts to solicit purchases for the period of its appointment.
 
We may sell the securities directly to institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to any sale of those securities. The terms of any such sales will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.


60


Table of Contents

Delayed Delivery Contracts
 
If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, we may authorize agents, underwriters or dealers to solicit offers from certain types of institutions to purchase securities at the public offering price under delayed delivery contracts. These contracts would provide for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts would be subject only to those conditions described in the prospectus supplement. The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the commission payable for solicitation of those contracts.
 
Market Making, Stabilization and Other Transactions
 
Unless the applicable prospectus supplement states otherwise, each series of offered securities will be a new issue and will have no established trading market. We may elect to list any series of offered securities on an exchange. Any underwriters that we use in the sale of offered securities may make a market in such securities, but may discontinue such market making at any time without notice. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the securities will have a liquid trading market.
 
Any underwriter may also engage in stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Rule 104 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase the underlying security in the open market for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the securities. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
 
Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would be in the absence of the transactions. The underwriters may, if they commence these transactions, discontinue them at any time.
 
Derivative Transactions and Hedging
 
We and the underwriters may engage in derivative transactions involving the securities. These derivatives may consist of short sale transactions and other hedging activities. The underwriters may acquire a long or short position in the securities, hold or resell securities acquired and purchase options or futures on the securities and other derivative instruments with returns linked to or related to changes in the price of the securities. In order to facilitate these derivative transactions, we may enter into security lending or repurchase agreements with the underwriters. The underwriters may effect the derivative transactions through sales of the securities to the public, including short sales, or by lending the securities in order to facilitate short sale transactions by others. The underwriters may also use the securities purchased or borrowed from us or others (or, in the case of derivatives, securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives) to directly or indirectly settle sales of the securities or close out any related open borrowings of the securities.
 
Loans of Securities
 
We or a selling shareholder may loan or pledge securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the securities using this prospectus and an applicable prospectus supplement.
 
General Information
 
Agents, underwriters, and dealers may be entitled, under agreements entered into with us, to indemnification by us, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Our agents, underwriters, and dealers, or their affiliates, may be customers of, engage in transactions with or perform services for us or our affiliates, in the ordinary course of business for which they may receive customary compensation.


61


Table of Contents

 
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as:
 
  •  political and economic stability;
 
  •  an effective judicial system;
 
  •  a favorable tax system;
 
  •  the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and
 
  •  the availability of professional and support services.
 
However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include:
 
  •  the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides significantly less protection to investors; and
 
  •  Cayman Islands companies do not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.
 
Our constituent documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.
 
Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. A majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.
 
We have appointed Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc. as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.
 
Conyers Dill & Pearman, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and Fangda Partners, our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands and the PRC, respectively, would:
 
  •  recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or
 
  •  entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.
 
Conyers Dill & Pearman has further advised us that the courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the federal or state courts in the United States under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (i) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (ii) such courts did not contravenue the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands, (iii) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (iv) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands, (v) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands, and (vi) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands.


62


Table of Contents

Fangda Partners has advised us further that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments, which do not otherwise violate basic legal principles, state sovereignty, safety or social public interest of the PRC, in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between the PRC and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. As there currently exists no treaty or other form of reciprocity between the PRC and the United States governing the recognition of judgments, including those predicated upon the liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, there is uncertainty whether and on what basis a PRC court would recognize and enforce judgments rendered by U.S. courts.


63


Table of Contents

 
VALIDITY OF SECURITIES
 
The validity of the securities offered hereby (other than the ordinary shares) will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. The validity of the ordinary shares will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated balance sheets of Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the period from August 7, 2006 (date of inception) through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the consolidated statements of income, owners’ equity, and cash flows of Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd. and its subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2005, and for the period from January 1, 2006 through September 4, 2006, have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The offices of KPMG are located at 8th Floor, Prince’s Building, 10 Chater Road, Central, Hong Kong.


64


Table of Contents

YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-7  


F-1


Table of Contents

YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                         
    December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
ASSETS
Current assets
                       
Cash
    961,076,707       674,705,716       98,366,508  
Restricted cash
    7,164,179       141,202,130       20,586,102  
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of RMB 2,617,903 and RMB 2,172,176 (US$316,685) as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, respectively)
    1,240,843,562       1,023,660,223       149,241,187  
Accounts receivable from related parties
    4,023,685       15,354,104       2,238,501  
Inventories
    1,261,206,981       1,246,498,725       181,729,195  
Prepayments to suppliers
    1,056,776,625       1,783,898,417       260,077,622  
Prepayments to related party suppliers
    373,876,497       215,495,106       31,417,403  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    180,108,839       370,625,681       54,034,156  
Other amounts due from related parties
    4,248,841       4,280,028       623,992  
                         
Total current assets
    5,089,325,916       5,475,720,130       798,314,666  
                         
Long-term prepayments to suppliers
    637,269,620       711,664,264       103,754,758  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    1,479,828,602       2,240,455,077       326,639,804  
Land use rights and other assets
    108,388,141       102,838,062       14,992,938  
Intangible assets
    331,328,478       419,344,256       61,136,921  
Goodwill
    27,856,214       273,665,620       39,898,182  
Total assets
    7,673,996,971       9,223,687,409       1,344,737,269  
                         
                         
 
LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTERESTS AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
                       
Short-term borrowings
    1,261,274,963       1,622,304,791       236,518,609  
Accounts payable
    158,076,710       320,108,287       46,669,138  
Other current liabilities and accrued expenses
    56,777,288       47,825,663       6,972,586  
Accrued warranty
    60,780,001       93,059,908       13,567,364  
Advances from customers
    22,146,603       37,770,941       5,506,691  
Amounts due to related parties
    17,053,376       18,878,770       2,752,368  
                         
Total current liabilities
    1,576,108,941       2,139,948,360       311,986,756  
Deferred income taxes
    56,520,155       81,659,267       11,905,245  
Deferred income
    22,009,906       17,375,850       2,533,255  
Convertible senior notes
    1,262,734,218       1,216,040,730       177,288,672  
                         
Total liabilities
    2,917,373,220       3,455,024,207       503,713,928  
Minority interests
    754,799,029       1,290,629,758       188,163,135  
Shareholders’ equity
                       
Ordinary shares
    9,884,422       9,922,439       1,446,609  
Additional paid-in capital
    3,620,826,451       3,648,842,343       531,971,008  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    12,197,060       29,620,313       4,318,396  
Retained earnings
    358,916,789       789,648,349       115,124,193  
                         
Total shareholders’ equity
    4,001,824,722       4,478,033,444       652,860,206  
Commitments and contingencies
                 
                         
Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity
    7,673,996,971       9,223,687,409       1,344,737,269  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements


F-2


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Net revenues
                       
External customers
    1,326,467,326       3,577,594,419       521,583,651  
Related party customers
    3,195,948       4,445,007       648,045  
                         
Total net revenues
    1,329,663,274       3,582,039,426       522,231,696  
Cost of revenues
                       
External suppliers
    1,006,250,279       2,329,495,044       339,621,094  
Related party suppliers
    29,038,894       348,506,943       50,809,427  
                         
Total cost of revenues
    1,035,289,173       2,678,001,987       390,430,521  
                         
Gross profit
    294,374,101       904,037,439       131,801,175  
Selling expenses
    42,119,987       86,427,613       12,600,431  
General and administrative expenses
    52,955,191       124,932,928       18,214,187  
Research and development expenses
    10,754,495       14,304,307       2,085,450  
                         
Total operating expenses
    105,829,673       225,664,848       32,900,068  
                         
Income from operations
    188,544,428       678,372,591       98,901,107  
Other income (expense)
                       
Interest expense
    (39,419,461 )     (69,117,933 )     (10,076,822 )
Interest income
    517,556       6,927,004       1,009,900  
Foreign currency exchange losses, net
    (17,523,094 )     (1,894,453 )     (276,195 )
Other income (expense)
    (349,970 )     2,921,245       425,893  
Earnings before income taxes and minority interests
    131,769,459       617,208,454       89,983,883  
Income tax benefit
    776,450       2,302,768       335,725  
                         
Earnings before minority interests
    132,545,909       619,511,222       90,319,608  
Minority interests
    (60,960,269 )     (188,779,662 )     (27,522,512 )
                         
Net income
    71,585,640       430,731,560       62,797,096  
                         
Accretion of Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares to redemption value
    (53,150,975 )            
                         
Net income applicable to ordinary shareholders
    18,434,665       430,731,560       62,797,096  
                         
Basic earnings per share
    0.19       3.38       0.49  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.18       3.32       0.48  
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements


F-3


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
 
                                                         
                Accumulated
           
    Ordinary shares       other
           
            Additional
  comprehensive
  Retained
      Comprehensive
    Numbers of
  Amount   paid-in capital   income   earnings   Total   income
    shares   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    126,923,609       9,884,422       3,620,826,451       12,197,060       358,916,789       4,001,824,722          
Net income
                            430,731,560       430,731,560       430,731,560  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      17,423,253             17,423,253       17,423,253  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                    448,154,813  
                                                         
Issuance of ordinary shares upon vesting of restricted shares
    524,212       38,017       (38,017 )                          
Share-based compensation expense
                28,053,909                   28,053,909          
                                                         
Balance as of June 30, 2008
    127,447,821       9,922,439       3,648,842,343       29,620,313       789,648,349       4,478,033,444          
                                                         
Balance as of June 30, 2008—US$
            1,446,609       531,971,008       4,318,396       115,124,193       652,860,206          
                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
 


F-4


Table of Contents

YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Net income
    71,585,640       430,731,560       62,797,096  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    40,608,318       87,595,587       12,770,711  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
          602,465       87,834  
Bad debt expense
          701,765       102,312  
Write-down of inventories to net realized value
    3,353,656       4,863,388       709,042  
Minority interests
    60,960,269       188,779,662       27,522,512  
Equity in loss of affiliates, net
    349,969       200,302       29,202  
Land use rights expense
    574,255       655,623       95,584  
Amortization of bond discount
    8,091,550              
Amortization of debt issuance cost
    239,025       7,880,075       1,148,850  
Share-based compensation
    11,149,916       28,053,909       4,090,028  
Deferred income tax benefit
    (776,449 )     (2,584,150 )     (376,748 )
Accreted interest on convertible senior notes
          31,315,234       4,565,502  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Restricted cash related to purchase of inventory and other operating activities
    (11,910,676 )     (3,736,388 )     (544,734 )
Accounts receivable, including related party
    (302,897,507 )     205,151,155       29,909,340  
Inventories
    (95,774,470 )     644,819,494       94,009,344  
Prepayments to suppliers
    (369,197,654 )     (1,446,709,782 )     (210,918,310 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    30,109,592       (189,999,677 )     (27,700,380 )
Prepayments to related party suppliers
    (8,097,896 )     168,600,111       24,580,501  
Accounts payable
    20,226,708       173,587,080       25,307,559  
Other current liabilities and accrued expenses
    24,974,277       (8,308,915 )     (1,211,371 )
Advances from customers
    (78,198,282 )     15,626,571       2,278,225  
Income tax payable
    (33,518,114 )            
Accrued warranty
    13,145,676       32,279,907       4,706,143  
Amounts due to related parties
    744,062       925,394       134,915  
Deferred income
          (3,121,546 )     (455,096 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (614,258,135 )     367,908,824       53,638,061  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, including cash paid for interest capitalized
    (583,192,481 )     (828,395,566 )     (120,773,216 )
Restricted cash related to purchase of property, plant and equipment
          (130,301,563 )     (18,996,889 )
Payments for land use rights
    (2,254,429 )     (8,080,000 )     (1,177,997 )
Release of restricted cash related to Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares, mandatory redeemable bonds and mandatory convertible bonds
    223,350,130              
Cash proceeds for repayment of loans made to related parties
          2,008,184       292,777  
Loans to related parties
    (2,020,697 )     (4,259,371 )     (620,981 )
Advances paid to an affiliate
    (2,367,271 )     (1,000,000 )     (145,792 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (366,484,748 )     (970,028,316 )     (141,422,098 )
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements


F-5


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from bank borrowings
    1,705,974,997       3,012,806,560       439,242,256  
Repayment of bank borrowings
    (972,877,544 )     (2,651,776,730 )     (386,607,096 )
Payment for bank borrowings issuance costs
    (2,868,300 )            
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares upon IPO, net of issuance cost of RMB 222,971,226
    2,015,767,254              
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
    88,523,802              
Proceeds from issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares
    34,803,900              
Repayment of mandatory redeemable bonds
    (269,015,825 )            
Proceeds from borrowings from third party non-financial services companies
    77,000,000              
Repayment of borrowings from third party non-financial services companies
    (89,000,000 )            
Contribution from minority interest shareholders
          3,104,831       452,659  
Proceeds from borrowings from related parties
    60,306,248       6,206,216       904,815  
Repayment of borrowings from related parties
    (92,155,600 )     (6,768,882 )     (986,847 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,556,458,932       363,571,995       53,005,787  
                         
                         
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash
    (15,959,138 )     (47,823,495 )     (6,972,270 )
                         
Net increase in cash
    1,559,756,911       (286,370,992 )     (41,750,520 )
                         
Cash at beginning of period
    78,454,551       961,076,708       140,117,028  
                         
Cash at end of period
    1,638,211,462       674,705,716       98,366,508  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
    29,104,031       37,955,964       5,533,665  
Income tax paid
    33,518,114       281,383       41,023  
Non-cash investing transactions:
                       
Payables for purchase property, plant and equipment
    116,885,215       28,129,742       4,101,084  
Non-cash financing transactions:
                       
Conversion of Series A and B redeemable convertible preferred shares
    1,077,881,518              
Conversion of mandatory convertible bonds to ordinary shares
    378,906,843              
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements


F-6


Table of Contents

YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(1)   Description of Business
 
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited (“Yingli Green Energy”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “the Company”) are principally engaged in the design, development, marketing, manufacturing and installation and sale of photovoltaic (“PV”) products in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and overseas markets.
 
(2)   Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Disclosures have been made in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements where events subsequent to December 31, 2007, have occurred which have a material impact on the Company. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present a fair statement of the financial position as of June 30, 2008, and the results of operations and cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, have been made.
 
The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition of minority interest in Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd. (“Tianwei Yingli”), the estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangibles with definite lives, recoverability of the carrying values of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, the fair value of share-based payments, allowances for doubtful receivables, realizability of inventories and deferred income tax assets and the fair value of financial and equity instruments and warranty obligations. Actual results could differ from estimates.
 
For the convenience of readers, certain amounts as of and for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 included in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of US$1.00 = RMB 6.8591, being the noon buy rate for U.S. dollars in effect on June 30, 2008 in the city of New York for cable transfer in RMB per U.S. dollar as certified for custom purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank. No representation is made that RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at that rate or at any other certain rate on June 30, 2008, or at any other date.
 
(3)   Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Standards
 
SFAS No. 157
 
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”) on January 1, 2008 for financial assets and liabilities, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements and expands fair value measurement disclosures. The initial adoption of SFAS 157 did not affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations.


F-7


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
In February of 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 157-2, which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities that are not recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Management does not expect the impact of adopting FASB Staff Position 157-2 for non-financial assets and liabilities that qualify for deferral under FASB Staff Position 157-2 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
SFAS No. 159
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” or SFAS No. 159. SFAS No. 159 permits companies to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected be reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2008, although earlier adoption is permitted. Management has elected not to adopt the fair value option, as permitted under SFAS No. 159.
 
SFAS No. 141R (revised 2007)
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, a revision of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” . SFAS No. 141R establishes requirements for the recognition and measurement of acquired assets, liabilities, goodwill, and non-controlling interests (formerly minority interests). SFAS No. 141R also provides disclosure requirements related to business combinations. SFAS No. 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS No. 141R will be applied prospectively to business combinations with an acquisition date on or after the effective date.
 
SFAS No. 160
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51” . SFAS No. 160 establishes new standards for the accounting for and reporting of non-controlling interests and for the loss of control of partially owned and consolidated subsidiaries. SFAS No. 160 does not change the criteria for consolidating a partially owned entity. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The provisions of SFAS No. 160 will be applied prospectively upon adoption except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which will be applied retrospectively. SFAS No. 160 states that accounting and reporting for minority interests will be recharacterized as non-controlling interests and classified as a component of equity. The calculation of earnings per share will continue to be based on income amounts attributable to the parent. SFAS 160 applies to all entities that prepare consolidated financial statements, except not-for-profit organizations, but will affect only those entities that have an outstanding non-controlling interest in one or more. Except for the classification of minority interest as a component of equity, management does not expect the initial adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
SFAS 161
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of SFAS No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, although earlier adoption is encouraged. The Company is currently evaluating the additional disclosures required by SFAS 161.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1 (FSP APB 14-1)
 
In May 2008, FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that May be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion” (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1 requires that the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement) be separately accounted for in a manner that reflects an issuer’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The resulting debt discount is amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Retrospective application to all periods presented is required except for instruments that were not outstanding during any of the periods that will be presented in the annual financial statements for the period of adoption but were outstanding during an earlier period. FSP APB 14-1 will change the accounting treatment for the Company’s convertible senior notes issued in December 2007. The impact of this new accounting treatment may be significant and will result in an increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in the year ended December 31, 2009 for annual and interim financial statements covering past and future periods.
 
(4)   Step-up Acquisition
 
(a) Goodwill
 
The Company accounts for its acquisitions of additional equity interests in Tianwei Yingli using the purchase method. This method requires that the acquisition cost to be allocated to the assets acquired, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed based on a pro-rata share of their estimated fair value. The Company makes estimates and judgments in determining the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on independent appraisal reports as well as its experience in valuation of similar assets and liabilities. If different judgments or assumptions were used, the amounts assigned to the individual acquired assets or liabilities could be materially different.
 
The following table sets forth the changes in goodwill for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008:
 
         
    RMB
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    27,856,214  
Acquisition
    245,809,406  
         
Balance as of June 30, 2008
    273,665,620  
         
 
The increase in goodwill for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 was due to the acquisition of an additional 3.90% equity interest in Tianwei Yingli.
 
Acquisition of additional equity interest in Tianwei Yingli
 
On March 14, 2008, Yingli Green Energy made an additional equity contribution of RMB 1,750,840,000 to Tianwei Yingli, which increased Yingli Green Energy’s equity interest in Tianwei Yingli to 74.01% from 70.11% and diluted the minority shareholder’s ownership interest in Tianwei Yingli to 25.99%. The acquisition of the additional 3.90% equity interest in Tianwei Yingli was funded by the proceeds from the IPO and issuance of convertible senior notes.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocated to the fair value of Yingli Green Energy’s share of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date:
 
                 
    RMB   US$
 
Total cash consideration
    1,750,840,000       255,257,978  
Less: Ownership interest in cash consideration (74.01%*RMB 1,750,840,000)
    (1,295,796,684 )     (188,916,430 )
                 
Net cash consideration
    455,043,316       66,341,548  
                 
Net tangible assets acquired (excluding deferred income tax liabilities, net)
    111,097,081       16,197,035  
Deferred income tax liabilities, net
    (19,642,859 )     (2,863,766 )
Identifiable intangible assets
               
Trademarks
    14,054,820       2,049,076  
Technical know-how
    46,066,020       6,716,044  
Customer relationships
    20,650,539       3,010,678  
Order backlog
    4,698,564       685,012  
Long-term supplier contracts
    32,309,745       4,710,493  
Goodwill
    245,809,406       35,836,976  
                 
Purchase price allocated
    455,043,316       66,341,548  
                 
 
The purchase price allocation for the acquisition is primarily based on an appraisal performed by American Appraisal, as indicated in its valuation report, dated May 23, 2008, together with the management’s assessment based on their experience in PV manufacturing business in the PRC.
 
(b) Intangible assets
 
As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, Yingli Green Energy’s intangible assets related to Yingli Green Energy’s acquisitions of equity interest in Tianwei Yingli and consisted of the followings:
 
                             
    December 31, 2007
    Amortization
  Gross carrying
  Accumulated
   
    period   amount   amortization   Intangibles, net
    Year   RMB   RMB   RMB
 
Trademark
  Indefinite     43,617,287             43,617,287  
Technical know-how
  5.5-6     158,909,469       (23,525,969 )     135,383,500  
Customer relationship
  5.5-6     46,021,610       (6,116,154 )     39,905,456  
Order backlog
  1-1.5     18,574,847       (11,662,437 )     6,912,410  
Long-term supplier
agreements
  3-9 beginning 2009     105,509,825             105,509,825  
                             
Total
        372,633,038       (41,304,560 )     331,328,478  
                             
 


F-10


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
                                     
    June 30, 2008
    Amortization
  Gross carrying
  Accumulated
   
    period   amount   amortization   Intangibles, net
    Years   RMB   RMB   RMB   US$
 
Trademark
  Indefinite     57,672,107             57,672,107       8,408,116  
Technical know-how
  4.8- 6     204,975,489       (39,956,218 )     165,019,271       24,058,444  
Customer relationship
  5.5-6     66,672,149       (11,166,992 )     55,505,157       8,092,192  
Order backlog
  1-1.5     23,273,411       (19,945,260 )     3,328,151       485,217  
Long-term supplier
agreements
  3-9 beginning 2009     137,819,570             137,819,570       20,092,952  
                                     
Total
        490,412,726       (71,068,470 )     419,344,256       61,136,921  
                                     
 
Technical know-how represents self-developed technologies, which were feasible at the acquisition date and include the design and configuration of the Company’s PV manufacturing line, manufacturing technologies and process for high efficiency silicon solar cells and provision of innovations for continuous improvement of cell efficiencies and manufacturing cost reduction. The Company estimated that the economic useful life of technical know-how by taking into consideration of the remaining life cycle of the current manufacturing technologies.
 
The Company estimated the useful life of the customer relationship based primarily on the historical experience of the Company’s customer attrition rate and the Company estimates of sales to these customers in future years. A straight-line method of amortization has been adopted as the pattern in which the economic benefits of the customer relationship are used, cannot be reliably determined. Order backlog represents several unfulfilled sales agreements where delivery of goods is scheduled through March 2009. The estimated fair value of long-term supply agreements were determined based on the present value of the after-tax cost savings of the Company’s long-term supply agreements. The after-tax cost savings of the Company’s long-term supply agreements were based on the difference of price of polysilicon between the agreed purchase price per the supply contracts and the forecasted spot market price at time of the forecasted inventory acquisition. The after-tax costs savings also considered the interest impact of making the pre-payments in accordance with the supply agreements payment terms. The Company estimated the useful life of the long-term supply agreements based upon the contractual delivery periods specified in each agreement. The long-term supply agreements related to four long-term polysilicon supply agreements with delivery period commencing in 2009. The intangible asset in connection with these four agreements will be amortized over the delivery period from 3 to 9 years, commencing in 2009.
 
The aggregated amortization expense for intangible assets for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 is as follows:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
Cost of sales
                       
— Short-term suppliers agreements
    3,586,483              
Selling expenses
                       
— Customer relationship
    1,885,514       5,050,838       736,371  
— Order back-log
    3,983,683       8,282,823       1,207,567  
General and administrative expenses
                       
— Technical know-how
    8,967,370       16,430,249       2,395,394  
                         
Total amortization expense
    18,423,050       29,763,910       4,339,332  
                         

F-11


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
(5)   Geographic Revenue Information and Concentration of Risk
 
The following summarizes the Company’s revenue from the following geographic areas (based on the location of the customer):
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
Europe:
                       
— Germany
    131,242,998       737,549,171       107,528,564  
— Spain
    991,302,410       2,358,286,605       343,818,665  
— Italy
    56,593,184       13,283,493       1,936,623  
— France
          86,598,099       12,625,286  
— Others
    2,237,547       19,159,078       2,793,235  
                         
Subtotal- Europe
    1,181,376,139       3,214,876,446       468,702,373  
                         
PRC (excluding Hong Kong SAR, Macau and Taiwan)
    38,234,031       66,173,847       9,647,599  
Hong Kong SAR
    79,914,171              
United States of America
          55,953,214       8,157,515  
Japan
    28,513,403       145,025,866       21,143,571  
South Korea
    634,232       97,704,006       14,244,435  
Others
    996,453       2,306,047       336,203  
                         
Total gross revenue
    1,329,668,429       3,582,039,426       522,231,696  
Sales tax and surcharge
    (5,155 )            
                         
Total net revenues
    1,329,663,274       3,582,039,426       522,231,696  
                         
 
Sales to the major customers, which individually exceeded 10% of the Company’s net revenue, are as follows:
 
                                                 
        Six-Month Periods Ended
        June 30, 2007   % of net
  June 30, 2008   % of net
    Location   RMB   revenue   RMB   US$   revenue
 
Customer A
    Spain       406,424,302       31 %     201,586,718       29,389,675       6 %
Customer B
    Spain       456,129,033       34 %     371,603,426       54,176,703       10 %
Customer C
    Spain                   395,192,212       57,615,753       11 %
Customer D
    Spain                   593,578,443       86,538,823       17 %
                                                 
Total
            862,553,335       65 %     1,561,960,799       227,720,954       44 %
                                                 


F-12


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Accounts receivable from the above customers are as follows:
 
                                 
        December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    Location   RMB   RMB   US$
 
Customer A
    Spain       130,839,800       257,290,642       37,510,846  
Customer B
    Spain       335,339              
Customer C
    Spain             7,226,630       1,053,583  
Customer D
    Spain       380,808,265              
                                 
Total
            511,983,404       264,517,272       38,564,429  
                                 
 
(6)   Restricted cash
 
Restricted cash of RMB 7,164,179 and RMB 141,202,130 (US$ 20,586,102) as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, respectively, represents bank deposits for securing the letters of credit and letters of guarantee granted to the Company, primarily for the purchase of inventory and equipment. Such letters of credit and letters of guarantee expire within one year.
 
(7)   Inventories
 
Inventories by major category consist of the following:
 
                         
    December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Raw materials
    827,005,848       862,784,021       125,786,768  
Work-in-progress
    228,343,237       252,100,074       36,754,104  
Finished goods
    205,857,896       131,614,630       19,188,323  
                         
Total inventories
    1,261,206,981       1,246,498,725       181,729,195  
                         
 
(8)  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
 
                         
    December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Buildings
    288,806,721       298,353,565       43,497,480  
Machinery and equipment
    983,504,759       1,117,284,046       162,890,765  
Furniture and fixtures
    4,918,384       8,763,778       1,277,687  
Motor vehicles
    13,629,991       19,339,070       2,819,476  
Construction in progress
    278,745,080       944,322,628       137,674,422  
                         
Total property, plant and equipment
    1,569,604,935       2,388,063,087       348,159,830  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    (89,776,333 )     (147,608,010 )     (21,520,026 )
                         
Total property, plant and equipment, net
    1,479,828,602       2,240,455,077       326,639,804  
                         


F-13


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment was allocated to the following expense items:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Cost of revenues
    20,949,932       54,203,429       7,902,411  
Selling expenses
    29,108       106,706       15,557  
General and administrative expenses
    1,889,974       3,521,542       513,412  
                         
Total depreciation expense
    22,869,014       57,831,677       8,431,380  
                         
 
The Company also made deposits of RMB 186,282,263 and RMB 707,150,257 (US$103,096,654) as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, respectively, for the purchase of equipment without receiving collateral for such payments. Deposits for equipment purchases are included in construction in progress.
 
The Company capitalizes interest cost as a component of the cost of construction in progress. The following table summarizes interest incurred and interest capitalized for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Interest cost capitalized
    13,831,391       12,857,264       1,874,483  
Interest charged to income
    39,419,461       69,117,933       10,076,822  
                         
Total interest cost incurred
    53,250,852       81,975,197       11,951,305  
                         
 
(9)   Short-term Borrowings
 
Short-term bank borrowings consist of the following:
 
                         
    December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Guaranteed by Tianwei Baobian and its parent company
    470,237,380              
Secured by accounts receivables
    311,139,752       447,656,649       65,264,634  
Secured by inventories
    5,190,831       169,826,899       24,759,356  
Guaranteed by third parties
    182,615,000              
Unsecured
    292,092,000       1,004,821,243       146,494,619  
                         
Total short-term borrowings
    1,261,274,963       1,622,304,791       236,518,609  
                         
 
Short-term borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 bore a weighted average interest rate of 5.97% and 7.33% per annum, respectively. All short-term borrowings mature and expire at various times within one year. These facilities contain no specific renewal terms. The Company has traditionally negotiated renewal of certain facilities shortly before they mature.
 
(10)   Warranty Costs
 
The Company’s PV modules are typically sold with a two-year limited warranty for defects in materials and workmanship, and a 10-year and 25-year warranty against declines of more than 10.0% and 20.0% of initial power generation capacity, respectively. As a result, the Company bears the risk of warranty claims long after the Company has sold its products and recognized revenues. The Company has sold PV modules only since 2003, and


F-14


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
none of the Company’s PV modules has been in use for more than six years. In connection with the Company’s PV system sales in the PRC, the Company provides a one- to five-year warranty against defects in the Company’s modules, storage batteries, controllers and inverters. The Company performs industry-standard testing to test the quality, durability and safety of the Company’s products. As a result of such tests, management believes the quality, durability and safety of its products are within industry norms. Management’s estimate of the amount of its warranty obligation is based on the results of these tests and consideration given to the warranty accrual practice of other companies in the same business. Consequently, the Company accrues the equivalent of 1% of net revenues as a warranty liability to accrue the estimated cost of its warranty obligations.
 
Actual warranty costs are charged against the accrued warranty liability. To the extent that actual warranty costs differ significantly from estimates, the Company will revise its warranty provisions accordingly.
 
Changes in the carrying amount of accrued product warranty are as follows:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Beginning balance
    20,686,201       60,780,001       8,861,221  
Product warranty expense
    13,145,676       35,300,666       5,146,545  
Warranty cost incurred or claimed
          (3,020,759 )     (440,402 )
                         
Ending balance
    33,831,877       93,059,908       13,567,364  
                         
 
(11)   Share-Based Compensation
 
Restricted shares
 
A summary of the non-vested restricted share activity for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 is as follows:
 
                 
    Number of Non-vested
    Grant date Weighted
 
    Restricted Shares     Average Fair Value  
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007
    2,621,060     US$ 5.22  
Granted
           
Vested
    524,212     US$ 5.22  
                 
Outstanding as of June 30, 2008
    2,096,848     US$ 5.22  
                 
 
The amount of compensation cost recognized for restricted shares for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 is as follows:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Cost of revenues
    568,070       573,466       83,607  
Selling expenses
    370,401       374,831       54,647  
General and administrative expenses
    7,878,197       7,830,677       1,141,648  
Research and development expenses
          335,648       48,935  
                         
Total compensation cost recognized for restricted shares
    8,816,668       9,114,622       1,328,836  
                         


F-15


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Stock options
 
During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, 593,099 stock options were granted to the Company’s executives and employees at exercise prices ranging from US$16.90 to US$38.39 with a vesting period of three to five years.
 
A summary of stock options activity for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 is as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
    Number of
    Weighted
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Stock
    average
    remaining
    intrinsic
 
    options     exercise price     contractual term     value  
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007
    1,426,629     US$ 14.42                  
Granted
    593,099     US$ 24.15                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited or expired
    35,000     US$ 21.05                  
                                 
Outstanding as of June 30, 2008
    1,984,728     US$ 17.21       9.13 years     US$ 9,143,239  
                                 
Exercisable as of June 30, 2008
    187,217     US$ 4.27       8.58 years     US$ 2,180,352  
                                 
 
The 593,099 stock options granted during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 had a weighted average fair value of US$15.35 (RMB 105.27) per share or an aggregate of US$9,102,181 (RMB 62,432,770) on the date of grant, determined based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:
 
     
    For the Six- Month Period Ended
    June 30, 2008
Expected volatility
  64%
Expected dividends yield
  0%
Expected term
  6.39 years
Risk-free interest rate (per annum)
  4.16%
Fair value of underlying ordinary shares (per share)
  US$24.15
 
The weighted average expected volatility of 64% was based on the average volatility of several listed comparable companies in the solar product manufactory industry. Since the Company did not have a sufficient trading history at the time the options was issued, the Company estimated the potential volatility of its ordinary share price by referring to the latest 6 year average volatility of these comparable companies because management believes that the average volatility of such companies was a reasonable benchmark to use in estimating the expected volatility of the Company’s ordinary shares.
 
The amount of compensation cost recognized for stock options for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 is as follows:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Cost of revenues
          482,678       70,370  
Selling expenses
          3,834,402       559,024  
General and administrative expenses
    2,333,248       13,635,376       1,987,925  
Research and development expenses
          986,831       143,872  
                         
Total compensation cost recognized for stock options
    2,333,248       18,939,287       2,761,191  
                         


F-16


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
As of June 30, 2008, US$29,718,402 of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options and unvested restricted shares is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting period of 3.4 years.
 
(12)   Earnings per share
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share
 
Basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share have been calculated as follows:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income
    71,585,640       430,731,560       62,797,096  
Accretion to Series A and B preferred shares redemption value
    (53,150,976 )            
Earnings allocated to participating preferred shareholders
    (5,595,616 )            
Numerator for basic earnings per share
    12,839,048       430,731,560       62,797,096  
Effect of dilutive securities
                 
Numerator for diluted earnings per share
    12,839,048       430,731,560       62,797,096  
                         
Denominator:
                       
Denominator for basic earnings per share
                       
— Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding
    67,477,324       127,389,943       127,389,943  
Effect of dilutive securities
                       
— Stock options and restricted shares
    1,261,461       2,221,461       2,221,461  
— Warrants to purchase ordinary shares
    2,572,058              
Denominator for diluted earnings per share
    71,310,843       129,611,404       129,611,404  
Basic earnings per share
    0.19       3.38       0.49  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.18       3.32       0.48  
 
For the six-month period ended June 30, 2007, net income, after deducting accretion to holders of preferred shareholders, has been allocated to the ordinary shareholders and preferred share holders based on their respective rights to share in dividends.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following table summarizes potential common shares outstanding excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, because their effect is anti-dilutive:
 
                 
    Six-months periods ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series A and B preferred shares
    32,486,458        
Shares issuable upon conversion of mandatory convertible bonds payable to Yingli Power
    5,340,088        
Shares issuable upon exercise of warrants
    2,068,252        
Shares issuable pursuant to convertible senior notes
          3,974,659  
Shares issuable under stock options and restricted shares
    160,000       1,243,799  
 
(13)   Income Tax
 
Yingli Green Energy is incorporated under the laws of Caymen Islands and therefore is not subject to income tax.
 
Prior to January 1, 2008, Yingli Green Energy’s primary operating subsidiary, Tianwei Yingli is incorporated in the PRC and qualified as a “high and new technology enterprise” and was entitled to the preferential PRC enterprise income tax of 15%. Following its conversion into a foreign invested enterprise on September 4, 2006, Tianwei Yingli is entitled to an exemption from the enterprise state income tax for its first two profitable years and a 50% reduction in the enterprise income tax rate in the subsequent three years. In addition, Tianwei Yingli is also entitled to exemption from the enterprise local income tax for its first five profitable years and a 50% reduction in the enterprise local income tax rate in the subsequent five years. In accordance with the PRC income tax law, Tianwei Yingli elected to defer the commencement of its tax holiday until January 1, 2007. For the six-month period ended June 30, 2007, Tianwei Yingli was subject to an income tax rate of nil.
 
On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress passed the new Enterprise Income Tax Law (the “new EIT law”) which imposes a single income tax rate of 25% for most domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprise. The new EIT law was effective as of January 1, 2008. The new EIT law provides a five-year transition period from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before the promulgation date of the new EIT law and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. Further, according to the new EIT law, entities that qualify as “High and New Technology Enterprises” are entitled to the preferential EIT rate of 15%. However, the new recognition criteria and procedures for “High and New Technology Enterprises” under the new EIT law were not issued until April 14, 2008 and July 8, 2008. Therefore, as of June 30, 2008, Tianwei Yingli had yet to apply for the status as a “High and New Technology Enterprises”. Further, on December 26, 2007, the PRC government passed the detailed implementing rules which allow enterprises to continue to enjoy their unexpired tax holiday under the previous income tax laws and rules. Therefore, under the new EIT law, Tianwei Yingli will continue to enjoy its previous unexpired tax holiday which will be applied to the new tax rate of 25%, resulting in tax rates of 0%, 12.5%, 12.5%, 12.5% for the calendar years from 2008 to 2011 and 25% thereafter.
 
The new EIT law also imposed a 10% withholding income tax for dividends distributed by a foreign invested enterprise to its immediate holding company outside China for distribution of earnings generated after January 1, 2008. Under the new EIT law the distribution of earnings generated prior to January 1, 2008 are exempt from the withholding tax. Under the previous income tax laws and rules, no withholding tax was required. Since Tianwei Yingli is directly invested by Yingli Green Energy, the Company will be subject to the withholding tax for earnings accumulated by Tianwei Yingli distributable to Yingli Green Energy beginning on January 1, 2008. Undistributed earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely, and for which no deferred tax liability was recognized,


F-18


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
were RMB 526.0 million as of June 30, 2008. The unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings subject to withholding tax was RMB 52.6 million as of June 30, 2008.
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share effects of the tax holiday for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                         
    Six-Month Periods Ended
    June 30, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Basic earnings per share
    0.28       1.02       0.15  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.27       1.01       0.15  
 
(14)   Related-Party Transactions
 
a) Accounts receivable from related parties:
 
                         
    December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Accounts receivable due from related parties
    4,023,685       15,354,104       2,238,501  
 
As of June 30, 2008, the Company had accounts receivable amounting to RMB 4,726,485 (US$689,082) due from its affiliate, Tibet Yingli. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the Company sold PV modules to Tibet Yingli amounting to RMB 702,800 (US$102,462).
 
Upon the establishment a foreign subsidiary, the Company reclassified the accounts receivable of RMB 1,697,448 with an entity, whose equity shareholder is a minority shareholder of the foreign subsidiary, as due from related party. The Company received payment of RMB 771,470 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
 
The Company reclassified the accounts receivable of RMB 10,914,837 with an entity, whose parent company’s controlling shareholder is a direct relative of the general manager of Yingli Energy (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (“Yingli Beijing”), upon the post of the general manager in January 2008, as due from related party. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the Company made sales of RMB 4,497,858 (US$655,750) and received payment of RMB 5,711,054 (US$838,738) from this related party.
 
b) Prepayments to related party suppliers:
 
During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the Company made prepayments of RMB 9,851,376 (US$1,436,249) to and purchase of RMB 9,963,231 (US$1,452,557) from a subsidiary of Yingli Group for the purchase of packaging materials.
 
The Company made prepayments of RMB 25,295,982 (US$3,687,945) to a company that has a shareholder who is a member of the Company’s senior management, for the purchase of raw materials during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008. The outstanding balance was reduced by purchases of raw materials by RMB 24,128,408 (US$3,517,722) during the period.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company has prepayments of RMB 336,641,013 to a company that one of its directors is a member of the Company’s senior management, for purchase of raw materials. The outstanding balance was reduced by purchases of raw materials of RMB 196,939,412 (US$28,712,136) during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
 
Upon the establishment of a foreign subsidiary, the Company reclassified the prepayment of RMB 10,218,720 with an entity, whose equity shareholder is a minority shareholder of the foreign subsidiary, as due from related party. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the Company made prepayments of RMB 161,979,980 (US$23,615,340) and purchased raw material of RMB 134,696,398 (US$19,637,620).


F-19


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, the Company has outstanding prepayment balance from Yingli Group amounting to RMB 10,000,000, for the purchase of raw material. Nil transaction occurred during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
 
The amount of prepayments to related parties for material purchases have been classified as current because the amount as of each balance sheet date is expected to be utilized within 12 months.
 
c) Other amounts due from related parties
 
                         
    December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
Long-term amount due from a related party
    2,220,000              
Other
    2,028,841       4,280,028       623,992  
Amounts due from related parties, current
    4,248,841       4,280,028       623,992  
                         
 
Long-term amount due from a related party
 
On August 17, 2007, the Company made a deposit of RMB 21,600,000 to Yingli Group for the purchase of office premises on behalf of the Company. This deposit was reduced by RMB 19,380,000 when Yingli Group completed the purchase and passed the property ownership to the Company in December 2007. The Company received the remaining balance of RMB 2,220,000 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
 
Other
 
As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, the Company made loans amounting to RMB 2,028,841 and RMB 2,038,133, respectively, to a company 51% and 49% owned by Tianwei Group, the parent company of Tianwei Baobian, and Yingli Group. The loans were made to support the operations of the related party company. The amount was unsecured, interest free, and had no definite terms of repayment.
 
During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the Company made loans amounting to RMB 4,000,000 (US$583,167) to Yingi Group. The balance was reduced by repayment amounting to RMB 2,000,000 (US$291,583) during the period. The amount was unsecured, interest free, and had no definite terms of repayment.
 
During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the Company made loans of RMB 241,895 (US$35,266) to its related party, which was controlled by a shareholder of the Company. The amount was unsecured, interest free, and will be repaid by December 31, 2008.
 
d) Amounts due to related parties
 
                         
    December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008
    RMB   RMB   US$
 
Payables to related parties
    (6,097,376 )     (7,022,770 )     (1,023,861 )
Dividends payable
    (10,956,000 )     (10,956,000 )     (1,597,294 )
Other
          (900,000 )     (131,213 )
Total
    (17,053,376 )     (18,878,770 )     (2,752,368 )
                         
 
Payables to related parties
 
Payables to related party as of June 30, 2008 include RMB 3,993,332 (US$582,195) due to an affiliate of the Company. The Company purchased RMB 16,743,384 (US$2,441,047) and paid RMB 16,388,029 (US$2,389,239) for purchase of raw materials, during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Payables to related parties as of June 30, 2008 also include an amount of RMB 674,086 (US$98,276) due to a subsidiary company of Yingli Group. The Company purchased RMB 530,493 (US$77,341) and paid RMB 89,400 (US$13,034) for purchase of office supplies, during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
 
Payables to related parties also include RMB 2,226,406 and RMB 1,862,169 (US$271,489) as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, respectively, due to subsidiary companies of Tianwei Group. The Company purchased RMB 7,483,411 (US$1,091,019) and paid RMB 7,847,648 (US$1,144,122) for purchase of raw materials, during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
 
Payables to related parties include RMB 493,183 (US$71,902) with an entity, whose parent company’s controlling shareholder is a direct relative of Yingli Beijing’s general manager. The Company purchased PV module amounting to RMB 2,091,005 (US$304,851) and paid RMB 1,597,822 (US$232,949) during the six-month period ended June 30, 2008.
 
Dividends payable
 
On August 9, 2006, Tianwei Yingli declared dividends of RMB 21,706,000 to Tianwei Baobian. Tianwei Baobian reinvested RMB 10,750,000 of this dividend in the form of a paid in capital contribution in Tianwei Yingli. The remaining dividends payable of RMB 10,956,000 is interest free and due on demand.
 
Other
 
The Company reclassified the other payable of RMB 1,462,666 with an entity, whose parent company’s controlling shareholder is a direct relative of Yingli Beijing’s general manager, upon the post of the general manager in January 2008, as due to related party. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the Company borrowed RMB 6,206,216 (US$904,815) from and repaid RMB 6,768,882 (US$986,847) to this related party. The amount was unsecured, interest free, and had no definite terms of repayment.
 
(15)   Capital Commitments
 
As of June 30, 2008, commitments outstanding for the purchase of property, plant and equipment and the purchase of polysilicon approximated RMB 1,844,799,376 (US$268,956,478) and RMB 8,726,165,118 (US$1,272,202,639), respectively.
 
(16)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying amounts of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, other amounts due from related parties, accounts payable, short-term borrowings, advances from customers, and amounts due to related parties approximate their fair values due to their short term nature. There is no quoted market price for the Company’s investment in its affiliates. Accordingly, a reasonable estimate of fair value could not be made without incurring excessive costs.
 
As of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the fair value of the convertible senior notes, determined based on quoted market value, was approximately US$147,056,250 (RMB 1,008,673,524) and US$196,441,275 (RMB 1,432,960,525), respectively.
 
(17)   Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income amounted to RMB75,240,153 and RMB448,154,813 (US$65,337,262) for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
(18)   Subsequent Event
 
In August 2008, Tianwei Yingli entered into a five-year credit facility agreement with certain financial institutions. Under the agreement, the financial institutions have agreed to lend Tianwei Yingli up to an aggregate of US$50 million. The loans will be guaranteed by Yingli Green Energy and will carry an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.0%, with outstanding principal payable in eight bi-annual installments from March 2010 to September 2013. In November 2008, Tianwei Yingli supplemented the credit facility agreement to add an additional lender and increase available credit by an additional US$25 million.
 
In October 2008, Tianwei Yingli entered into a new credit line trade finance facility agreement with the Export-Import Bank of China, a government policy bank solely owned by China’s central government, which provides Tianwei Yingli with a short-term credit line of up to an aggregate principal amount of RMB500 million or its U.S. dollar equivalent subject to certain terms and conditions.
 
In November 2008, the Company entered into a binding letter of intent with Grand Avenue Group Limited, a company controlled by Mr. Liansheng Miao, Baoding Yingli Group Company Limited, an affiliate of Grand Avenue Group Limited, Yingli Energy (China) Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Mr. Liansheng Miao in connection with the proposed acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Cyber Power Group Limited (“Cyber Power”), a development stage enterprise that plans to produce solar-grade polysilicon in Baoding, Hebei Province, China. Under the terms of the letter of intent, the Company proposes to acquire Cyber Power for an aggregate cash consideration in the range of US$70 million to US$80 million, which is determined with reference to the book value of Cyber Power’s net tangible assets and subject to adjustment after further due diligence. The execution of definitive agreements for the proposed acquisition and completion of the proposed acquisition are subject to, among others, the completion of due diligence, receipt of satisfactory financing by the Company, and the final approval by the Company’s audit committee and board of directors of the proposed acquisition and the financing.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 8.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers, directors and auditors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty, fraud or default of such directors or officers or auditors. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.
 
Any underwriting agreement entered into in connection with an offering of securities will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors in certain cases.
 
ITEM 9.    EXHIBITS
 
The Exhibits listed below are filed as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Registration Statement.
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  4 .1   Form of Registrant’s American Depositary Receipt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 from our F-1 registration statement (File No. 333-142851), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on May 11, 2007)
  4 .2   Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 from our F-1 registration statement (File No. 333-142851), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on May 11, 2007)
  4 .3   Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, the Depositary and Owners and Beneficial Owners of the American Depositary Shares issued thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 from our F-1 registration statement (File No. 333-142851), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on May 11, 2007)
  4 .4   Indenture, dated November 28, 2008, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee
  4 .5*   Form of Note
  4 .6*   Form of Warrant
  4 .7*   Form of Warrant Agreement
  4 .8   Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 from our report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on June 3, 2008)
  5 .1*   Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding the validity of ordinary shares
  5 .2*   Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
  10 .1   Supplemental Agreement, dated November 6, 2008, between Tianwei Yingli, as borrower, and the lenders and the agent thereunder, relating to the Term Facility Agreement, dated August 29, 2008, by and between the parties thereto (the “Tianwei Yingli Term Facility Agreement”)
  10 .2   Supplemental Deed, dated November 6, 2008, between the Registrant, as guarantor, and the lender and the agent under the Tianwei Yingli Term Facility Agreement, relating to the Corporate Guarantee, dated August 29, 2008, by and between the parties thereto
  10 .3   Master Agreement for Grant of Trade Finance and Letter of Guarantee Credit Line Facilities, dated October 27 2008, between Tianwei Yingli and Export & Import Bank of China
  10 .4   Letter of Intent, dated November 26, 2008, by and among the Registrant, Yingli Energy (China) Company Limited, Grand Avenue Group Limited, Baoding Yingli Group Company Limited and Mr. Liansheng Miao
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG
  23 .2   Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman


II-1


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
  23 .3   Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of Part II of this Registration Statement)
  25 .1   Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1
  99 .1   Consent of Solarbuzz
  99 .2   Consent of American Appraisal China Limited
 
 
To be filed as an exhibit to a post-effective amendment to this registration statement or as an exhibit to a report filed under the Exchange Act and incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 10.    UNDERTAKINGS
 
(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act;
 
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
 
provided , however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.
 
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4) To file a post effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or Rule 3-19 of Regulation S-K if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Securities

II-2


Table of Contents

and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.
 
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
 
(i) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
 
(ii) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5) or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii) or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.
 
(6) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is


II-3


Table of Contents

asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or the Trust Indenture Act, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act.


II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Baoding, People’s Republic of China, on November 28, 2008.
 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
 
  By:   
/s/  Liansheng Miao
  Name:  Liansheng Miao
  Title:  Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Liansheng Miao as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all related registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or its substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on November 28, 2008.
 
     
Signature
 
Title(s)
 
     
/s/  Liansheng Miao

Liansheng Miao
  Chairman of the Board/Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
     
/s/  Zongwei Li

Zongwei Li
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
     
/s/  George Jian Chuang

George Jian Chuang
  Director
     
/s/  Xiangdong Wang

Xiangdong Wang
  Director
     
/s/  Iain Ferguson Bruce

Iain Ferguson Bruce
  Director
     
/s/  Chi Ping Martin Lau

Chi Ping Martin Lau
  Director
     
/s/  Ming Huang

Ming Huang
  Director
     
/s/  Junmin Liu

Junmin Liu
  Director


II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED UNITED STATES REPRESENTATIVE
 
Pursuant to the Securities Act, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Newark, Delaware, on November 28, 2008.
 
LAW DEBENTURE CORPORATE SERVICES INC.
 
  By:   
/s/  Jasmine Marrero
  Name:  Jasmine Marrero
  Title:  Manager


II-6

Exhibit 4.4
 
 
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of
November 28, 2008
 
Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee
 
 

 


 

YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act
of 1939 and the Indenture, dated as of November 28, 2008 1
         
        Indenture
  Trust Indenture Act Section   Section
 
       
Sec. 310
  (a)(1)   12.04
 
  (a)(2)   12.04
 
  (a)(3)   N.A.
 
  (a)(4)   N.A.
 
  (a)(5)   12.04
 
  (b)   12.04
 
  (c)   N.A.
Sec. 311
  (a)   12.11
 
  (b)   12.11
 
  (c)   N.A.
Sec. 312
  (a)   11.03
 
  (b)   12.10
 
  (c)   N.A.
Sec. 313
  (a)   11.01
 
  (b)(1)   N.A.
 
  (b)(2)   11.01, 12.01
 
  (c)   11.01
 
  (d)   11.01
Sec. 314
  (a)   11.02, 17.05
 
1   Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not be deemed to be part of the indenture for any purpose.

 


 

         
        Indenture
  Trust Indenture Act Section   Section
 
       
 
  (b)   N.A.
 
  (c)(1)   17.01
 
  (c)(2)   17.01
 
  (c)(3)   N.A.
 
  (d)   N.A.
 
  (e)   17.01
 
  (f)   N.A.
Sec. 315
  (a)   12.02
 
  (b)   12.03, 17.05
 
  (c)   12.02
 
  (d)   12.02
 
  (e)   8.07
Sec. 316
  (a)(last sentence)   1.01
 
  (a)(1)(A)   8.06
 
  (a)(1)(B)   8.06
 
  (b)   8.07
 
  (c)   3.08
Sec. 317
  (a)(1)   8.04
 
  (a)(2)   8.04
 
  (b)   6.02
Sec. 318
  (a)   17.02
 
  (b)   N.A.
 
  (c)   17.02

3


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
       
         
Section 1.01  
Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02  
Incorporation by Reference of the Trust Indenture Act
    8  
   
 
       
ARTICLE II
FORMS OF SECURITIES
       
         
Section 2.01  
Terms of the Securities
    8  
Section 2.02  
Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
    9  
Section 2.03  
Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication by an Authenticating Agent
    9  
   
 
       
ARTICLE III
THE DEBT SECURITIES
       
         
Section 3.01  
Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series
    10  
Section 3.02  
Denominations
    13  
Section 3.03  
Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
    13  
Section 3.04  
Temporary Securities
    15  
Section 3.05  
Registrar and Paying Agent
    15  
Section 3.06  
Transfer and Exchange
    17  
Section 3.07  
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities
    20  
Section 3.08  
Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
    21  
Section 3.09  
Cancellation
    22  
Section 3.10  
Computation of Interest
    23  
Section 3.11  
Currency of Payments in Respect of Securities
    23  
Section 3.12  
Judgments
    23  
Section 3.13  
CUSIP Numbers
    24  
   
 
       
ARTICLE IV
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
       
         
Section 4.01  
Applicability of Right of Redemption
    24  
Section 4.02  
Selection of Securities to be Redeemed
    24  
Section 4.03  
Notice of Redemption
    25  
Section 4.04  
Deposit of Redemption Price
    26  
Section 4.05  
Securities Payable on Redemption Date
    26  
Section 4.06  
Securities Redeemed in Part
    26  

i


 

             
        Page  
   
 
       
ARTICLE V
SINKING FUNDS
       
         
Section 5.01  
Applicability of Sinking Fund
    27  
Section 5.02  
Mandatory Sinking Fund Obligation
    27  
Section 5.03  
Optional Redemption at Sinking Fund Redemption Price
    27  
Section 5.04  
Application of Sinking Fund Payment
    28  
   
 
       
ARTICLE VI
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
       
         
Section 6.01  
Payments of Securities
    29  
Section 6.02  
To Hold Payment in Trust
    29  
Section 6.03  
Conditional Waiver by Holders of Securities
    30  
Section 6.04  
Statement by Officers as to Default
    30  
Section 6.05  
Compliance Certificate
    31  
Section 6.06  
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    31  
Section 6.07  
Corporate Existence
    31  
   
 
       
ARTICLE VII
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS
       
         
   
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
REMEDIES OF TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS
       
         
Section 8.01  
Events of Default
    32  
Section 8.02  
Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment
    34  
Section 8.03  
Other Remedies
    36  
Section 8.04  
Trustee as Attorney-in-Fact
    36  
Section 8.05  
Priorities
    37  
Section 8.06  
Control by Securityholders; Waiver of Past Defaults
    38  
Section 8.07  
Limitation on Suits
    38  
Section 8.08  
Undertaking for Costs
    39  
Section 8.09  
Remedies Cumulative
    39  
   
 
       
ARTICLE IX
CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS
       
         
Section 9.01  
Evidence of Action of Securityholders
    40  
Section 9.02  
Proof of Execution or Holding of Securities
    40  
Section 9.03  
Persons Deemed Owners
    41  
Section 9.04  
Effect of Consents
    41  
   
 
       
ARTICLE X
SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
       
         
Section 10.01  
Purposes of Meetings
    41  
Section 10.02  
Call of Meetings by Trustee
    42  

ii


 

             
        Page  
Section 10.03  
Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders
    42  
Section 10.04  
Qualifications for Voting
    42  
Section 10.05  
Regulation of Meetings
    42  
Section 10.06  
Voting
    43  
Section 10.07  
No Delay of Rights by Meeting
    43  
   
 
       
ARTICLE XI
REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
AND SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS
       
         
Section 11.01  
Reports by Trustee
    44  
Section 11.02  
Reports by the Company
    44  
Section 11.03  
Securityholders’ Lists
    44  
   
 
       
ARTICLE XII
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
       
         
Section 12.01  
Rights of Trustees; Compensation and Indemnity
    45  
Section 12.02  
Duties of Trustee
    48  
Section 12.03  
Notice of Defaults
    49  
Section 12.04  
Eligibility; Disqualification
    49  
Section 12.05  
Registration and Notice; Removal
    50  
Section 12.06  
Successor Trustee by Appointment
    51  
Section 12.07  
Successor Trustee by Merger
    52  
Section 12.08  
Right to Rely on Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel
    53  
Section 12.09  
Appointment of Authenticating Agent
    53  
Section 12.10  
Communications by Securityholders with Other Securityholders
    54  
Section 12.11  
Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
    54  
   
 
       
ARTICLE XIII
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE
       
         
Section 13.01  
Applicability of Article
    54  
Section 13.02  
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
    54  
Section 13.03  
Defeasance upon Deposit of Moneys or U.S. Government Obligations
    56  
Section 13.04  
Repayment to Company
    57  
Section 13.05  
Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations
    57  
Section 13.06  
Deposits to Be Held in Escrow
    57  
Section 13.07  
Application of Trust Money
    58  
Section 13.08  
Deposits of Non-U.S. Currencies
    58  
   
 
       
ARTICLE XIV
IMMUNITY OF CERTAIN PERSONS
       
         
Section 14.01  
No Personal Liability
    58  

iii


 

             
        Page  
   
 
       
ARTICLE XV
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
       
         
Section 15.01  
Without Consent of Securityholders
    59  
Section 15.02  
With Consent of Securityholders; Limitations
    61  
Section 15.03  
Trustee Protected
    62  
Section 15.04  
Effect of Execution of Supplemental Indenture
    63  
Section 15.05  
Notation on or Exchange of Securities
    63  
Section 15.06  
Conformity with TIA
    63  
   
 
       
ARTICLE XVI
SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
       
         
Section 16.01  
Agreement to Subordinate
    63  
Section 16.02  
Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Securities
    63  
Section 16.03  
No Payment on Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness
    65  
Section 16.04  
Payments on Securities Permitted
    66  
Section 16.05  
Authorization of Securityholders to Trustee to Effect Subordination
    66  
Section 16.06  
Notices to Trustee
    66  
Section 16.07  
Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness
    67  
Section 16.08  
Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness
    67  
Section 16.09  
Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent
    67  
Section 16.10  
Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
    67  
   
 
       
ARTICLE XVII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
       
         
Section 17.01  
Certificates and Opinions as to Conditions Precedent
    68  
Section 17.02  
Trust Indenture Act Controls
    69  
Section 17.03  
What Constitutes Action by Board of Directors
    69  
Section 17.04  
Notices to the Company and Trustee
    69  
Section 17.05  
Notices to Securityholders; Waiver
    69  
Section 17.06  
Legal Holiday
    70  
Section 17.07  
Effects of Headings and Table of Contents
    70  
Section 17.08  
Successors and Assigns
    70  
Section 17.09  
Separability Clause
    70  
Section 17.10  
Benefits of Indenture
    70  
Section 17.11  
Counterparts Originals
    71  
Section 17.12  
Governing Law
    71  
Section 17.13  
Force Majeure
    71  
Section 17.14  
Waiver of Jury Trial
    71  

iv


 

     INDENTURE dated as of November 28, 2008, between Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, a Cayman Islands company, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.
     WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of unsecured debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness (the “ Securities ”) in an unlimited aggregate principal amount to be issued from time to time in one or more series as provided in this Indenture; and
     WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.
     NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
     That, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the holders thereof for the equal and proportionate benefit of all of the present and future holders of the Securities, each party agrees and covenants as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;
     (b) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and
     (c) references to “Article” or “Section” or other subdivision herein are references to an Article, Section or other subdivision of the Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires.
     Section 1.01 Definitions .
     (a) Unless otherwise defined in this Indenture or the context otherwise requires, all terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Indenture Act.
     (b) Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in this Section 1.01(b) shall for all purposes of this Indenture have the meanings hereinafter set forth, the following definitions to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of any of the terms herein defined:
     “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified

 


 

Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
     “ Authenticating Agent ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 12.09.
     “ Board of Directors ” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.
     “ Business Day ” means, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or other location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to remain closed.
     “ Capital Stock ” means:
          (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
          (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
          (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and
          (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Company ” means Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, a Cayman Islands company, and shall also include its successors and assigns.
     “ Company Order ” or “ Company Request ” means, respectively, a written order or request signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or any of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and delivered to the Trustee.
     “ Corporate Trust Office ” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust officer of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the holders and the Company).
     “ Currency ” means U.S. Dollars or Foreign Currency.

2


 

     “ Default ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 12.03.
     “ Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.08(b).
     “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the Person designated as Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 3.01 until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depositary” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depositary” as used with respect to the Securities of any such series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of that series.
     “ Designated Currency ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.12.
     “ Discharged ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 13.03.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
     “ Exchange Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01.
     “ Floating Rate Security ” means a Security that provides for the payment of interest at a variable rate determined periodically by reference to an interest rate index specified pursuant to Section 3.01.
     “ Foreign Currency ” means a currency issued by the government of any country other than the United States or a composite currency, the value of which is determined by reference to the values of the currencies of any group of countries.
     “ GAAP ” means, with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder, generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America which are applicable at the date of such computation and which are consistently applied for all applicable periods.
     “ Global Security ” means any Registered Security evidencing all or part of a series of Securities, issued in fully-registered certificated form to the Depositary for such series in accordance with Section 3.03 and bearing the legend prescribed in Section 3.03(g).
     “ holder ” and “ holder of Securities ” are defined under “Securityholder or holder of Securities or holder or registered holder.”
     “ Indebtedness ” means any and all obligations of a Person for money borrowed which, in accordance with GAAP, would be reflected on the balance sheet of such Person as a liability on the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined.
     “ Indenture ” means this instrument and all indentures supplemental hereto.

3


 

     “ Interest Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Security, the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.
     “ Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.01(b).
     “ Maturity ” means, with respect to any Security, the date on which the principal of such Security shall become due and payable as therein and herein provided, whether by declaration, call for redemption or otherwise.
     “ Members ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.03(i).
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or either the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and delivered to the Trustee.
      “Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company. The counsel may be an employee of the Company.
     “ Optional Sinking Fund Payment ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.01(b).
     “ Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security that is issued with “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273(a) of the Code and the regulations thereunder and any other Security designated by the Company as issued with original issue discount for United States federal income tax purposes.
     “ Outstanding ” means, when used with respect to Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
     (i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
     (ii) Securities or portions thereof for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the holders of such Securities or from its obligations with respect to which the Company shall have been Discharged; provided , however , that if such Securities or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and
     (iii) Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.07(b) or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;
provided , however , that in determining whether the holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities Outstanding have performed any action hereunder, Securities owned

4


 

by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such action, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. In determining whether the holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have performed any action hereunder, the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 8.02 and the principal amount of a Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be the amount calculated pursuant to Section 3.11(b).
     “ Paying Agent ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.05(a)(ii).
     “ Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “ Place of Payment ” means, when used with respect to the Securities of any series, the place or places where the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified pursuant to Section 3.01.
     “ Predecessor Security ” means, with respect to any Security, every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.
     “ Record Date ” means, with respect to any interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the date specified in such Registered Security for the payment of interest pursuant to Section 3.01.
     “ Redemption Date ” shall mean, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture and the terms of such Security, which, in the case of a Floating Rate Security, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, shall be an Interest Payment Date only.
     “ Redemption Price ” shall mean, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the amount of the principal and interest that would be due and payable as of the Redemption Date upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 8.02 and, in the case of any other Security, the principal amount thereof, plus, in each case, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.

5


 

     “ Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.05(a).
     “ Registrar ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.05(a).
     “ registered holder ” is defined under “Securityholder or holder of Securities or holder or registered holder.”
     “ Registered Security ” shall mean any Security registered as to principal and interest in the Register.
     “ Responsible Officers ” of the Trustee hereunder shall mean any vice president, any assistant vice president, any assistant secretary, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer, any assistant trust officer or any other officer associated with the corporate trust department of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in the case of any such officer, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
     “ SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Securities Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
     “ Security ” or “ Securities ” have the meaning stated in the recitals and more particularly mean one or more of the Securities duly authenticated by the Trustee and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.
     “ Security Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to any Global Security appointed by the Depositary, or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee.
     “ Securityholder ” or “ holder of Securities ” or “ holder ” or “ registered holder ,” with respect to a Registered Security, means the Person in whose name such Securities shall be registered in the Register kept for that purpose hereunder.
     “ Senior Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (x) Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed other than (a) any Indebtedness of the Company which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, was without recourse to the Company, (b) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries, (c) Indebtedness to any employee of the Company, (d) any liability for taxes, (e) Trade Payables, unless the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding provides that such Indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the Securities and (f) any Indebtedness of the Company which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, and (y) renewals, extensions, modifications and refundings of any such Indebtedness. For purposes of the foregoing and the definition of “Senior Indebtedness,” the phrase “subordinated in right of

6


 

payment” means debt subordination only and not lien subordination, and accordingly, (i) unsecured indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to secured indebtedness merely by virtue of the fact that it is unsecured, and (ii) junior liens, second liens and other contractual arrangements that provide for priorities among holders of the same or different issues of indebtedness with respect to any collateral or the proceeds of collateral shall not constitute subordination in right of payment. This definition may be modified or superseded by a supplemental indenture.
     “ Significant Subsidiary ” means (i) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof, or (ii) any group of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together as a group, would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Special Record Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.08(b)(i).
     “ Stated Maturity ” means, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal (or any portion thereof) of or premium, if any, on such Security or such installment of interest is due and payable.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, when used with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (a) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (b) in the case of a partnership or any other entity other than a corporation, the outstanding equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “voting equity securities” means equity securities having voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
     “ Successor Company ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.06(i).
     “ Trade Payables ” means accounts payable or any other Indebtedness or monetary obligations to trade creditors created or assumed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services.
     “ Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulation thereunder as in effect on the date on this Indenture or any supplemental indenture, except to the extent that the Trust Indenture Act or any amendment thereto expressly provides for application of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on another date.
     “ Trustee ” means Wilmington Trust Company and any permitted successor trustee, and if at any time there is more than one such trustee, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the trustee with respect to Securities of that series.
     “ U.S. Dollars ” means such currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

7


 

     “ U.S. Government Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 13.03.
     “ United States ” means the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories and its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.
     “ Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company, all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
     Section 1.02 Incorporation by Reference of the Trust Indenture Act .
     Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and hereby made a part of this Indenture.
     The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings:
     “Commission” means the SEC.
     “indenture securities” means the Securities.
     “indenture security holder” means a Securityholder.
     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.
     “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Securities.
     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by the Trust Indenture Act by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as so defined.
ARTICLE II
FORMS OF SECURITIES
     Section 2.01 Terms of the Securities .
     (a) The Securities of each series shall be substantially in the form set forth in a Company Order or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, and shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange on which any series of the Securities may be listed or of any automated quotation system on which any such series may be quoted, or to conform to

8


 

usage, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
     (b) The terms and provisions of the Securities shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
     Section 2.02 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .
     (a) Only such of the Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate substantially in the form of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication hereinafter recited, executed by the Trustee by manual or facsimile signature, shall be valid or become obligatory for any purpose or entitle the holder thereof to any right or benefit under this Indenture, and the certificate of authentication by the Trustee upon any such Security executed on behalf of the Company as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder thereof is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
     (b) Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication, except that any Global Security shall be dated as of the date specified as contemplated in Section 3.01.
     (c) The form of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by the Securities shall be substantially as follows:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
     This is one of the Securities issued referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
         
Dated: Wilmington Trust Company ,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
     Section 2.03 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication by an Authenticating Agent . If at any time there shall be an Authenticating Agent appointed with respect to any series of Securities, then the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication by such Authenticating Agent to be borne by Securities of each such series shall be substantially as follows:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
     This is one of the Securities issued referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

9


 

         
Dated: Wilmington Trust Company,
as Trustee
 
 
  By      
    As Authenticating Agent   
 
     
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
ARTICLE III
THE DEBT SECURITIES
     Section 3.01 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series . The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be set forth in a Company Order or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series:
     (a) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from the Securities of all other series, except to the extent that additional Securities of an existing series are being issued);
     (b) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of such series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.06, 3.07, 4.06, or 15.05);
     (c) the dates on which or periods during which the Securities of the series may be issued, and the dates on, or the range of dates within, which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities of such series are or may be payable or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined or extended;
     (d) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable, and, in the case of Registered Securities, the Record Dates for the determination of holders to whom interest is payable on such Interest Payment Dates or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the right, if any, to extend or defer interest payments and the duration of such extension or deferral;
     (e) if other than U.S. Dollars, the Currency in which Securities of the series shall be denominated or in which payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest

10


 

on the Securities of the series shall be payable and any other terms concerning such payment;
     (f) if the amount of payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method including, but not limited to, an index based on a Currency or Currencies other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;
     (g) if the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a holder thereof, in a Currency other than that in which the Securities are denominated or stated to be payable without such election, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made and the time and the manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency in which the Securities are denominated or payable without such election and the Currency in which the Securities are to be paid if such election is made;
     (h) the place or places, if any, in addition to or instead of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee where the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on Securities of the series shall be payable, and where Securities of any series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, if a different location, and the place or places where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such series may be made;
     (i) the price or prices at which, the period or periods within which, or the date or dates on which, and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have that option;
     (j) the obligation or right, if any, of the Company to redeem, purchase or repay Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund. amortization or analogous provisions or at the option of a holder thereof and the price or prices at which, the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the Currency or Currencies in which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
     (k) if other than denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;
     (l) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 8.02;
     (m) whether the Securities of the series are to be issued as Original Issue Discount Securities and the amount of discount with which such Securities may be issued;

11


 

     (n) provisions, if any, for the defeasance of Securities of the series in whole or in part and any addition or change in the provisions related to satisfaction and discharge;
     (o) whether the Securities of the series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities and the terms and conditions, if any, upon which interests in such Global Security or Securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for the individual Securities represented thereby;
     (p) the date as of which any Global Security of the series shall be dated if other than the original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;
     (q) the form of the Securities of the series;
     (r) if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities or property of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable, and any additions or changes, if any, to permit or facilitate such conversion or exchange;
     (s) whether the Securities of such series are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;
     (t) any restriction or condition on the transferability of the Securities of such series;
     (u) any addition or change in the provisions related to compensation and reimbursement of the Trustee which applies to Securities of such series;
     (v) any addition or change in the provisions related to supplemental indentures set forth in Sections 15.04 and 15.02 which applies to Securities of such series;
     (w) provisions, if any, granting special rights to holders upon the occurrence of specified events;
     (x) any addition to or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Securities of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 8.02 and any addition or change in the provisions set forth in Article VII which applies to Securities of the series;
     (y) any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article VI which apply to Securities of the series;
     (z) the provisions, if any, relating to any security or guarantee provided for the Securities of such series; and

12


 

     (aa) any other terms of the Securities of the series, or any provisions of this Indenture that shall not apply to such Securities or shall apply as modified by the terms of such Company Order or supplemental indenture.
     Terms of any series of Securities established pursuant to this Section 3.01 shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or the provisions of this Indenture. All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical, except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided by or pursuant to such Company Order, or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.
     Section 3.02 Denominations . In the absence of any specification pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable only as Registered Securities in denominations of any integral multiple of $1,000, and shall be payable only in U.S. Dollars.
     Section 3.03 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .
     (a) The Securities shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or either the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer. If the Person whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated and delivered, the Security shall nevertheless be valid.
     (b) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities. The Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver such Securities without any further action by the Company. The Company Order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated.
     (c) In authenticating the first Securities of any series and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities the Trustee shall receive and, subject to Section 12.02, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, prepared in accordance with Section 17.01 stating that the conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the Indenture have been complied with.
     (d) The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver the Securities under this Section if the issue of the Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
     (e) Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication, except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to the Securities of such series.
     (f) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01 and of this Section 3.03, other than a Company Order pursuant to Section 3.03(b), if all of the Securities of any series are not to be originally issued at the same time, then the documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03 must be delivered only once prior to the authentication and delivery of the first Security of such series; provided , however , that any

13


 

subsequent request by the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series upon original issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that, as of the date of such request, the statements made in any Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall be true and correct as if made on such date.
     (g) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 3.01 that the Securities of a series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver one or more Global Securities that (i) shall represent an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Securities, (ii) shall be registered, if in registered form, in the name of the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities or the nominee of such Depositary, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect:
“UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS CERTIFICATE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR THE INDIVIDUAL SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.”
     The aggregate principal amount of each Global Security may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Security Custodian, as provided in this Indenture.
     (h) Each Depositary designated pursuant to Section 3.01 for a Global Security in registered form must, at the time of its designation and at all times while it serves as such Depositary, be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and any other applicable statute or regulation.
     (i) Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Security Custodian under such Global Security, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar and any of their agents as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar or any of their agents from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Security. The registered holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Members and Persons that may hold interests through Members, to take any action that a holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.
     The Company initially appoints The Depositary Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the Securities.

14


 

     (j) No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in one of the forms provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or by an Authenticating Agent by manual or facsimile signature of one of its Responsible Officers, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
     Section 3.04 Temporary Securities .
     (a) Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise reproduced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. Any such temporary Security may be in global form, representing all or a portion of the Outstanding Securities of such series. Every such temporary Security shall be executed by the Company and shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Security or Securities in lieu of which it is issued.
     (b) If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for such series, without charge to the holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.
     (c) Upon any exchange of a portion of a temporary Global Security for a definitive Global Security or for the individual Securities represented thereby pursuant to this Section 3.04 or Section 3.06, the temporary Global Security shall be endorsed by the Trustee to reflect the reduction of the principal amount evidenced thereby, whereupon the principal amount of such temporary Global Security shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so exchanged and endorsed.
     Section 3.05 Registrar and Paying Agent .
     (a) The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities:

15


 

     (i) an office or agency where Registered Securities may be presented for registration or presented and surrendered for registration of transfer or of exchange, and where Securities of any series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable (the “ Registrar ”), a security register for the registration and the registration of transfer or of exchange of the Registered Securities (the registers maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Register ”), as in this Indenture provided, which Register shall at all reasonable times be open for inspection by the Trustee. Such Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars; the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar; and
     (ii) an office or agency where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of such series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served (the “ Paying Agent ”).
     (b) Registrar
     (i) The Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars; the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.
     (ii) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or co-Registrar not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar for any series, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 12.01. The Company or any Affiliate thereof may act as Registrar, co-Registrar or transfer agent.
     (iii) The Company hereby appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as Registrar in connection with the Securities and this Indenture, until such time as another Person is appointed as such.
     (c) Paying Agent.
     (i) The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent to receive all presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
     (ii) The Company may also from time to time designate different or additional offices or agencies where the Securities of any series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes (in or outside of such Place of Payment), and may from time to

16


 

time rescind any such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations described in the preceding paragraph. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such additional designation or rescission of designation and of any change in the location of any such different or additional office or agency. The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof may act as Paying Agent.
     Section 3.06 Transfer and Exchange .
     (a) Transfer.
     (i) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at the Registrar the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series for like aggregate principal amount of any authorized denomination or denominations. The transfer of any Security shall not be valid as against the Company or the Trustee unless registered at the Registrar by the registered holder, or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.
     (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for the individual Securities represented thereby, a Global Security representing all or a portion of the Securities of a series may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary for such series or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
     (b) Exchange.
     (i) At the option of the holder, Registered Securities of any series (other than a Global Security, except as set forth below) may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series for like aggregate principal amount of any authorized denomination or denominations, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at the Registrar.
     (ii) Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
     (c) Exchange of Global Securities for Individual Securities. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be entitled to receive individual Securities.

17


 

     (i) Individual Securities shall be issued to all owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security in exchange for such interests if: (A) at any time the Depositary for the Securities of a series notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Securities of such series or if at any time the Depositary for the Securities of such series shall no longer be eligible under Section 3.03(h) and, in each case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (B) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and the Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable.
     In connection with the exchange of an entire Global Security for individual Securities pursuant to this subsection (c), such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of individual Securities of authorized denominations.
     (ii) The owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Security will be entitled to receive an individual Security in exchange for such interest if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt by the Security Custodian and Registrar of instructions from the holder of a Global Security directing the Security Custodian and Registrar to (x) issue one or more individual Securities in the amounts specified to the owner of a beneficial interest in such Global Security and (y) debit or cause to be debited an equivalent amount of beneficial interest in such Global Security, subject to the rules and regulations of the Depositary:
     (A) the Security Custodian and Registrar shall notify the Company and the Trustee in writing of such instructions, identifying the owner and amount of such beneficial interest in such Global Security;
     (B) the Company shall promptly execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series, shall authenticate and deliver to such beneficial owner individual Securities in an equivalent amount to such beneficial interest in such Global Security; and
     (C) the Security Custodian and Registrar shall decrease such Global Security by such amount in accordance with the foregoing. In the event that the individual Securities are not issued to each such beneficial owner promptly after the Registrar has received a request from the holder of a Global Security to issue such individual Securities, the Company expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 8.07 hereof, the right of any beneficial holder of Securities to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Security that represents such beneficial holder’s Securities as if such individual Securities had been issued.

18


 

     (iii) If specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Securities, the Depositary for such series of Securities may surrender a Global Security for such series of Securities in exchange in whole or in part for individual Securities of such series on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depositary. Thereupon, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge,
     (A) to each Person specified by such Depositary a new individual Security or Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Security; and
     (B) to such Depositary a new Global Security in a denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of individual Securities delivered to holders thereof.
     (iv) In any exchange provided for in clauses (i) through (iii), the Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, will authenticate and deliver individual Securities in registered form in authorized denominations.
     (v) Upon the exchange in full of a Global Security for individual Securities, such Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee. Individual Registered Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee in writing. The Trustee shall deliver such Registered Securities to the Persons in whose names such Registered Securities are so registered.
     (d) All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (e) Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer, or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar, duly executed by the holder thereof or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.
     (f) No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than those expressly provided in this Indenture to be made at the Company’s own expense or without expense or charge to the holders.
     (g) The Company shall not be required to (i) register, transfer or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the

19


 

transmission of a notice of redemption of Securities of such series selected for redemption under Section 4.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of such transmission, or (ii) register, transfer or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.
     (h) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer or exchange of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for all purposes whatsoever, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
     (i) In case a successor Company (“ Successor Company ”) has executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article XV, any of the Securities authenticated or delivered pursuant to such transaction may, from time to time, at the request of the Successor Company, be exchanged for other Securities executed in the name of the Successor Company with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise identical to the Securities surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order of the Successor Company, shall authenticate and deliver Securities as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Securities shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a Successor Company pursuant to this Section 3.06 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Securities, such Successor Company, at the option of the holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Securities at the time Outstanding for Securities authenticated and delivered in such new name.
     (j) Each holder of a Security agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such holder’s Security in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities laws.
     (k) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
     (l) Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.
     Section 3.07 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .
     (a) If (i) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office or (ii) the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee

20


 

security or indemnity satisfactory to them to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless, and neither the Company nor the Trustee receives notice that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Request, shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor, form, terms and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding, that neither gain nor loss in interest shall result from such exchange or substitution.
     (b) In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay the amount due on such Security in accordance with its terms.
     (c) Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in respect thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
     (d) Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.
     (e) The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
     Section 3.08 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.
     (a) Interest on any Registered Security that is payable and is punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Registered Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest notwithstanding the cancellation of such Registered Security upon any transfer or exchange subsequent to the Record Date. Payment of interest on Registered Securities shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) or, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Register or, if provided pursuant to Section 3.01 and in accordance with arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee, at the option of the Registered Holder by wire transfer to an account designated by the Registered Holder.
     (b) Any interest on any Security that is payable but is not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall, if such Security is a Registered Security, forthwith cease to be payable to the Registered Holder on the relevant Record Date by virtue of his, her or its having been such a Registered Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

21


 

     (i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names such Registered Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “ Special Record Date ”), which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Registered Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the holders of such Registered Securities at their addresses as they appear in the Register, not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Registered Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).
     (ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on Registered Securities in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Registered Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
     (c) Subject to the provisions set forth herein relating to Record Dates, each Security delivered pursuant to any provision of this Indenture in exchange or substitution for, or upon registration of transfer of, any other Security shall carry all the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
     Section 3.09 Cancellation . Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for Securities of any series, all Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or credit against any sinking fund or otherwise shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and shall be promptly canceled by it and, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section,

22


 

except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of all canceled Securities held by it in accordance with its then customary procedures and deliver a certificate of such disposal to the Company. The acquisition of any Securities by the Company shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented thereby unless and until such Securities are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.
     Section 3.10 Computation of Interest . Except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
     Section 3.11 Currency of Payments in Respect of Securities .
     (a) Except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for Registered Securities of any series, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Registered Securities of such series will be made in U.S. Dollars.
     (b) For purposes of any provision of this Indenture where the holders of Outstanding Securities may perform an action that requires that a specified percentage of the Outstanding Securities of all series perform such action and for purposes of any decision or determination by the Trustee of amounts due and unpaid for the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Securities of all series in respect of which moneys are to be disbursed ratably, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Outstanding Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency will be the amount in U.S. Dollars based upon exchange rates, determined as specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for Securities of such series, as of the date for determining whether the holders entitled to perform such action have performed it or as of the date of such decision or determination by the Trustee, as the case may be.
     (c) Any decision or determination to be made regarding exchange rates shall be made by an agent appointed by the Company; provided , that such agent shall accept such appointment in writing and the terms of such appointment shall, in the opinion of the Company at the time of such appointment, require such agent to make such determination by a method consistent with the method provided pursuant to Section 3.01 for the making of such decision or determination. All decisions and determinations of such agent regarding exchange rates shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee and all holders of the Securities.
     Section 3.12 Judgments . The Company may provide pursuant to Section 3.01 for Securities of any series that (a) the obligation, if any, of the Company to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities of any series in a Foreign Currency or U.S. Dollars (the “ Designated Currency ”) as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.01 is of the essence and agrees that, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, judgments in respect of such Securities shall be given in the Designated Currency; (b) the obligation of the Company to make payments in the Designated Currency of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Securities shall, notwithstanding any payment in any other Currency (whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise), be discharged only to the extent of the amount in the Designated Currency that the holder receiving such payment may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase with the sum paid in such other Currency (after any premium and

23


 

cost of exchange) on the business day in the country of issue of the Designated Currency or in the international banking community (in the case of a composite currency) immediately following the day on which such holder receives such payment; (c) if the amount in the Designated Currency that may be so purchased for any reason falls short of the amount originally due, the Company shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to compensate for such shortfall; and (d) any obligation of the Company not discharged by such payment shall be due as a separate and independent obligation and, until discharged as provided herein, shall continue in full force and effect.
     Section 3.13 CUSIP Numbers . The Company in issuing any Securities may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if then generally in use, and thereafter with respect to such series, the Trustee may use such numbers in any notice of redemption or exchange with respect to such series provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers.
ARTICLE IV
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
     Section 4.01 Applicability of Right of Redemption . Redemption of Securities (other than pursuant to a sinking fund, amortization or analogous provision) permitted by the terms of any series of Securities shall be made in accordance with such terms (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for Securities of any series) and in accordance with this Article; provided , however , that if any such terms of a series of Securities shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the terms of such series shall govern.
     Section 4.02 Selection of Securities to be Redeemed .
     (a) If the Company shall at any time elect to redeem all or any portion of the Securities of a series then Outstanding, it shall at least 30 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter period shall be consented to by the Trustee) notify the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed, and thereupon the Trustee shall select, by lot or in such other manner as the Trustee shall deem appropriate and fair, the Securities (or portions thereof) of such series to be redeemed. Unless otherwise provided in the Company Order or supplemental indenture provided for in Section 3.01, no Security of a denomination of $1,000 shall be redeemed in part and Securities may be redeemed in part only in integral multiples of $1,000. In any case where more than one Registered Security of such series is registered in the same name, the Trustee in its discretion may treat the aggregate principal amount so registered as if it were represented by one Registered Security of such series. The Trustee shall, as soon as practicable, notify the Company in writing of the Securities and portions of Securities so selected.
     (b) For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security

24


 

redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed. If the Company shall so direct, Securities registered in the name of the Company, any Affiliate or any Subsidiary thereof shall not be included in the Securities selected for redemption.
     Section 4.03 Notice of Redemption .
     (a) Notice of redemption shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to the holders of Securities of any series to be redeemed in whole or in part pursuant to this Article, in the manner provided in Section 17.05; provided that the Trustee be provided with the draft notice at least 15 days prior to sending such notice of redemption. Any notice so given shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. Failure to give such notice, or any defect in such notice to the holder of any Security of a series designated for redemption, in whole or in part, shall not affect the sufficiency of any notice of redemption with respect to the holder of any other Security of such series.
     (b) All notices of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed (including CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if available) and shall state:
     (i) such election by the Company to redeem Securities of such series pursuant to provisions contained in this Indenture or the terms of the Securities of such series or a supplemental indenture establishing such series, if such be the case;
     (ii) the Redemption Date;
     (iii) the Redemption Price;
     (iv) if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;
     (v) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed, and that interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after said date, subject to the satisfaction of any condition to such redemption;
     (vi) the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and that the Securities designated in such notice for redemption are required to be presented on or after such Redemption Date at the designated Place of Payment;
     (vii) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case; and
     (viii) if any Security of any series is to be redeemed in part, that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, such Security will be canceled and a new Security or Securities of such series in aggregate principal amount equal to the

25


 

unredeemed portion thereof will be issued and delivered without charge to the holder or, in the case of Securities providing appropriate space for such notation, at the option of the holders, the Trustee, in lieu of delivering a new Security or Securities as aforesaid, may make a notation on such Security of the payment of the redeemed portion thereof.
     (c) A notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Securities specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company).
     Section 4.04 Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date for any Registered Securities, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 6.02) an amount of money in the Currency in which such Securities are denominated (except as provided pursuant to Section 3.01) sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of such Securities or any portions thereof that are to be redeemed on that date.
     Section 4.05 Securities Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, any Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price and from and after such date (unless the Company shall Default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Securities shall cease to bear interest, in each case subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price; provided , however , that (unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 3.01) installments of interest that have a Stated Maturity on or prior to the Redemption Date for such Securities shall be payable according to the terms of such Securities and the provisions of Section 3.08.
     If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and premium, if any, shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.
     Section 4.06 Securities Redeemed in Part . Any Security that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Corporate Trust Office or such other office or agency of the Company as is specified pursuant to Section 3.01 with, if the Company, the Registrar or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Registrar and the Trustee duly executed by the holder thereof or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series, of like tenor and form, of any authorized denomination as requested by such holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered; except that if a Global Security is so surrendered, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver to the Depositary for such Global Security, without service charge, a new Global Security in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Global Security so surrendered. In the case of a Security providing appropriate space for such notation, at the option of the holder

26


 

thereof, the Trustee, in lieu of delivering a new Security or Securities as aforesaid, may make a notation on such Security of the payment of the redeemed portion thereof.
ARTICLE V
SINKING FUNDS
     Section 5.01 Applicability of Sinking Fund .
     (a) Redemption of Securities permitted or required pursuant to a sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series by the terms of such series of Securities shall be made in accordance with such terms of such series of Securities and this Article, except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for Securities of such series, provided , however , that if any such terms of a series of Securities shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the terms of such series shall govern.
     (b) The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “ Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment ,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “ Optional Sinking Fund Payment .” If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 5.02.
     Section 5.02 Mandatory Sinking Fund Obligation . The Company may, at its option, satisfy any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment obligation, in whole or in part, with respect to a particular series of Securities by (1) delivering to the Trustee, Securities of such series in transferable form theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or redeemed at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 4.03 or (2) receiving credit for Securities of such series (not previously so credited) acquired by the Company and theretofore delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall credit such Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment obligation with an amount equal to the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment shall be reduced accordingly. If the Company shall elect to so satisfy any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment obligation, it shall deliver to the Trustee not less than 45 days prior to the relevant sinking fund payment date a written notice signed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors or any of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, which shall designate the Securities (and portions thereof, if any) so delivered or credited and which shall be accompanied by such Securities (to the extent not theretofore delivered) in transferable form. In case of the failure of the Company, at or before the time so required, to give such notice and deliver such Securities the Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment obligation shall be paid entirely in moneys.
     Section 5.03 Optional Redemption at Sinking Fund Redemption Price . In addition to the sinking fund requirements of Section 5.02, to the extent, if any, provided for by the terms of a particular series of Securities, the Company may, at its option, make an Optional Sinking Fund Payment with respect to such Securities. Unless otherwise provided by such terms, (a) to the extent that the right of the Company to make such Optional Sinking Fund Payment shall not be exercised in any year, it shall not be cumulative or carried forward to any subsequent year, and

27


 

(b) such optional payment shall operate to reduce the amount of any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment obligation as to Securities of the same series. If the Company intends to exercise its right to make such optional payment in any year it shall deliver to the Trustee not less than 45 days prior to the relevant sinking fund payment date a certificate signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors or any of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer stating that the Company will exercise such optional right, and specifying the amount which the Company will pay on or before the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. Such certificate shall also state that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
     Section 5.04 Application of Sinking Fund Payment .
     (a) If the sinking fund payment or payments made in funds pursuant to either Section 5.02 or 5.03 with respect to a particular series of Securities plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments made in funds with respect to such series shall exceed $50,000 (or a lesser sum if the Company shall so request, or such equivalent sum for Securities denominated other than in U.S. Dollars), it shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund payment date next following the date of such payment, unless the date of such payment shall be a sinking fund payment date, in which case such payment shall be applied on such sinking fund payment date, to the redemption of Securities of such series at the Redemption Price specified pursuant to Section 4.03(b). The Trustee shall select, in the manner provided in Section 4.02, for redemption on such sinking fund payment date, a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such series to absorb said funds, as nearly as may be, and shall, at the expense and in the name of the Company, thereupon cause notice of redemption of the Securities to be given in substantially the manner provided in Section 4.03(a) for the redemption of Securities in part at the option of the Company, except that the notice of redemption shall also state that the Securities are being redeemed for the sinking fund. Any sinking fund moneys not so applied by the Trustee to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be added to the next sinking fund payment received in funds by the Trustee and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.04. Any and all sinking fund moneys held by the Trustee on the last sinking fund payment date with respect to Securities of such series, and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series, shall be applied by the Trustee to the payment of the principal of the Securities of such series at maturity.
     (b) On or prior to each sinking fund payment date, the Company shall pay to the Trustee a sum equal to all interest accrued to but not including the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on such sinking fund payment date pursuant to this Section 5.04.
     (c) The Trustee shall not redeem any Securities of a series with sinking fund moneys or mail any notice of redemption of Securities of such series by operation of the sinking fund during the continuance of a Default in payment of interest on any Securities of such series or of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default occurring as a consequence of this paragraph) of which the Trustee has actual knowledge, except that if the notice of redemption of any Securities of such series shall theretofore have been mailed in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Trustee shall redeem such Securities if funds sufficient for that purpose shall be deposited with the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Article. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund at the time any such Default or Event of Default shall occur and any moneys thereafter paid into the sinking fund shall, during the continuance of such

28


 

Default or Event of Default, be held as security for the payment of all the Securities of such series; provided, however , that in case such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived as provided herein, such moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next sinking fund payment date on which such moneys are required to be applied pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.04.
ARTICLE VI
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
     The Company hereby covenants and agrees as follows:
     Section 6.01 Payments of Securities . The Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of and premium, if any, on each series of Securities, and the interest which shall have accrued thereon, at the dates and place and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture.
     Section 6.02 To Hold Payment in Trust .
     (a) If the Company or an Affiliate thereof shall at any time act as Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, then, on or before the date on which the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any of the Securities of that series by their terms or as a result of the calling thereof for redemption shall become payable, the Company or such Affiliate will segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of such Securities or the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay such principal and premium, if any, or interest which shall have so become payable until such sums shall be paid to such holders or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act in that regard. Upon any proceeding under any bankruptcy laws with respect to the Company or any Affiliate thereof, if the Company or such Affiliate is then acting as Paying Agent, the Trustee shall replace the Company or such Affiliate as Paying Agent.
     (b) If the Company shall appoint, and at the time have, a Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any series of Securities, then prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date on which the principal and premium of, if any, or interest on, any of the Securities of that series shall become payable as aforesaid, whether by their terms or as a result of the calling thereof for redemption, the Company will deposit with such Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and premium, if any, or interest, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the holders of such Securities or the Trustee, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee), the Company or any other obligor of such Securities will promptly notify the Trustee of its payment or failure to make such payment.
     (c) If the Paying Agent shall be other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 6.02, that such Paying Agent shall:
     (i) hold all moneys held by it for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Securities of that series in trust for the benefit of the

29


 

holders of such Securities until such sums shall be paid to such holders or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
     (ii) give to the Trustee written notice of any Default by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series in the making of any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Securities of that series; and
     (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.
     (d) Anything in this Section 6.02 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a release, satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee as required by this Section 6.02, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent.
     (e) Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request along with any interest that has accumulated thereon as a result of such money being invested at the direction of the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust, and the holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment of such amounts without interest thereon, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be transmitted in the manner and to the extent provided by Section 17.06, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
     Section 6.03 Conditional Waiver by Holders of Securities . Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may fail or omit in any particular instance to comply with a covenant or condition set forth herein with respect to any series of Securities if the Company shall have obtained and filed with the Trustee, prior to the time of such failure or omission, evidence (as provided in Article IX) of the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series at the time Outstanding, either waiving such compliance in such instance or generally waiving compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, or impair any right consequent thereon and, until such waiver shall have become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
     Section 6.04 Statement by Officers as to Default . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Company becomes aware of

30


 

the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
     Section 6.05 Compliance Certificate . Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Securities, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee annually, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (which, as of the date of this Indenture, is December 31), a brief certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or vice president and treasurer as to his or her knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture (which compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture) and, in the event of any Default, specifying each such Default and the nature and status thereof of which such person may have knowledge. Such certificates need not comply with Section 17.01 of this Indenture. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change to the Company’s fiscal year.
     Section 6.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
     Section 6.07 Corporate Existence . Subject to Article VII below, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, powers (charter and statutory), franchises (registrations to do business) and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Significant Subsidiary in accordance with their respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time); provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such power or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any Significant Subsidiary, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders.
ARTICLE VII
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS
     Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Securities:
     (a) The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any Person or convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any successor Person other than to one or more or the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless:

31


 

     (i) the Company is the surviving Person or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person, if other than the Company, expressly assumes, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company’s obligations on any Securities and under this Indenture;
     (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture. A purchase by a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity shall not be deemed to be a purchase of such assets by the Company; and
     (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease, or disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
     (b) Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company in accordance with paragraph (a), the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be discharged from all obligations under this Indenture and any Securities.
ARTICLE VIII
REMEDIES OF TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS
     Section 8.01 Events of Default . Except where otherwise indicated by the context or where the term is otherwise defined for a specific purpose, the term “ Event of Default ” as used in this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series shall mean one of the following described events unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in the manner contemplated in Section 3.01:
     (a) default in the payment of any interest on any Security of such series, when the interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;
     (b) default in the payment of principal of or any premium on any Security of such series, when the principal or premium becomes due and payable at their Maturity, upon exercise of any repurchase right applicable to such series by call for redemption (otherwise than pursuant to a sinking fund), upon repurchase at the option of the holder thereof, upon acceleration or otherwise;

32


 

     (c) the failure of the Company to pay a sinking fund installment, if any, when and as the same shall become payable by the terms of a Security of such series, which failure shall have continued unremedied for a period of 30 days;
     (d) the failure of the Company, subject to the provisions of Section 6.03, to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Securities of such series or this Indenture (including any indenture supplemental hereto pursuant to which the Securities of such series were issued as contemplated by Section 3.01) (other than an agreement which has been expressly included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than that series and other than an agreement or covenant in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section 8.01 specifically provided for) which failure continues for 90 days (or 120 days in the case of a breach of the covenants contained in Section 11.02 hereof) after written notice of such Default from the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding has been received by the Company;
     (e) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;
     (f) the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by either the Company to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable law, or the consent by the Company to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by the Company of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Company in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the authorization of any such action by the Board of Directors of the Company; or
     (g) the occurrence of any other Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series as provided in a supplemental indenture or Company Order, if any, applicable to such series of Securities;

33


 

provided, however , that no event described in clause (d) or (other than with respect to a payment default) (g) above shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder until a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust department has actual knowledge thereof or until a written notice of any such event is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice refers to the facts underlying such event, the Securities generally, the Company and the Indenture.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.01, if the principal or any premium or interest on any Security is payable in a Currency other than the Currency of the United States and such Currency is not available to the Company for making payment thereof due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the control of the Company, the Company will be entitled to satisfy its obligations to holders of the Securities by making such payment in the Currency of the United States in an amount equal to the Currency of the United States equivalent of the amount payable in such other Currency, as determined by the Company by reference to the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers for such Currency (“ Exchange Rate ”), as such Exchange Rate is reported or otherwise made available by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the date of such payment, or, if such rate is not then available, on the basis of the most recently available Exchange Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.01, any payment made under such circumstances in the Currency of the United States where the required payment is in a Currency other than the Currency of the United States will not constitute an Event of Default under this Indenture.
     Section 8.02 Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment .
     (a) Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Securities, if an Event of Default described above in Section 8.01 with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding shall occur and be continuing, then, and in each and every such case, either the Trustee or the holders of 25% or more in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding may (and upon the written request of the holders of a majority in principal amount of such Securities then Outstanding, the Trustee shall) declare the principal (or, if the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of and all accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities of such series then Outstanding, if not then due and payable, to be due and payable, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and be immediately due and payable (subject to applicable law), anything in this Indenture or in the Securities of such series contained to the contrary notwithstanding; provided that no Event of Default with respect to Securities of a series, except with respect to an Event of Default under subsections (e) and (f) of Section 8.01 and except to the extent otherwise provided in subsection (d) of Section 8.01, shall constitute an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any other series. Upon payment of such amounts in the Currency in which such Securities are denominated (subject to section 8.01 and except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 3.01), all obligations of the Company in respect of the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities of such series shall terminate.
     (b) This provision, however, is subject to the condition that, if at any time after the principal of all the Securities of such series, to which any one or more of the above-described

34


 

Events of Default is applicable, shall have been so declared to be due and payable, and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Event of Default giving rise to such declaration of acceleration shall, without further act, be deemed to have been waived, and such declaration and its consequences shall, without further act, be deemed to have been rescinded and annulled, if,
     (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent a sum in the Currency in which such Securities are denominated (subject to section 8.01 and except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 3.01) sufficient to pay:
     (A) all amounts owing the Trustee and any predecessor trustee hereunder under Section 12.01(a) ( provided , however , that all sums payable under this clause (A) shall be paid in U.S. Dollars);
     (B) all arrears of interest, if any, upon all the Securities of such series (with interest, to the extent that interest thereon shall be legally enforceable, on any overdue installment of interest at the rate borne by the Securities); and
     (C) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Securities of such series that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon; and
     (ii) every other Default and Event of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, shall have been waived as provided in Section 8.06 or resolved so that the conditions that caused such Default or Event of Default are no longer outstanding or have otherwise been remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee or of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, or provision deemed by such holders to be adequate therefor shall have been made; provided , however , that no such waiver, rescission or annulment shall extend to or affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
     (c) Any declaration by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.02 shall be by written notice to the Company, and any declaration or waiver by the holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this Section 8.02 shall be by written notice to the Company and the Trustee.
     (d) For all purposes under this Indenture, if a portion of the principal of any Original Issue Discount Securities shall have been accelerated and declared due and payable pursuant to the provisions hereof, then, from and after such declaration, unless such declaration has been rescinded and annulled, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Securities shall be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, and payment of such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, together with interest, if any, thereon and all other amounts owing thereunder, shall constitute payment in full of such Original Issue Discount Securities.

35


 

     (e) The Company and the Trustee may, to the extent provided in Section 15.01, enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto with respect to any series of the Securities which may provide for additional or different Events of Default with respect to such series of Securities.
     Section 8.03 Other Remedies . If the Company shall fail for a period of 30 days to pay any installment of interest on the Securities of any series or shall fail to pay the principal of and premium, if any, on any of the Securities of such series when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at Maturity, or by call for redemption (other than pursuant to the sinking fund), by declaration as authorized by this Indenture, or otherwise, or shall fail for a period of 30 days to make any sinking fund payment as to a series of Securities, then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Paying Agent for the benefit of the holders of Securities of such series then Outstanding the whole amount which then shall have become due and payable on all the Securities of such series, with interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (so far as the same may be legally enforceable) on the overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities of such series, and all amounts owing the Trustee and any predecessor trustee hereunder under Section 12.01(a).
     In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series, and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series, wherever situated, in the manner provided by law. Every recovery of judgment in any such action or other proceeding, subject to the payment to the Trustee of all amounts owing the Trustee and any predecessor trustee hereunder under Section 12.01(a), shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of such series of Securities which shall be the subject of such action or proceeding. All rights of action upon or under any of the Securities or this Indenture may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities and without the production of any thereof at any trial or any proceeding relative thereto.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of such Event of Default, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of amounts due with respect to the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.
     Section 8.04 Trustee as Attorney-in-Fact . The Trustee is hereby appointed, and each and every holder of the Securities, by receiving and holding the same, shall be conclusively deemed to have appointed the Trustee, the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of such holder, with authority to make or file (whether or not the Company shall be in Default in respect of the payment of the principal of, or interest on, any of the Securities), in its own name and as trustee of an express trust or otherwise as it shall deem advisable, in any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or to their respective creditors or property, any and all

36


 

claims, proofs of claim, proofs of debt, petitions, consents, other papers and documents and amendments of any thereof, as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and any predecessor trustee hereunder and of the holders of the Securities allowed in any such proceeding and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and to execute and deliver any and all other papers and documents and to do and perform any and all other acts and things, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to enforce in any such proceeding any of the claims of the Trustee and any predecessor trustee hereunder and of any of such holders in respect of any of the Securities; and any receiver, assignee, trustee, custodian or debtor in any such proceeding is hereby authorized, and each and every taker or holder of the Securities, by receiving and holding the same, shall be conclusively deemed to have authorized any such receiver, assignee, trustee, custodian or debtor, to make any such payment or delivery only to or on the order of the Trustee, and to pay to the Trustee any amount due it and any predecessor trustee hereunder under Section 12.01(a); provided , however , that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower the Trustee to consent to or accept or adopt, on behalf of any holder of Securities, any plan of reorganization or readjustment affecting the Securities or the rights of any holder thereof, or to authorize or empower the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any holder of any Securities in any such proceeding.
     Section 8.05 Priorities . Any moneys or properties collected by the Trustee with respect to a series of Securities under this Article VIII shall be applied in the order following, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys or properties and, in the case of the distribution of such moneys or properties on account of the Securities of any series, upon presentation of the Securities of such series, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:
     First: To the payment of all amounts due to the Trustee (including reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of its agents, counsel and other professional advisers) and any predecessor trustee hereunder under Section 12.01(a).
     Second: In case the principal of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of interest on the Securities of such series, in the chronological order of the Maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by such Securities, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto.
     Third: In case the principal of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon the Securities of such series for principal and premium, if any, and interest, with interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities of such series, and in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Securities of such series, then to the payment of such principal and premium, if any, and interest without preference or priority of principal and premium, if any, over interest, or of interest over principal and premium, if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Security of such series over any other Security of

37


 

such series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest.
Any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the Company or as directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.
     Section 8.06 Control by Securityholders; Waiver of Past Defaults . The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee hereunder or of exercising any trust or power hereby conferred upon the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided , however , that, subject to the provisions of Sections 12.01 and 12.02, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would be unduly prejudicial to holders not joining in such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to any declaration accelerating the Maturity of the Securities of any series, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such series of Securities at the time Outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Securities of such series waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities of such series or repayment of any repurchase price, if applicable. Upon any such waiver the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities of such series shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 8.06, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Securities of such series and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.
     Section 8.07 Limitation on Suits . No holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity for the execution of any trust hereunder or for the appointment of a receiver or for any other remedy hereunder, in each case with respect to an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities, unless (i) such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of the continuance of one or more of the Events of Default specified herein with respect to such series of Securities, (ii) the holders of 25% in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding shall have requested the Trustee in writing to take action in respect of the matter complained of, and (iii) satisfactory indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby shall have been offered to the Trustee, and the Trustee, within 60 days after receipt of such notification, request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; and such notification, request and offer of indemnity are hereby declared in every such case to be conditions precedent to any such action, suit or proceeding by any holder of any Security of such series; it being understood and intended that no one or more of the holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by his, her, its or their action to enforce any right hereunder, except in the manner herein provided, and that every action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity shall be instituted, had and maintained in the manner herein provided and for the equal benefit of all holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series; provided , however , that nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities of such series shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay

38


 

the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities of such series to the respective holders of such Securities at the respective due dates in such Securities stated, or affect or impair the right, which is also absolute and unconditional, of such holders to institute suit to enforce the payment thereof.
     Section 8.08 Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture and each holder of any Security, by such holder’s acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have agreed that any court may in its discretion require, in any action, suit or proceeding for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any action, suit or proceeding against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such action, suit or proceeding of an undertaking to pay the costs of such action, suit or proceeding, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such action, suit or proceeding, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 8.08 shall not apply to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee, to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by any one or more holders of Securities holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities of any series Outstanding, or to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by any holder of Securities of any series for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or the interest on, any of the Securities of such series, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Securities.
     This Section 8.08 shall be in lieu of Section 315(e) of the TIA and such Section 3.15(e) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture, as permitted by the TIA.
     Section 8.09 Remedies Cumulative . No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the holders of Securities of any series is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy or remedies, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of Securities of any series to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein; and every power and remedy given by this Article VIII to the Trustee and to the holders of Securities of any series, respectively, may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Trustee or by the holders of Securities of such series, as the case may be. In case the Trustee or any holder of Securities of any series shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and the proceedings for the enforcement thereof shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of waiver or for any other reason or shall have been adjudicated adversely to the Trustee or to such holder of Securities, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities of such series shall severally and respectively be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, and thereafter all rights, remedies and powers of the Trustee and the holders of the Securities of such series shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken, except as to any matters so waived or adjudicated.

39


 

ARTICLE IX
CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS
     Section 9.01 Evidence of Action of Securityholders . Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage or a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities or of any series of Securities may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage or majority have joined therein may be evidenced by (a) any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, including through an electronic system for tabulating consents operated by the Depositary for such series or otherwise (such action becoming effective, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, when such instrument or instruments or evidence of electronic consents are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company), or (b) by the record of the holders of Securities voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Securityholders.
     Section 9.02 Proof of Execution or Holding of Securities . Proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or his, her or its agent or proxy and proof of the holding by any Person of any of the Securities shall be sufficient if made in the following manner:
     (a) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument may be proved (i) by the certificate of any notary public or other officer in any jurisdiction who, by the laws thereof, has power to take acknowledgments or proof of deeds to be recorded within such jurisdiction, that the Person who signed such instrument did acknowledge before such notary public or other officer the execution thereof, or (ii) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution sworn to before any such notary or other officer. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority;
     (b) The ownership of Registered Securities of any series shall be proved by the Register of such Securities or by a certificate of the Registrar for such series;
     (c) The record of any holders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 10.06;
     (d) The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section 9.02 as it shall deem appropriate or necessary, so long as the request is a reasonable one; and
     (e) If the Company shall solicit from the holders of Securities of any series any action, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of holders of Registered Securities entitled to take such action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Any such record date shall be fixed at the

40


 

Company’s discretion. If such a record date is fixed, such action may be sought or given before or after the record date, but only the holders of Registered Securities of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be holders of Registered Securities for the purpose of determining whether holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities of such series have authorized or agreed or consented to such action, and for that purpose the Outstanding Registered Securities of such series shall be computed as of such record date.
     Section 9.03 Persons Deemed Owners .
     (a) The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 3.08) interest, if any, on, such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. All payments made to any holder, or upon his, her or its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon such Security.
     (b) None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
     Section 9.04 Effect of Consents . At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 9.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities or of any series of Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder of a Security which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its principal office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 9.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of such Security, and of any Securities issued on transfer or in lieu thereof or in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Security or such other Securities or any Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor.
ARTICLE X
SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
     Section 10.01 Purposes of Meetings . A meeting of Securityholders of any or all series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article X for any of the following purposes:
     (a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any Default or Event of Default

41


 

hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article IX;
     (b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article X;
     (c) to consent to the execution of an Indenture or of indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.02; or
     (d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any one or more or all series, as the case may be, under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.
     Section 10.02 Call of Meetings by Trustee . The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of all Securityholders of all series that may be affected by the action proposed to be taken, to take any action specified in Section 10.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders of a series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Securities of such series at their addresses as they shall appear on the Register of the Company. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 90 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
     Section 10.03 Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders . In case at any time the Company, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a series (or of all series, as the case may be) then Outstanding that may be affected by the action proposed to be taken, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders of such series (or of all series), by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 10.01, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 10.02.
     Section 10.04 Qualifications for Voting . To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders, a Person shall (a) be a holder of one or more Securities affected by the action proposed to be taken at the meeting or (b) be a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Securities. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.
     Section 10.05 Regulation of Meetings .
     (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies,

42


 

certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem fit.
     (b) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 10.03, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chair. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the meeting.
     (c) At any meeting of Securityholders of a series, each Securityholder of such series of such Securityholder’s proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities of such series Outstanding held or represented by him; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Securities of such series held by him or her or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him or her as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. At any meeting of the Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02 or 10.03 the presence of Persons holding or representing Securities in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to take action upon the business for the transaction of which such meeting was called shall be necessary to constitute a quorum, and any such meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
     Section 10.06 Voting . The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Securityholders of a series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts of the Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 10.02. The record shall show the principal amounts of the Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.
     Section 10.07 No Delay of Rights by Meeting . Nothing contained in this Article X shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Securityholders of any series or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Securityholders of such series under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Securities of such series.

43


 

ARTICLE XI
REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
AND SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS
     Section 11.01 Reports by Trustee .
     (a) So long as any Securities are outstanding, the Trustee shall transmit to holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided thereto. If required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall, within 60 days after each anniversary of the date of this Indenture deliver to holders a brief report which complies with the provisions of such Section 313(a).
     (b) The Trustee shall, at the time of the transmission to the holders of Securities of any report pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.01, file a copy of such report with each stock exchange upon which the Securities are listed, if any, and also with the SEC in respect of a Security listed and registered on a national securities exchange, if any. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee when, as and if the Securities become listed on any stock exchange.
     The Company will reimburse the Trustee for all expenses incurred in the preparation and transmission of any report pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.01 and of Section 11.02.
     Section 11.02 Reports by the Company .
     (a) The Company shall file with the Trustee and the SEC, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that, unless available on EDGAR, any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within 30 days after the same is filed with the SEC; and provided further, that the filing of the reports specified in Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act by an entity that is the direct or indirect parent of the Company will satisfy the requirements of this Section 11.02 so long as such entity is an obligor or guarantor on the Securities; and provided further that the reports of such entity will not be required to include condensed consolidating financial information for the Company in a footnote to the financial statements of such entity.
     (b) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
     Section 11.03 Securityholders’ Lists . The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

44


 

     (a) semi-annually, within 15 days after each Record Date, but in any event not less frequently than semi-annually, a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the holders of Securities to which such Record Date applies, as of such Record Date, and
     (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;
provided , however , that so long as the Trustee shall be the Registrar, such lists shall not be required to be furnished.
ARTICLE XII
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
     Section 12.01 Rights of Trustees; Compensation and Indemnity . The Trustee accepts the trusts created by this Indenture upon the terms and conditions hereof, including the following, to all of which the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Securities agree:
     (a) The Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder (including in any agent capacity in which it acts). The compensation of the Trustee shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee (including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of its agents, counsel and other professional advisers), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision.
     The Company also agrees to indemnify each of the Trustee, each of its officers, directors, employees and agents, and any predecessor Trustee hereunder for, and to hold each harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim, or expense incurred without its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder and the performance of its duties (including in any agent capacity in which it acts), as well as the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except those attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

45


 

     As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section 12.01(a), the Trustee shall have a lien therefor on any moneys or properties held by the Trustee hereunder to the extent of such obligations, which lien shall be second in priority with respect to any moneys held in trust by the Trustee to pay principal of and interest on any particular Securities. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture to the contrary, the obligations of the Company to compensate and indemnify the Trustee under this Section 12.01(a) shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and any satisfaction and discharge under Article XIII. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (e) or (f) of Section 8.01 occurs, the expenses and compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.
     (b) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereof and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by its agents and attorneys and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
     (c) The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for the correctness of the recitals herein or in the Securities (except its certificates of authentication thereon) contained, all of which are made solely by the Company; and the Trustee shall not be responsible or accountable in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to the validity or execution, sufficiency or priority of this Indenture or of the Securities (except its certificates of authentication thereon), and the Trustee makes no representation with respect thereto, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Securities, or the proceeds of any Securities, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture. No representation, warranty or undertaking, express or implied, is made and no responsibility or liability is accepted by the Trustee as to the accuracy or completeness of the information included or incorporated by reference in the offering memorandum or any other information supplied in connection with the Securities.
     (d) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and, to the extent permitted by Section 12.02, any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by the Trustee hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such Opinion of Counsel.
     (e) The Trustee, to the extent permitted by Section 12.02, may rely upon the certificate of the General Counsel, Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company as to the adoption of any resolution by the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Company, and any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by, and whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, offering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee may request and rely upon, an

46


 

Officer’s Certificate of the Company (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed).
     (f) Subject to Section 12.04, the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have had if it were not the Trustee or such agent.
     (g) Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.
     (h) Any action taken by the Trustee pursuant to any provision hereof at the request or with the consent of any Person who at the time is the holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding in respect of such Security upon all future holders thereof or of any Security or Securities which may be issued for or in lieu thereof in whole or in part, whether or not such Security shall have noted thereon the fact that such request or consent had been made or given.
     (i) Subject to the provisions of Section 12.02, the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
     (j) Subject to the provisions of Section 12.02, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the holders of the Securities, pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, unless one or more of the holders of the Securities shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by it therein or thereby.
     (k) Subject to the provisions of Section 12.02, the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within its discretion or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
     (l) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company with respect to the covenants contained in Article VI hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.02, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default (other than a payment default) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless the holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Securities notify the Trustee in writing thereof.
     (m) Subject to the provisions of the first paragraph of Section 12.02, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,

47


 

direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.
     (n) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee and its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns in each of its capacities hereunder.
     (o) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
     (p) If the trustee is acting as Paying Agent or Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article XII will also be afforded to such Paying Agent and Registrar.
          The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated herein shall not be construed as duty on the part of the Trustee.
     Section 12.02 Duties of Trustee .
     (a) If one or more of the Events of Default specified in Section 8.01 with respect to the Securities of any series shall have happened, then, during the continuance thereof, the Trustee shall, with respect to such Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and shall use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
     (b) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall be construed as relieving the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent action, negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that, anything in this Indenture contained to the contrary notwithstanding,
     (i) unless and until an Event of Default specified in Section 8.01 with respect to the Securities of any series shall have happened which at the time is continuing,
     (A) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties with respect to the Securities of that series as are specifically set out in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee, whose duties and obligations shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture; and

48


 

     (B) the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, upon certificates and opinions furnished to it pursuant to the express provisions of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which, by the provisions of this Indenture, are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);
     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Securities or to any other Person for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved in a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Securities or to any other Person with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of Securityholders given as provided in Section 8.06, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to it or exercising any trust or power conferred upon it by this Indenture.
     (c) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall be construed as requiring the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, unless the Trustee shall have received adequate security or indemnity in its opinion against potential costs and liabilities incurred by it relating thereto.
     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 12.02.
     Section 12.03 Notice of Defaults . Within 90 days after the occurrence thereof, and if known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to the holders of the Securities of a series notice of each Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series known to the Trustee, by transmitting such notice to holders at their addresses as the same shall then appear on the Register of the Company, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice (the term “ Default ” being hereby defined to be the events specified in Section 8.01, which are, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, Events of Default as defined in said Section). Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Securities of such series when and as the same shall become payable, or to make any sinking fund payment as to Securities of the same series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice, if and so long as a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the holders of the Securities of such series.
     Section 12.04 Eligibility; Disqualification .

49


 

     (a) The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, and shall have a Corporate Trust Office. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.04, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.
     (b) The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(i) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(i) are met. If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest within 90 days or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. If Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act is amended any time after the date of this Indenture to change the circumstances under which a Trustee shall be deemed to have a conflicting interest with respect to the Securities of any series or to change any of the definitions in connection therewith, this Section 12.04 shall be automatically amended to incorporate such changes.
     Section 12.05 Registration and Notice; Removal . The Trustee, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may at any time resign and be discharged of the trusts hereby created with respect to any one or more or all series of Securities by giving to the Company notice in writing and by mailing notice thereof to the holders of Securities of such series at their addresses as the same shall then appear in the Register of the Company. Such resignation shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor Trustee and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor Trustee. Any Trustee hereunder may be removed with respect to any series of Securities at any time by the filing with such Trustee and the delivery to the Company of an instrument or instruments in writing signed by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, specifying such removal and the date when it shall become effective.
     If at any time:
     (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months, or
     (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 12.04 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months, or
     (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

50


 

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by written notice to the Trustee may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.
     Upon its resignation or removal, any Trustee shall be entitled to the payment of reasonable compensation for the services rendered hereunder by such Trustee and to the payment of all reasonable expenses incurred hereunder and all moneys then due to it hereunder. The Trustee’s rights to indemnification provided in Section 12.01(a) shall survive its resignation or removal.
     Section 12.06 Successor Trustee by Appointment .
     (a) In case at any time the Trustee shall resign, or shall be removed (unless the Trustee shall be removed as provided in Section 12.04(b), in which event the vacancy shall be filled as provided in said subdivision), or shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or if any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation with respect to the Securities of one or more series, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series) may be appointed by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of that or those series then Outstanding, by an instrument or instruments in writing signed in duplicate by such holders and filed, one original thereof with the Company and the other with the successor Trustee; but, until a successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the holders of Securities of that or those series as herein authorized, the Company, or, in case all or substantially all the assets of the Company shall be in the possession of one or more custodians or receivers lawfully appointed, or of trustees in bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings (including a trustee or trustees appointed under the provisions of the bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted), or of assignees for the benefit of creditors, such receivers, custodians, trustees or assignees, as the case may be, by an instrument in writing, shall appoint a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series. Subject to the provisions of Sections 12.04 and 12.05, upon the appointment as aforesaid of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series shall cease to be Trustee hereunder. After any such appointment other than by the holders of Securities of that or those series, the Person making such appointment shall forthwith cause notice thereof to be mailed to the holders of Securities of such series at their addresses as the same shall then appear on the Register of the Company but any successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series so appointed shall, immediately and without further act, be superseded by a successor Trustee appointed by the holders of Securities of such series in the manner above prescribed, if such appointment be made prior to the expiration of one year from the date of the mailing of such notice by the Company, or by such receivers, trustees or assignees.

51


 

     (b) If any Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall resign because of conflicting interest as provided in Section 12.04(b) and a successor Trustee shall not have been appointed by the Company or by the holders of the Securities of such series or, if any successor Trustee so appointed shall not have accepted its appointment within 30 days after such appointment shall have been made, the resigning Trustee at the expense of the Company may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. If in any other case a successor Trustee shall not be appointed pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.06 within three months after such appointment might have been made hereunder, the holder of any Security of the applicable series or any retiring Trustee at the expense of the Company may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, in any such case, after such notice, if any, as such court may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.
     (c) Any successor Trustee appointed hereunder with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor Trustee and to the Company, or to the receivers, trustees, assignees or court appointing it, as the case may be, an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the authority, rights, powers, trusts, immunities, duties and obligations with respect to such series of such predecessor Trustee with like effect as if originally named as Trustee hereunder, and such predecessor Trustee, upon payment of its charges and disbursements then unpaid, shall thereupon become obligated to pay over, and such successor Trustee shall be entitled to receive, all moneys and properties held by such predecessor Trustee as Trustee hereunder. Nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee or of the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, such predecessor Trustee, upon payment of its said charges and disbursements, shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee upon the trusts herein expressed all the rights, powers and trusts of such predecessor Trustee and shall assign, transfer and deliver to the successor Trustee all moneys and properties held by such predecessor Trustee; and, upon request of any such successor Trustee and the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such authority, rights, powers, trusts, immunities, duties and obligations.
     Section 12.07 Successor Trustee by Merger . Any Person into which the Trustee or any successor to it in the trusts created by this Indenture shall be merged or converted, or any Person with which it or any successor to it shall be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee or any such successor to it shall be a party, or any Person to which the Trustee or any successor to it shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor Trustee under this Indenture without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto. In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture with respect to one or more series of Securities, any of such Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered by the Trustee then in office, any successor to such Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time

52


 

any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided , however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.
     Section 12.08 Right to Rely on Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel . Subject to Section 12.02, and subject to the provisions of Section 17.01 with respect to the certificates required thereby, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel or both with respect thereto delivered to the Trustee, and such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, in the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.
     Section 12.09 Appointment of Authenticating Agent . The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities, and the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment to all holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder.
     Each Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Article XII, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Article XII, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article XII.
     Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to

53


 

be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Article XII, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
     An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.09, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give written notice of such appointment to all holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section 12.09.
     The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 12.09, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 12.01.
     Section 12.10 Communications by Securityholders with Other Securityholders . Holders of Securities may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to such communications.
     Section 12.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company . If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).
ARTICLE XIII
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE
     Section 13.01 Applicability of Article . If, pursuant to Section 3.01, provision is made for the defeasance of Securities of a series and if the Securities of such series are denominated and payable only in U.S. Dollars (except as provided pursuant to Section 3.01), then the provisions of this Article shall be applicable except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for Securities of such series. Defeasance provisions, if any, for Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency may be specified pursuant to Section 3.01.
     Section 13.02 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture, with respect to the Securities of any series (if all series issued under this Indenture are not to be affected), shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of such Securities herein expressly provided for and rights to receive payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Securities) and the

54


 

Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when,
     (a) either:
     (i) all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.07 and (B) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 6.02) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (ii) all Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,
     (A) have become due and payable, or
     (B) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
     (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount in the Currency in which such Securities are denominated (except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 3.01) sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Securities for principal and premium, if any, and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; provided , however , in the event a petition for relief under bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, is filed with respect to the Company within 91 days after the deposit and the Trustee is required to return the moneys then on deposit with the Trustee to the Company, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture with respect to such Securities shall not be deemed terminated or discharged;
     (b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and
     (c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 12.01 are, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (a)(i) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 13.07 and the last paragraph of Section 6.02(e) shall survive.

55


 

     Section 13.03 Defeasance upon Deposit of Moneys or U.S. Government Obligations . At the Company’s option, either (a) the Company shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from its obligations with respect to Securities of any series on the first day after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied or (b) the Company shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article VII with respect to Securities of any series (and, if so specified pursuant to Section 3.01, any other restrictive covenant added for the benefit of such series pursuant to Section 3.01) at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:
     (i) The Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the holders of the Securities of such series (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations (as defined below) that through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a combination of (A) and (B), sufficient to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including any mandatory sinking fund payments) of and premium, if any, and interest on, the Outstanding Securities of such series on the dates such installments of interest or principal and premium are due;
     (ii) No Event of Default or event (including such deposit) that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds and the grant of any related liens to be applied to such deposit); and
     (iii) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such action had not been exercised and, in the case of the Securities of such series being Discharged, the Opinion of Counsel must also state that the basis for the foregoing tax treatment is that (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling to that effect or (2) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law.
     “ Discharged ” means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except (A) the rights of holders of Securities of such series to receive, from the trust fund described in clause (i) above, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, interest on such Securities when such payments are due, and (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to Securities of such series under Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 13.06 and 13.07 and (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder.

56


 

     “ U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely of payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States, that, in either case under clauses (i) or (ii) are not callable or redeemable at the action of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depositary receipt.
     Section 13.04 Repayment to Company . The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company (or to its designee) upon Company Request any excess moneys or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time, including any such moneys or obligations held by the Trustee under any escrow trust agreement entered into pursuant to Section 13.06. The provisions of the last paragraph of Section 6.02 shall apply to any money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent under this Article that remains unclaimed for two years after the Maturity of any series of Securities for which money or U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 13.03.
     Section 13.05 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal or interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.
     Section 13.06 Deposits to Be Held in Escrow . Any deposits with the Trustee referred to in Section 13.03 above shall be irrevocable (except to the extent provided in Sections 13.04 and 13.07) and shall be made under the terms of an escrow trust agreement. If any Outstanding Securities of a series are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, whether pursuant to any optional redemption provisions or in accordance with any mandatory or optional sinking fund requirement, the applicable escrow trust agreement shall provide therefor and the Company shall make such arrangements as are satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. The agreement shall provide that, upon satisfaction of any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment requirements, whether by deposit of moneys, application of proceeds of deposited U.S. Government Obligations or, if permitted, by delivery of Securities, the Trustee shall pay or deliver over to the Company as excess moneys pursuant to Section 13.04 all funds or obligations then held under the agreement and allocable to the sinking fund payment requirements so satisfied.
     If Securities of a series with respect to which such deposits are made may be subject to later redemption at the option of the Company or pursuant to optional sinking fund payments, the applicable escrow trust agreement may, at the option of the Company, provide therefor. In the case of an optional redemption in whole or in part, such agreement shall require the Company to deposit with the Trustee on or before the date notice of redemption is given funds sufficient to

57


 

pay the Redemption Price of the Securities to be redeemed together with all unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. Upon such deposit of funds, the Trustee shall pay or deliver over to the Company as excess funds pursuant to Section 13.04 all funds or obligations then held under such agreement and allocable to the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of exercise of Optional Sinking Fund Payment rights by the Company, such agreement shall, at the option of the Company, provide that upon deposit by the Company with the Trustee of funds pursuant to such exercise the Trustee shall pay or deliver over to the Company as excess funds pursuant to Section 13.04 all funds or obligations then held under such agreement for such series and allocable to the Securities to be redeemed.
     Section 13.07 Application of Trust Money .
     (a) Neither the Trustee nor any other Paying Agent shall be required to pay interest on any moneys deposited pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, except such as it shall agree with the Company to pay thereon. Any moneys so deposited for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after the date of the maturity of the Securities of such series or the date fixed for the redemption of all the Securities of such series at the time outstanding, as the case may be, shall be repaid by the Trustee or such other paying agent to the Company upon its written request and thereafter, anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, any rights of the holders of Securities of such series in respect of which such moneys shall have been deposited shall be enforceable only against the Company, and all liability of the Trustee or such other paying agent with respect to such moneys shall thereafter cease.
     (b) Subject to the provisions of the foregoing paragraph, any moneys which at any time shall be deposited by the Company or on its behalf with the Trustee or any other paying agent for the purpose of paying the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any of the Securities shall be and are hereby assigned, transferred and set over to the Trustee or such other paying agent in trust for the respective holders of the Securities for the purpose for which such moneys shall have been deposited; but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     Section 13.08 Deposits of Non-U.S. Currencies . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, if the Securities of any series are payable in a Currency other than U.S. Dollars, the Currency or the nature of the government obligations to be deposited with the Trustee under the foregoing provisions of this Article shall be as set forth in the Officer’s Certificate or established in the supplemental indenture under which the Securities of such series are issued.
ARTICLE XIV
IMMUNITY OF CERTAIN PERSONS
     Section 14.01 No Personal Liability . No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of, or the premium, if any, or interest on, any Security or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof or of the Indebtedness represented thereby, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, against any director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor

58


 

corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitutional provision, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that this Indenture and the Securities are solely corporate obligations, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or be incurred by, any director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, because of the incurring of the Indebtedness hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants, promises or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities, or to be implied herefrom or therefrom, and that all liability, if any, of that character against every such director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder and partner is, by the acceptance of the Securities and as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Securities expressly waived and released.
ARTICLE XV
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
     Section 15.01 Without Consent of Securityholders . Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Securities, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities of any series without prior notice to, or the consent of, the holders, for any one or more of or all the following purposes:
     (a) to add to the covenants and agreements to be observed, and to add Events of Default, in each case for the protection or benefit of the holders of Securities of all or any series (and if such amendment or supplement is to be for the benefit of fewer than all series of Securities, stating that such amendment or supplement, as the case may be, is being made for the benefit of such series as shall be identified therein), or to surrender any right or power conferred herein upon the Company; or
     (b) to delete or modify any Events of Default with respect to all or any series of the Securities, the form and terms of which are being established pursuant to such supplemental indenture as permitted in Section 3.01 (and, if any such Event of Default is applicable to fewer than all such series of the Securities, specifying the series to which such Event of Default is applicable), and to specify the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the holders of such Securities in connection therewith; or
     (c) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide, change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on Registered Securities; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Securities of any series in any material respect;
     (d) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by such successor of the covenants and obligations of the Company contained in the Securities of one or more series and in this Indenture or any supplemental indenture; or

59


 

     (e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to one or more series of Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 12.06(c); or
     (f) to secure any series of Securities; or
     (g) to evidence any changes to this Indenture for the removal of Trustee pursuant to Section 12.05, appointment of Trustee pursuant to Section 12.06 or replacement of Trustee resulting from merger, conversion or consolidation pursuant to Section 12.07; or
     (h) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained in this Indenture or in any indenture supplemental hereto which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained in this Indenture or in any indenture supplemental hereto, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any indenture supplemental hereto which shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of any holder of Securities of any affected series; provided that no such provisions shall be deemed to adversely effect the holders of any affected series of Securities if such change is made to conform the terms of such Securities to the terms described in the offering document used in the initial distribution thereof;
     (i) to comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or
     (j) to add guarantors or co-obligors with respect to any series of Securities;
     (k) to provide for uncertificated securities in addition to certificated securities;
     (l) to prohibit the authentication and delivery of additional Securities of any series; or
     (m) to establish the form and terms of Securities of any series as permitted in Section 3.01, or to authorize the issuance of additional Securities of a series previously authorized or to add to the conditions, limitations or restrictions on the authorized amount, terms or purposes of issue, authentication or delivery of the Securities of any series, as herein set forth, or other conditions, limitations or restrictions thereafter to be observed; or
     (n) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any of the Securities hereunder, provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any holder of Securities of any affected series in any material respect as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel; or

60


 

     (o) to make any change to this Indenture of a formal, minor or technical nature or necessary to correct a manifest error or to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, provided that any such change shall not adversely affect the interests of any holder of Securities of any affected series in any material respect; or
     (p) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Outstanding Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision and as to which such supplemental indenture would apply.
     Subject to the provisions of Section 15.03, the Trustee is authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make the further agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property or assets thereunder.
     Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 15.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 15.02.
     Section 15.02 With Consent of Securityholders; Limitations .
     (a) With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article IX) of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each affected series, the Company and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, amend or supplement this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Securities of such series to be affected; provided, however, that no such amendment or supplement shall, without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby (and without the consent of the Trustee as to (iii) below),
     (i) extend the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the interest thereon or any premium payable upon redemption thereof, or change the Currency in which the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such Security is denominated or payable, or reduce the amount of the principal and premium, if any, that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on any Security or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Security; or
     (ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose holders is required for any amendment or supplement, or the consent of whose holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain Defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture; or
     (iii) modify the rights, duties or immunities of the Trustee;

61


 

     (iv) modify the provisions with respect to the repurchase rights of the holders, as applicable, in Securities of such series in a manner adverse to holders thereof; or
     (v) alter the manner of calculation or rate of accrual of interest, repurchase price or the conversion rate, as applicable, on any Security of such series or extend the time for payment of any such amount; or
     (vi) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 6.03 or Section 8.06, except to increase any the respective percentages referred to therein or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and any concomitant changes or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 12.06 and 15.01(e).
     (b) A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities or which modifies the rights of the holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the holders of Securities of any other series.
     (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 15.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
     (d) The Company may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of the holders of each series of Securities entitled to give a written consent or waive compliance by the Company as authorized or permitted by this Section. Such record date shall not be more than 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or waiver or the date of the most recent list of holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act.
     (e) Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section 15.02, the Company shall mail a notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the holders of Securities at their addresses as the same shall then appear in the Register of the Company. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.
     Section 15.03 Trustee Protected . Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by the Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, stating that said supplemental indenture complies with and that the execution thereof is authorized or permitted by, the provisions of this Indenture, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, subject to customary exceptions, required by Section 17.01 and by:
     (a) a supplemental indenture duly executed on behalf of the Company; and
     (b) if said supplemental indenture shall be executed pursuant to Section 15.02, evidence (as provided in Article IX) of the consent thereto of the Securityholders required to consent thereto as in Section 15.02 provided,

62


 

the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of said supplemental indenture unless said supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into said supplemental indenture.
     Section 15.04 Effect of Execution of Supplemental Indenture . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, this Indenture shall be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of all of the Securities or of the Securities of any series affected, as the case may be, shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
     Section 15.05 Notation on or Exchange of Securities . Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article may bear a notation in the form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for the Securities then Outstanding in equal aggregate principal amounts, and such exchange shall be made without cost to the holders of the Securities.
     Section 15.06 Conformity with TIA . Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
ARTICLE XVI
SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
     Section 16.01 Agreement to Subordinate . In the event a series of Securities is designated as subordinated pursuant to Section 3.01(s), and except as otherwise provided in a Company Order or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each holder of Securities of such series by his, her or its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Securities of such series is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. In the event a series of Securities is not designated as subordinated pursuant to Section 3.01(s), this Article XVI shall have no effect upon the Securities.
     Section 16.02 Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Securities . Subject to Section 16.01, upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of

63


 

creditors or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise (subject to the power of a court of competent jurisdiction to make other equitable provision reflecting the rights conferred in this Indenture upon the Senior Indebtedness and the holders thereof with respect to the Securities and the holders thereof by a lawful plan of reorganization under applicable bankruptcy law):
     (a) the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon before the holders of the Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities; and
     (b) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XVI shall be paid by the liquidation trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness; and
     (c) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the holders of the Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over, upon written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, to the holder of such Senior Indebtedness or his, her or its representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instrument evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably as aforesaid, as calculated by the Company, for application to payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
     Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to such holder have been applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness) to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities shall be paid in full and no such payments or distributions to the holders of the Securities of cash, property or securities otherwise distributable to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the Securities be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Securities. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XVI are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Securities, on

64


 

the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XVI or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to the holders of the Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or to affect the relative rights of the holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or in the Securities prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XVI of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XVI, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 16.05, shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereof and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XVI.
     With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or observe only such of its covenants and objectives as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee, however, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be liable to any such holder if it shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of holders of Securities or the Company, or any other Person, moneys or assets to which any holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XVI.
     Section 16.03 No Payment on Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness . Subject to Section 16.01, no payment by the Company on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking funds or interest, if any, on the Securities shall be made at anytime if: (i) a default on Senior Indebtedness exists that permits the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to accelerate its maturity and (ii) the default is the subject of judicial proceedings or the Company has received notice of such default. The Company may resume payments on the Securities when full payment of amounts then due for principal (premium, if any), sinking funds and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.
     In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 16.03, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, but only to the extent that the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due

65


 

and owing on such Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
     Section 16.04 Payments on Securities Permitted . Subject to Section 16.01, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall (a) affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except as provided in Sections 16.02 and 16.03, payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities or (b) prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys or assets deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities, unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office written notice of any fact prohibiting the making of such payment from the Company or from the holder of any Senior Indebtedness or from the trustee for any such holder, together with proof satisfactory to the Trustee of such holding of Senior Indebtedness or of the authority of such trustee more than two Business Days prior to the date fixed for such payment.
     Section 16.05 Authorization of Securityholders to Trustee to Effect Subordination . Subject to Section 16.01, each holder of Securities by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his, her or its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article XVI and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
     Section 16.06 Notices to Trustee . Subject to Section 16.01, notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XVI or any other provisions of this Indenture, neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall be charged with knowledge of the existence of any Senior Indebtedness or of any fact which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys or assets to or by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall have received (in the case of a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee) written notice thereof from the Company or from the holder of any Senior Indebtedness or from the trustee for any such holder, together with proof satisfactory to the Trustee of such holding of Senior Indebtedness or of the authority of such trustee and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all respects conclusively to presume that no such facts exist; provided , however , that if at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys or assets may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of either the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys or assets the notice provided for in this Section 16.06, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys or assets and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such a notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XVI, the Trustee may request

66


 

such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XVI and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.
     Section 16.07 Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness . Subject to Section 16.01, the Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XVI in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XVI shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Sections 8.05 or 12.01.
     Section 16.08 Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness . Subject to Section 16.01, any renewal or extension of the time of payment of any Senior Indebtedness or the exercise by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any of their rights under any instrument creating or evidencing Senior Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, may be made or done all without notice to or assent from the holders of the Securities or the Trustee. No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification, extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of, or of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any indenture or other instrument under which any Senior Indebtedness is outstanding or of such Senior Indebtedness, whether or not such release is in accordance with the provisions of any applicable document, shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this Article XVI or of the Securities relating to the subordination thereof.
     Section 16.09 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent . Subject to Section 16.01, upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XVI, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, custodian, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution to holders of Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XVI.
     Section 16.10 Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . Subject to Section 16.01, amounts and U.S. Government Obligations deposited in trust with the Trustee pursuant to and in accordance with Article XIII and not, at the time of such deposit, prohibited to be deposited under Sections 16.02 or 16.03 shall not be subject to this Article XVI.
ARTICLE XVII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

67


 

     Section 17.01 Certificates and Opinions as to Conditions Precedent .
     (a) Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such document is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
     (b) Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificates provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) must comply with TIA Section 314(a) and shall include (i) a statement that the Person making giving such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (iii) a statement that, in the view or opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed view or opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the view or opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
     (c) Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate, statement or opinion is based are erroneous. Any certificate, statement or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate, statement or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
     (d) Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company or of counsel to the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an accountant or firm of accountants, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the accounting matters upon which his or her certificate, statement or opinion may be based are erroneous. Any certificate or opinion of any firm of independent registered public accountants filed with the Trustee shall contain a statement that such firm is independent.
     (e) In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters

68


 

and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
     (f) Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
     Section 17.02 Trust Indenture Act Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or another provision included in this Indenture which is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.
     Section 17.03 What Constitutes Action by Board of Directors . Whenever action is required by this Indenture by the Board of Directors of the Company and there is at the time constituted a committee of the Board of Directors duly authorized to take such action, or a committee of officers or other representatives of the Company so authorized by the Board of Directors, such action by such a committee shall be deemed to be the action of the Board of Directors and shall be sufficient for all purposes of this Indenture where action by the Board of Directors is specified.
     Section 17.04 Notices to the Company and Trustee . Any notice or demand authorized by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, the Company or the Trustee shall be sufficiently made, given, furnished or filed for all purposes if it shall be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to:
     (a) the Company, at Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road, Baoding 071051, People’s Republic of China, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, facsimile no. +86-312-8929-895, or at such other address or facsimile number as may have been furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company, with a copy to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 35/F, ICBC Tower, 3 Garden Road, Central Hong Kong, People’s Republic of China, Attention: Leiming Chen, facsimile no: +852-2869-7694,
     (b) the Trustee, at Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets / Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, facsimile no. +1 (302) 636-4145, telephone no. +1 (302) 636-6000, or at such other address or facsimile number as may have been furnished in writing to the Company by the Trustee.
Any such notice, demand or other document shall be in the English language.
     Section 17.05 Notices to Securityholders; Waiver . Any notice or report required or permitted to be given to Securityholders shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided),
     (a) if to Registered Holders, if given in writing by first class mail, postage prepaid, to such holders at their addresses as the same shall appear on the Register of the Company.

69


 

     (b) In the event of suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give notice by mail, then such notification as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice for every purpose hereunder.
     (c) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such waiver. In any case where notice to holders is given by mail; neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other holders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. In any case where notice to holders is given by publication, any defect in any notice so published as to any particular holder shall not affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other holders, and any notice that is published in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given.
     (d) Each such notice or report shall also be delivered pursuant to this Section 17.05 to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c) to the extent required by the TIA.
     Section 17.06 Legal Holiday . Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, in any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Maturity of any Security of any series shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment for the Securities of that series, then payment of principal and premium, if any, or interest need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Maturity and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Maturity, as the case may be, to such Business Day if such payment is made or duly provided for on such Business Day.
     Section 17.07 Effects of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     Section 17.08 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the parties hereto shall bind their respective successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of their permitted successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
     Section 17.09 Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     Section 17.10 Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or to give to, any Person or corporation other than the parties hereto and their successors and the holders of the Securities any benefit or any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Indenture or any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise or agreement hereof,

70


 

and all covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and of the holders of the Securities.
     Section 17.11 Counterparts Originals . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
     Section 17.12 Governing Law . This Indenture and the Securities shall be deemed to be contracts made under the law of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of said State.
     Section 17.13 Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
     Section 17.14 Waiver of Jury Trial .
     EACH PARTY HERETO, AND EACH HOLDER OF A SECURITY BY ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE.

71


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
         
  YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING
COMPANY LIMITED
as Issuer
 
 
  By:   /s/ Zongwei Li   
    Name:   Zongwei Li   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael G. Oller, Jr.   
    Name:   Michael G. Oller, Jr.   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 

72

Exhibit 10.1
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
DATED 6 NOVEMBER 2008
 

BETWEEN
BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD.
AS BORROWER
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
AND
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
AS INITIAL LENDERS
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
AS NEW LENDER
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
AS AGENT
relating to a Term Facility Agreement
dated 29 August 2008

 
(ALLEN & OVERY)
Allen & Overy LLP, Shanghai office
 
 

 


 

CONTENTS
             
Clause   Page
1.
  Interpretation     1  
2.
  Amendments     2  
3.
  New Lender’s participation     2  
4.
  New Lender’s utilisation mechanics     2  
5.
  Fees     3  
6.
  Representations     3  
7.
  Consents     4  
8.
  Miscellaneous     4  
9.
  Governing law     4  
10.
  Arbitration     4  
11.
  Enforcement and jurisdiction     5  
12.
  SAFE registration     5  
             
Schedules        
1.
  Conditions precedent documents     6  
2.
  Restated Facility Agreement     9  
 
           
 
           
Signatories to Supplemental Agreement
    119  

 


 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 6 November 2008
BETWEEN :
(1)   BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD. , a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of the PRC (as defined below) with registration number 130000400000845, having its registered office at No.3055, Fuxing Middle Road, National New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone, Baoding, PRC (the Borrower );
 
(2)   DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH (a financial institution incorporated and existing as a limited liability company under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (Reg. No. HRB 1005, AG Köln), having its registered office at Kämmergasse 22, 50676 Köln/Cologne, Federal Republic of Germany) and NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. (a company limited by shares incorporated and existing under the laws of The Netherlands having its registered office at Anna van Saksenlaan 71, 2593 HW The Hague, The Netherlands) (each an Initial Lender and together the Initial Lenders );
 
(3)   SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET DE PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE , a French Société Anonyme , having its registered office at 5, rue Roland Barthes 75 598 PARIS Cedex 12, France (the New Lender ); and
 
(4)   NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Agent ).
BACKGROUND
     This Agreement is supplemental to and amends a term facility agreement dated 29 August 2008 between the Borrower, the Initial Lenders and the Agent (the Facility Agreement ).
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.   INTERPRETATION
1.1   Definitions
(a)   In this Agreement:
    Guarantee Supplemental Deed means the supplemental deed dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Guarantor, the Initial Lenders, the New Lender and the Agent amending and restating the Guarantee.
 
    Effective Date means the date on which the Agent delivers the notice contemplated by paragraph (b) of Clause 2 (Amendments).
(b)   Capitalised terms defined in the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement have, unless expressly defined in this Agreement, the same meaning in this Agreement.

1


 

1.2   Construction
    The provisions of clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement, except that references to the Facility Agreement are to be construed as references to this Agreement.
2.   AMENDMENTS
(a)   Subject as set out below, the Facility Agreement will be amended from the Effective Date so that it reads as if it were restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Restated Facility Agreement).
 
(b)   The Facility Agreement will not be amended by this Agreement unless the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that it has received all of the documents set out in Schedule 1 (Conditions precedent documents) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, acting reasonably. The Agent must give this notification as soon as reasonably practicable.
 
(c)   If the Agent fails to give the notification under paragraph (b) above, the Facility Agreement will not be amended in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.
3.   NEW LENDER’S PARTICIPATION
(a)   Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 5.4 of the Facility Agreement, neither of the Initial Lenders will be obliged to make available any funds for any Loan requested after the date of this Agreement and the New Lender will, subject to the remaining provisions of the Facility Agreement, have the sole obligation to fund any such Loan.
 
(b)   If there is more than one Loan outstanding on any Payment Date falling after the date of this Agreement, all such Loans will be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Loan on and from the relevant Payment Date. Prior to such consolidation, only those Lenders that funded a Loan will be regarded as having a participation in that Loan.
 
(c)   Following any consolidation under paragraph (b) above, the proportionate share of a Lender’s participation in the Loan will be equal to the proportion that the aggregate amount advanced by that Lender under the Facility bears to the aggregate amount advanced by all the Lenders under the Facility.
4.   NEW LENDER’S UTILISATION MECHANICS
    Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 5 and clause 27.1 of the Facility Agreement, in relation to any Loan requested after the date of this Agreement:
  (a)   the Borrower will be required to deliver a duly completed Utilisation Request to the New Lender rather than the Agent, and the New Lender will, promptly upon receipt, provide a copy of that Utilisation Request to each of the other Lenders and the Agent; and
 
  (b)   the New Lender will not be required to make payment of the amount to be borrowed to the Agent, but will make payment directly to the Borrower.

2


 

5.   FEES
(a)   The Borrower must within 10 Business Days of this Agreement but in any event prior to the first Utilisation occurring after the date of this Agreement, pay to the New Lender (for the account of the New Lender), a front-end fee of USD335,000.
 
(b)   The commitment fees referred to in clause 10.1 (Commitment fee) of the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement will start to accrue and become payable to the New Lender on and from the date falling 10 Business Days after the date of this Agreement, notwithstanding that the Effective Date may not yet then have occurred, and are otherwise due and payable in accordance with clause 10.1 (Commitment fee) of the Facility Agreement.
6.   REPRESENTATIONS
 
6.1   Representations
    The representations set out in this Clause are made by the Borrower on the date of this Agreement to each Finance Party.
6.2   Powers and authority
    It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6.3   Legal validity
    Subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations and specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under Schedule 1 (Conditions precedent documents), this Agreement constitutes its legally binding, valid and enforceable obligation.
6.4   Non-conflict
    The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with:
  (a)   any law or regulation applicable to it;
 
  (b)   its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or
 
  (c)   any document which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets,
    where, in the case of paragraph (c) above, such conflict does not, and would not be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and, in the case of paragraph (a) above, such conflict does not, and would not be reasonably expected to have, an adverse effect.

3


 

6.5   Authorisations
    All Authorisations required by it in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect (except for the registration of this Agreement with SAFE, which registration will be effected after the date of this Agreement in accordance with Clause 12 (SAFE registration)).
6.6   Facility Agreement
    The Borrower confirms to each Finance Party that on the date of this Agreement and on the Effective Date, the Repeating Representations:
  (a)   are true; and
 
  (b)   would also be true if references to the Facility Agreement are construed as references to the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement.
    In each case, each Repeating Representation is applied to the circumstances then existing and in the case of the confirmation made on the date of this Agreement, as if the Effective Date had occurred.
7.   CONSENTS
    The Borrower agrees to the amendment and restatement of the Facility Agreement as contemplated by this Agreement.
8.   MISCELLANEOUS
(a)   Each of this Agreement, the Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement, the Guarantee Supplemental Deed and the Guarantee, as amended and restated by the Guarantee Supplemental Deed, is a Finance Document.
 
(b)   Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Facility Agreement will remain in full force and effect and, from the Effective Date, the Facility Agreement and this Agreement will be read and construed as one document.
9.   GOVERNING LAW
    This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
10.   ARBITRATION
10.1   Arbitration
    Subject to Clause 10.4 (Agent’s option), any dispute (a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity) shall be referred to and finally resolved by the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission
 
    (“ CIETAC ”) which shall be conducted in accordance with CIETAC’s arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration.
10.2   Procedure for arbitration
    The arbitral tribunal shall consist of one arbitrator. The seat of arbitration shall be Shanghai or Beijing and the language of the arbitration shall be English.
10.3   Recourse to courts
    Save as provided in Clause10.4 (Agent’s option), the parties exclude the jurisdiction of the courts under Sections 45 and 69 of the Arbitration Act 1996.

4


 

10.4   Agent’s option
    Before an arbitrator has been appointed to determine a Dispute, the Agent may by notice in writing to all other parties to this Agreement require that all Disputes or a specific Dispute be heard by a court of law. If the Agent gives such notice, the Dispute to which such notice refers shall be determined in accordance with Clause 11 (Enforcement and jurisdiction).
11.   ENFORCEMENT AND JURISDICTION
(a)   The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “ Dispute ”).
 
(b)   The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.
 
(c)   This Clause 11 (Enforcement and jurisdiction)is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
12.   SAFE REGISTRATION
(a)   The Borrower shall effect the foreign debt registration of this Agreement with SAFE within 15 days from the date of this Agreement and promptly thereafter deliver to the Agent a certified copy of the foreign debt registration certificate issued by SAFE.
 
(b)   To the extent so required by the applicable laws and regulations, the Borrower shall effect the foreign debt amendment registration of any amendment of this Agreement with SAFE within 15 days from the date of such amendment is made and promptly thereafter deliver to the Agent a certified copy of the updated foreign debt registration certificate issued by SAFE.
     This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

5


 

SCHEDULE 1
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS
1.   Borrower
  (a)   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower confirming that the copies of the following documents previously delivered to the Agent are still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement (or, if any document previously delivered is not correct, complete or in full force and effect, a copy of the relevant document):
  (i)   its current business license;
 
  (ii)   its current certificate of approval;
 
  (iii)   the approval letter(s) in respect of its establishment;
 
  (iv)   its current articles of association;
 
  (v)   its current joint venture contract;
 
  (vi)   its current foreign exchange registration certificate;
 
  (vii)   the capital verification report(s) evidencing that its registered capital has been paid in full; and
 
  (viii)   a list of its current directors.
  (b)   A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and resolving that it execute this Agreement;
 
  (ii)   authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its behalf; and
 
  (iii)   authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Agreement.
  (c)   A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above who executes this Agreement (or any other document entered into or delivered in connection therewith), together with certified copies of the ID cards and/or the passports of such authorised persons.
  (d)   A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, or similar limit binding on the Borrower to be exceeded.
  (e)   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

6


 

2.   Guarantor
  (a)   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Guarantor confirming that the copies of the following documents previously delivered to the Agent are still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement (or, if any document previously delivered is not correct, complete or in full force and effect, a copy of the relevant document):
  (i)   its Certificate of Incorporation;
 
  (ii)   its current Memorandum and Articles of Association;
 
  (iii)   its current Register of Members;
 
  (iv)   its current Register of Directors;
 
  (v)   its current Register of Charges;
 
  (vi)   a Certificate of Good Standing; and
 
  (vii)   a list of its current directors.
  (b)   A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Guarantor:
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Guarantee Supplemental Deed and resolving that it execute the Guarantee Supplemental Deed;
 
  (ii)   authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Guarantee Supplemental Deed on its behalf; and
 
  (iii)   authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Guarantee Supplemental Deed.
  (c)   A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above who executes the Guarantee Supplemental Deed (or any other document entered into or delivered in connection therewith).
  (d)   A certificate of the Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that guaranteeing the Total Commitments would not cause any limit binding on the Guarantor to be exceeded.
  (e)   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Guarantor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
3.   Legal opinions
  (a)   A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers in England and Wales to the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.
  (b)   A legal opinion of King & Wood, legal advisers in the PRC to the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.

7


 

  (c)   A legal opinion of Walkers Global, legal advisers in Cayman Islands to the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.
4.   An executed copy of each of this Agreement (including the amended and restated Facility Agreement) and the Guarantee Supplemental Deed (including the amended and restated Guarantee) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
5.   Other documents and evidence
  (a)   A certificate addressed to all the Original Lenders and the Agent signed by the director of human resources of the Borrower confirming that minimum wages (as laid down by PRC law) are guaranteed to all employees of the Borrower at all times.
  (b)   A copy of the foreign debt registration certificate issued by SAFE in respect of this Agreement.
  (c)   Evidence that amounts advanced under the Facility will be used for the purposes set out in Clause 3 (Purpose), comprising invoices not older than 4 months from the first Utilisation Date occurring after the date of this Agreement or purchase orders, in each case relating to the Expansion and, together, for an amount in excess of US$75,000,000.
  (d)   Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 5 (Fees) of this Agreement and clause 15 (Costs and expenses) of the Facility Agreement have been paid or will be paid before the first Utilisation Date occurring after the date of this Agreement.
  (e)   Evidence that the process agent referred to in clause 38.2 (Service of process) of the Facility Agreement has accepted its appointment in relation to this Agreement and the Guarantee Supplemental Deed.
  (f)   A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Guarantee Supplemental Deed or for the validity and enforceability of this Agreement and the Guarantee Supplemental Deed.

8


 

SCHEDULE 2
RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT
BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD.
AS BORROWER
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
AND
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
AS ORIGINAL LENDERS
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
AS AGENT
 
TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT
 
DATED 29 August 2008
as amended and restated by a Supplemental Agreement dated 6 November 2008
(ALLEN & OVERY)
ALLEN & OVERY LLP
SHANGHAI

9


 

BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD.
AS BORROWER
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN
N.V.
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
AND
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
AS ORIGINAL LENDERS
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN
N.V.
AS AGENT
 
TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT
 
DATED 29 August 2008
as amended and restated by a Supplemental Agreement dated 6 November 2008

 


 

CONTENTS
         
Clause   Page  
 
       
1. Definitions And Interpretation
    1  
 
       
2. The Facility
    9  
 
       
3. Purpose
    10  
 
       
4. Conditions Of Utilisation
    10  
 
       
5. Utilisation
    10  
 
       
6. Repayment
    11  
 
       
7. Prepayment And Cancellation
    12  
 
       
8. Interest
    14  
 
       
9. Changes To The Calculation Of Interest
    15  
 
       
10. Fees
    16  
 
       
11. Tax Gross Up And Indemnities
    16  
 
       
12. Increased Costs
    18  
 
       
13. Other Indemnities
    19  
 
       
14. Mitigation By The Lenders
    20  
 
       
15. Costs And Expenses
    21  
 
       
16. Representations
    21  
 
       
17. Information Undertakings
    25  
 
       
18. Financial Covenants
    28  
 
       
19. Positive Undertakings
    33  
 
       
20. Negative Undertakings
    36  
 
       
21. Events Of Default
    41  
 
       
22. Changes To The Lenders
    43  
 
       
23. Changes To The Borrower
    46  
 
       
24. Role Of The Agent
    46  
 
       
25. Conduct Of Business By The Finance Parties
    50  
 
       
26. Sharing Among The Finance Parties
    50  
 
       
27. Payment Mechanics
    51  
 
       
28. Set-Off
    55  
 
       
29. Notices
    55  
 
       
30. Calculations And Certificates
    57  
 
       
31. Disclosure
    57  
 
       
32. Partial Invalidity
    57  

 


 

         
Clause   Page  
 
       
33. Remedies And Waivers
    57  
 
       
34. Amendments And Waivers
    58  
 
       
35. Counterparts
    59  
 
       
36. Governing Law
    59  
 
       
37. Arbitration
    59  
 
       
38. Enforcement
    59  
 
       
39. Foreign Debt Control
    60  
 
       
Schedule 1 Conditions Precedent
    61  
 
       
Schedule 2 Utilisation Request
    64  
 
       
Schedule 3 Form Of Transfer Certificate
    65  
 
       
Schedule 4 Form Of Compliance Certificate
    66  
 
       
Schedule 5 Mandatory Cost Formulae
    67  
 
       
Schedule 6 Corporate Governance Guidelines
    68  
 
       
Schedule 7 Environmental And Social Action Plan
    72  
 
       
Schedule 8 Form Of Environmental And Social Monitoring Report
    80  
 
       
Schedule 9 Excluded Activities
    109  
 
       
 
       
Signatures
  111

 


 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 29 August 2008, as amended and restated on 6 November 2008 and made between:
(1)   BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD. (the “ Borrower ”), a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of the PRC (as defined below) with registration number 130000400000845 and having its registered office at No.3055, Fuxing Middle Road, National New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone, Baoding, PRC;
(2)   DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH (“DEG”) (a financial institution incorporated and existing as a limited liability company under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (Reg. No. HRB 1005, AG Köln), having its registered office at Kämmergasse 22, 50676 Köln/Cologne, Federal Republic of Germany), NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. ( FMO ) (a company limited by shares incorporated and existing under the laws of The Netherlands having its registered office at Anna van Saksenlaan 71, 2593 HW The Hague, The Netherlands) and SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET DE PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE (“ PROPARCO ”) (a French Société Anonyme , having its registered office at 5, rue Roland Barthes 75 598 PARIS Cedex 12, France) (each an “ Original Lender ” and together the “ Original Lenders ”); and
(3)   NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “ Agent ”).
RECITALS
(A)   FMO, DEG and PROPARCO are all development finance institutions providing financing solutions for private companies in developing countries.
(B)   At the Borrower’s request the Lenders intend to participate in the financing of the expansion of capacity at an existing production facility of the Borrower by means of providing a loan facility of USD 75,000,000 to the Borrower under the terms of this Agreement.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1   Definitions
 
    In this Agreement:
 
    Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
 
    AFD Group ” means AFD and its Affiliates.
 
    Agence Française de Développement ” or “ AFD ” means the public corporation Agence Française de Développement, a public entity having its registered office at 5 rue Roland Barthes, 75598, Paris, cedex 12, registered in the Registre du Commerce de Paris under number 775 665 599.
 
    Auditors ” means KPMG or such other firm of auditors acceptable to the Agent.
 
    Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, permit, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration, including (but without limitation) any Environmental Permit.

1


 

    Availability Period ” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling 6 Months after the date of this Agreement.
 
    Available Commitment ” means a Lender’s Commitment minus:
  (a)   the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and
 
  (b)   in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.
Available Facility ” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.
Basic Terms and Conditions of Employment ” means the requirements as applicable to the Borrower in the fields of wage, working hours, labour contracts and occupational health & safety issues, stemming from ILO conventions 26 and 131 (on Remuneration), 1 (on Working Hours) and 155 (on Health & Safety).
Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:
  (a)   the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;
exceeds:
  (b)   the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.
Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in New York and London.
Cancellation Fee ” means the cancellation fee payable by the Borrower calculated at the rate of 2% of the aggregate amount of the Loan or Total Commitments cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 (Cancellation) or Clause 7 (Prepayment and cancellation).
Commitment ” means:
  (a)   in relation to FMO USD 25,000,000;
 
  (b)   in relation to DEG USD 25,000,000;
 
  (c)   in relation to PROPARCO USD 25,000,000; and
 
  (d)   in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or any other certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

2


 

Core Labour Standards ” means the requirements as applicable to the Group in the fields of child and forced labour, discrimination and freedom of association and collective bargaining, stemming from the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, adopted in 1998 covering: (a) freedom of association and the right to collective bargaining; (b) the elimination of forced and compulsory labour; (c) the abolition of child labour; and (d) the elimination of discrimination in the workplace.
Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
Environmental Law ” means any law, rule or regulation (including international treaty obligations) applicable in any jurisdiction concerning environmental matters and natural resource management which are binding on any member of the Group.
Environmental Permits ” means any permit, license, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Borrower or any other member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the Group.
Environmental and Social Action Plan ” means the environmental and social action plan, defining actions, budgets and a timeframe for the measures required to remedy the known non-compliances with the Environmental and Social Requirements and for any other measure agreed upon between the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Agent, as attached in Schedule 7 (Environmental and Social Action Plan ).
Environmental and Social Claim ” means any claim or proceeding by a person in respect of an Environmental Law and Social Law, and/or an environmental and/or social agreement between the Borrower and another person or party.
Environmental and Social Monitoring Report ” means an environmental and social monitoring report in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Environmental and Social Monitoring Report ).
Environmental and Social Requirements ” means Environmental Law, Social Law and IFC Performance Standards.
Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 (Events of Default).
Expansion ” means the capacity expansion of the Borrower’s existing plant as described in Clause 3 (Purpose).
Extraordinary Commercial Costs ” means, as applicable, any commission not referred to in the Finance Documents or which does not result from an independent and valid agreement referring to such Finance Documents, any commission which does not cover an actual and legitimate service provided, any commission paid in a tax haven, any commission paid to a beneficiary which is not clearly identified or to a company which could be considered as a sham company or which is set up to disguise the ultimate beneficiary.
Facility ” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).
Facility Office ” means the office(s) notified by a Lender to the Agent:

3


 

  (a)   on or before the date it becomes a Lender; or
 
  (b)   by not less than five Business Days’ notice,
as the office(s) through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
Finance Document ” means this Agreement, the Guarantee and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower.
Finance Party ” means the Agent or a Lender.
Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
  (a)   moneys borrowed;
 
  (b)   any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;
 
  (c)   any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;
 
  (d)   the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with US GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;
 
  (e)   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
 
  (f)   any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;
 
  (g)   any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);
 
  (h)   any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;
 
  (i)   any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable before the Termination Date;
 
  (j)   any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if one of the primary reasons behind the entry into this agreement is to raise finance;
 
  (k)   (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j) above.
Financial Quarter ” means the financial quarters of the Borrower commencing on 1 January, 1 April, 1 July and 1 October of each year.
Financial Year ” means the financial year of the Borrower commencing on 1 January and ending on 31 December of each year.
Group ” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from time to time.

4


 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee between the Guarantor, FMO, DEG and the Agent dated on or about the date of this Agreement, as amended by a supplemental deed between the Guarantor, the Original Lenders and the Agent dated on or about 6 November 2008.
Guarantor ” means Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (Reg. No.: 172074) and with its American Depositary Shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
Guarantor Original Financial Statements ” means, as at the date of this Agreement, the most recent audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Guarantor prepared in accordance with US GAAP.
Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
IFC ” means the International Finance Corporation, an international organization established by Articles of Agreement among its member countries.
IFC Performance Standards ” means the IFC Performance Standards on Social and Environmental Sustainability (including the technical reference documents known as IFC’s Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines) promulgated on the IFC website (http://www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content) from time to time.
Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Loan, the period from and including the Utilisation Date in respect of that Loan until the last day before the next Payment Date and each period of 6 Months thereafter, commencing on a Payment Date and ending on the last day immediately before the next Payment Date and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.4 (Default interest) provided that an Interest Period shall not extend beyond the Termination Date or a Payment Date.
Joint Venture ” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.
KfW Group ” means the group consisting of KfW, DEG and additional members which are from time to time listed under the website www.kfw.de.
Lender ” means
  (a)   each of the Original Lenders; and
 
  (b)   any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 22 (Changes to the Lenders),
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
LIBOR ” means, in relation to any Loan:
  (a)   the applicable Screen Rate; or
 
  (b)   (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to the nearest five decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market,

5


 

as of 11.00 am, London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in and for a period (the “ Reference Period ”) comparable to the Interest Period for that Loan. The Reference Period will be (i) one (1) month if the relevant Interest Period is shorter than sixty (60) days; (ii) three (3) months if the Interest Period falls within sixty (60) and one hundred and thirty five (135) days; and (iii) six (6) months otherwise.
LIBOR Banking Day ” means each day on which banks are open for business in London.
Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount which has been drawn and which is outstanding for the time being of that loan.
Majority Lenders ” means:
  (a)   if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or
 
  (b)   at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 50 per cent. of all the Loans then outstanding.
Mandatory Cost ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost Formulae).
Margin ” means in relation to any Loan, 3 per cent. per annum.
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on:
  (a)   the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Guarantor or the Group taken as a whole;
 
  (b)   the ability of the Borrower or the Guarantor to perform its respective obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or
 
  (c)   the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Lender under the Finance Documents.
Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:
  (a)   if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; and
 
  (b)   if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month.
The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.
Original Financial Statements ” means, as at the date of this Agreement, the most recent audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Borrower prepared in accordance with PRC GAAP.

6


 

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Party ” means a party to this Agreement.
Payment Date ” means 15 March and 15 September of each year (ending on the Termination Date) and the Termination Date, but if any of those dates is not a Business Day, then that Payment Date shall be deemed to be the immediately succeeding Business Day.
PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China, which for the purpose of this Agreement only, excludes the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.
PRC GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC.
Prepayment Fee ” means in relation to a prepayment under a Loan, a fee calculated at a rate of:
  (a)   (where the prepayment occurs before the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement) 2 per cent.;
 
  (b)   (where the prepayment occurs on or after the second anniversary but before the fourth anniversary of the date of this Agreement) 1 per cent.; or
 
  (c)   (where the prepayment occurs on or after the fourth anniversary of the date of this Agreement) 0 per cent,
of the aggregate amount of the Loans that are prepaid by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 7 (Prepayment and cancellation).
Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two LIBOR Banking Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).
Reference Banks ” means three leading commercial banks active in the Relevant Interbank Market selected by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.
Relevant Interbank Market ” means the London interbank market.
Repayment Instalment ” means each instalment for repayment of the Loans referred to in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loans).
Repeating Representations ” means each of the representations set out in Clause 16 (Representations) (other than the representations in Clauses 16.7 (Deduction of Tax), 16.8 (No filing or stamp taxes), 16.15.1 or 16.21 (No improper illegal payments)).
SAFE ” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC or its local counterpart.
Screen Rate ” means in relation to LIBOR the percentage rate determined by the British Banker’s Association for a relevant period as specified by the Agent, displayed on the appropriate page of the

7


 

Reuters screen (being Reuters’ LIBOR 01 page at 11:00 am, London Time) rounded upwards to the nearest 5 decimal places. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.
Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
Social Law ” means any law, rule or regulation (including international treaty obligations) applicable in any jurisdiction and with which any member of the Group is required to comply concerning (a) labour, (b) social security, (c) the regulation of industrial relations (between government, employers and employees), (d) the protection of occupational as well as public health and safety, (e) the regulation of public participation, (f) the protection and regulation of ownership of land rights (both formal and traditional), immovable goods and intellectual and cultural property rights, (g) the protection and empowerment of indigenous peoples or ethnic groups, (h) the protection, restoration and promotion of cultural heritage and (i) all other laws, rules and regulations providing for the protection of employees and citizens.
Subsidiary ” means in relation to any company or corporation, any person:
  (a)   which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first mentioned company or corporation;
 
  (b)   more than half the issued share capital or equity interest of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly by the first mentioned company or corporation; or
 
  (c)   which is a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the first mentioned company or corporation,
and for this purpose, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by another if that other company or corporation is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body.
Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).
Termination Date ” means 15 September 2013.
Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments being USD 75,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents.
US GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
Utilisation ” means a utilisation of the Facility.
Utilisation Date ” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.
Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Utilisation Request).
VAT ” means value added tax and any other tax of a similar nature in any relevant country.

8


 

1.2   Construction
  1.2.1   Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to:
  (a)   the “ Agent ”, any “ Lender ”, or any “ Party ” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;
 
  (b)   assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;
 
  (c)   a “ Finance Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;
 
  (d)   indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;
 
  (e)   a “ person ” includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing;
 
  (f)   a Party being required to act “ promptly ” means, without prejudice to the obligation to act promptly, that the relevant Party must act, in any event, within 30 Business Days of the relevant event, occurrence or other circumstance requiring prompt action;
 
  (g)   a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
 
  (h)   a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and
 
  (i)   a time of day is a reference to Amsterdam time.
  1.2.2   Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
 
  1.2.3   Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
 
  1.2.4   A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived. An Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been waived.
1.3   Currency Symbols and Definitions USD ” and “ dollars ” denote lawful currency of the United States of America.
 
1.4   Third party rights A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “ Third Parties Act ”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
 
2.   THE FACILITY
 
2.1   The Facility Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

9


 

2.2   Finance Parties’ rights and obligations
  2.2.1   The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
 
  2.2.2   The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from the Borrower shall be a separate and independent debt.
 
  2.2.3   A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.
3.   PURPOSE
 
    The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility solely for the purpose of expanding the capacity of the Borrower’s existing plant located in Baoding, PRC, from 200 MW to 400 MW, in accordance with the Borrower’s business and investment plans.
 
4.   CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
 
4.1   Initial conditions precedent
 
    The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received in a sufficient number of copies for all Lenders all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.
 
4.2   Further conditions precedent
 
    The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:
  4.2.1   no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and
 
  4.2.2   the Repeating Representations to be made by the Borrower are true in all material respects.
4.3   Maximum number of Loans
 
    The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation, six or more Loans would be outstanding.
5.   UTILISATION
5.1   Delivery of a Utilisation Request
 
    The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 10 Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.
5.2   Completion of a Utilisation Request
  5.2.1   Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
  (a)   the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

10


 

  (b)   the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and
 
  (c)   it specifies that each condition described in Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) has been complied with.
  5.2.2   Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
5.3   Currency and amount
  5.3.1   The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.
 
  5.3.2   The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility and which is a minimum of USD 10,000,000 or if less, the Available Facility.
5.4   Lenders’ participation
  5.4.1   If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date.
 
  5.4.2   The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.
 
  5.4.3   The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case on the second Business Day following its receipt of the Utilisation Request.
5.5   Cancellation
  5.5.1   Any amount of the Total Commitment which has not been utilised by the Borrower at the end of the Availability Period shall be cancelled.
 
  5.5.2   Any cancellation pursuant to Clause 5.5.1 shall be subject to the Cancellation Fee.
 
  5.5.3   No amount of the Total Commitment cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5.1 may be subsequently reinstated.
6.   REPAYMENT
 
6.1   Repayment of Loans
  6.1.1   The Borrower shall repay the Loans made to it in instalments by repaying on each of the Payment Dates set out below, the amount set out opposite each such Payment Date below:
         
Payment Date   Repayment Instalment (USD)  
15 March 2010
    9,375,000  
15 September 2010
    9,375,000  
15 March 2011
    9,375,000  
15 September 2011
    9,375,000  
15 March 2012
    9,375,000  

11


 

         
Payment Date   Repayment Instalment (USD)  
15 September 2012
    9,375,000  
15 March 2013
    9,375,000  
15 September 2013
    9,375,000  
  6.1.2   Amounts undisbursed at the last day of the Availability Period shall reduce the Repayment Instalments in inverse chronological order.
6.2   Reborrowing
 
    The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.
7.   PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
7.1   Illegality
 
    If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan:
  7.1.1   that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
 
  7.1.2   upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
 
  7.1.3   the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to the Borrower on the first Payment Date occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).
7.2   Change of control
  7.2.1   If the Guarantor ceases to control the Borrower:
  (a)   the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
 
  (b)   a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation;
 
  (c)   if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 30 Business Days of the Borrower so notifying the Agent of such event, the Agent shall, by not less than 10 Business Days notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.
  7.2.2   For the purpose of Clause 7.2.1 above “ control ” means:
  (a)   the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:
  (i)   cast, or control the casting of, more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower; or

12


 

  (ii)   appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower; or
 
  (iii)   give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Borrower which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower are obliged to comply with; or
  (b)   the holding of more than one-half of the equity interest of the Borrower (excluding any part of that equity interest that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).
7.3   Material adverse change
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if prior to the first Utilisation Date, there occurs a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor, which would result in the making of any Loan by any Lender under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement being inconsistent with the banking practices of prudent, international development finance institutions:
  7.3.1   that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that change;
 
  7.3.2   upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
 
  7.3.3   the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend the Finance Documents to mitigate, to the Lenders’ reasonable satisfaction, the effect of such material adverse change.
7.4   Voluntary cancellation
 
    The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 15 days Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.4 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.
 
7.5   Voluntary prepayment of Loans
  7.5.1   The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 15 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of any Loan only on a Payment Date (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of USD 9,375,000).
 
  7.5.2   In the event that the Borrower prepays any part of the Loan in accordance with this Clause 7.5 it shall on the date of such prepayment, pay the Prepayment Fee.
 
  7.5.3   A Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the Available Facility is zero).
 
  7.5.4   Any prepayment under this Clause 7.5 shall reduce the Repayment Instalments in inverse chronological order.
7.6   Restrictions
  7.6.1   Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

13


 

  7.6.2   Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and shall be subject to any Break Costs (unless paid on the last day of an Interest Period) and the Prepayment Fee.
 
  7.6.3   Any cancellation pursuant to this Agreement (whether pursuant to Clause 5.5 (Cancellation), Clause 7 or otherwise) shall be subject to the Cancellation Fee.
 
  7.6.4   The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.
 
  7.6.5   The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
 
  7.6.6   No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.
 
  7.6.7   If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.
8.   INTEREST
8.1   LIBOR basis
 
    The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:
  8.1.1   Margin; and
 
  8.1.2   LIBOR.
8.2   Notification of rates of interest
 
    The Agent shall promptly notify each Party (in writing) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.
8.3   Payment of interest
 
    The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on each Payment Date.
 
8.4   Default interest
  8.4.1   If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2 per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.4 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent.
 
  8.4.2   If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:
  (a)   the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

14


 

  (b)   the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2 per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.
  8.4.3   Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.
8.5   If applicable, each Lender may charge to the Borrower in addition to the interest determined under Clause 8.1 (LIBOR basis), its Mandatory Costs as determined in accordance with Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost Formulae).
9.   CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
9.1   Absence of quotations
 
    Subject to Clause 9.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 am London time, on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
9.2   Market disruption
  9.2.1   If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:
  (a)   the Margin;
 
  (b)   the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and
 
  (c)   the Mandatory Costs as determined in accordance with Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost Formulae), if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.
  9.2.2   In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:
  (a)   at or about noon (London time) on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or
 
  (b)   before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.
9.3   Alternative basis of interest or funding
  9.3.1   If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

15


 

  9.3.2   Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 9.3.1 shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.
9.4   Break Costs
  9.4.1   The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Lender, pay to that Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.
 
  9.4.2   Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.
10.   FEES
10.1   Commitment fee
  10.1.1   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 0.5% per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment for the Availability Period.
 
  10.1.2   The commitment fee shall start to accrue on the date falling 10 Business Days after the date of this Agreement, and the accrued commitment fee is payable on each Payment Date during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.
10.2   Front-end Fee
 
    The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for account of FMO and DEG) a front-end fee of USD 650,000, payable within 10 Business Days of the date of this Agreement but in any event prior to the first Utilisation.
 
10.3   Monitoring Fee
 
    The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for account of each Original Lender only and only for as long as it remains a Lender) a monitoring fee in the amount of USD 25,000, payable annually on the first Payment Date of each year.
 
11.   TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
11.1   Definitions
  11.1.1   In this Agreement:
 
      Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
 
      Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.
 
      Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.
 
      Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to a Lender under Clause 11.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 11.3 (Tax indemnity).

16


 

  11.1.2   Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 11 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.
11.2   Tax gross-up
  11.2.1   The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.
 
  11.2.2   The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower.
 
  11.2.3   If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.
 
  11.2.4   If the Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.
 
  11.2.5   Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.
11.3   Tax indemnity
  11.3.1   The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.
 
  11.3.2   Clause 11.3.1 above shall not apply:
  (a)   with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:
  (i)   under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
 
  (ii)   under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

17


 

      if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or
  (b)   to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 11.2 (Tax gross-up).
  11.3.3   A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 11.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower. A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Borrower under this Clause 11.3, notify the Agent.
11.4   Tax Credit
 
    If the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
  11.4.1   a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and
 
  11.4.2   that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
that Finance Party must pay an amount to the Borrower which that Finance Party determines (in its absolute discretion) will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been if the Tax Payment had not been required to be made by the Borrower.
11.5   Stamp taxes
 
    The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.
 
11.6   Value added tax
  11.6.1   All consideration expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party in connection with a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT.
 
  11.6.2   Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment of the VAT.
12.   INCREASED COSTS
12.1   Increased costs
  12.1.1   Subject to Clause 12.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) compliance with any law or regulation, in either case made after the date of this Agreement.

18


 

  12.1.2   In this Agreement “ Increased Costs ” means:
  (a)   a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;
 
  (b)   an additional or increased cost; or
 
  (c)   a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
12.2   Increased cost claims
  12.2.1   A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 12.1 ( Increased Costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.
 
  12.2.2   Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.
12.3   Exceptions
  12.3.1   Clause 12.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:
  (a)   attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;
 
  (b)   attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates);
 
  (c)   compensated for by Clause 11.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 11.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 11.3.2 applied);
 
  (d)   compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Costs as determined in accordance with Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost Formulae); or
 
  (e)   attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.
  12.3.2   In this Clause 12.3, a reference to a “ Tax Deduction ” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 11.1 (Definitions).
13.   OTHER INDEMNITIES
13.1   Currency indemnity
  13.1.1   If any sum due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the

19


 

      First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:
  (a)   making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower;
 
  (b)   obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
      the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
  13.1.2   The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
13.2   Other indemnities
 
    The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:
  13.2.1   the occurrence of any Event of Default;
 
  13.2.2   a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 26 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );
 
  13.2.3   funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or
 
  13.2.4   a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.
13.3   Indemnity to the Agent
 
    The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
  13.3.1   investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or
 
  13.3.2   acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.
14.   MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
14.1   Mitigation
  14.1.1   Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 11 (Tax Gross up and Indemnities), Clause 12 (Increased costs) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost

20


 

      Formulae) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.
  14.1.2   Clause 14.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.
14.2   Limitation of liability
  14.2.1   The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 14.1 (Mitigation).
 
  14.2.2   A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 14.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.
15.   COSTS AND EXPENSES
15.1   Transaction expenses
 
    The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees, fees for any external environmental or other expert assessment and any travel expenses) reasonably incurred by any of the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration (and any related filing of registration documents) of this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement and the completion of the transaction herein or therein contemplated.
15.2   Amendment costs
 
    If (a) the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 27.9 (Change of currency), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
 
15.3   Enforcement costs
 
    The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.
 
15.4   Costs for environmental and social monitoring
 
    The Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to the Agent, or any relevant professional adviser, consultant or expert appointed by the Agent, the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including any travel expenses) incurred by the Agent or relevant professional adviser, consultant or expert appointed by the Agent in connection with the environmental and social monitoring or any visit or investigation required under Clause 19.6 (Environmental and Social Monitoring); provided that, in the case of the visits contemplated by Clause 19.6.1, the costs and expenses of any professional adviser, consultant or expert appointed by the Finance Parties for which the Borrower will be liable will be limited to the amount set out in the Environmental and Social Action Plan.
 
16.   REPRESENTATIONS
 
    The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

21


 

16.1   Status
  16.1.1   It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
 
  16.1.2   It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.
16.2   Binding obligations
 
    The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
 
16.3   Non-conflict with other obligations
 
    The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:
  16.3.1   any law or regulation applicable to it;
 
  16.3.2   its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or
 
  16.3.3   any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets,
where, in the case of Clause 16.3.3, such conflict does not have and would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, in the case of Clause 16.3.1, such conflict does not, and would not be reasonably expected to have, an adverse effect.
16.4   Power and authority
 
    It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.
 
16.5   Validity and admissibility in evidence
 
    All Authorisations required:
  16.5.1   to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and
 
  16.5.2   to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect (except for the registration of this Agreement with SAFE, which registration will be effected after the date of this Agreement in accordance with Clause 39.1 (SAFE registration)).
16.6   Governing law and enforcement
  16.6.1   Save to the extent specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ), the choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

22


 

  16.6.2   Save to the extent specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ), any arbitration award obtained in the PRC in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.
16.7   Deduction of Tax
 
    It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.
 
16.8   No filing or stamp taxes
 
    Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, except for:
  16.8.1   stamp duty payable in respect of the execution of this Agreement at a rate of 0.005% on the amount of the Facility; and
 
  16.8.2   the registration of this Agreement (including any amendments thereto, if applicable) with SAFE in accordance with Clause 39.1 (SAFE registration).
16.9   No default
  16.9.1   No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.
  16.9.2   No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.10   Financial statements
  16.10.1   Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with PRC GAAP consistently applied.
 
  16.10.2   Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent the financial condition and operations of the Borrower and the Group during the relevant Financial Year.
 
  16.10.3   There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition of the Borrower or the Group since the date of the Original Financial Statements.
16.11   No misleading information
 
    All written factual information supplied by the Borrower or any other member of the Group was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any material respect.
 
16.12   Pari passu ranking
 
    Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

23


 

16.13   No proceedings pending or threatened
 
    No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency or governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
16.14   Environmental and social compliance
 
    Each member of the Group has performed and observed in all material respects all Social Law, Environmental Law, Environmental Permits and all other material covenants, conditions, restrictions or agreements directly or indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with any real property which is or was at any time owned, leased or occupied by any member of the Group or on which any member of the Group has conducted any activity, where in each case failure to do so might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
16.15   Environmental and social claims
  16.15.1   As at the date of this Agreement, no Environmental and Social Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group.
 
  16.15.2   After the date of this Agreement, no material Environmental and Social Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group which is likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders.
16.16   Taxation
  16.16.1   Each member of the Group has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (a) payment is being contested in good faith, (b) it has maintained adequate reserves for those Taxes and (c) payment can be lawfully withheld).
 
  16.16.2   No member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.
 
  16.16.3   No claims are being or are reasonably likely to be asserted against any member of the Group with respect to Taxes other than in respect of any Taxes the payment of which is being contested, subject to the requirements of Clause 16.16.1.
16.17   No Immunity
 
    In any proceedings taken in its jurisdiction of incorporation in relation to this Agreement, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.
 
16.18   Good Title to Assets
 
    Each member of the Group has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted except where failure to have such title, leases, licenses or Authorisations does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
16.19   Legal and beneficial ownership
 
    Each member of the Group is the absolute legal and beneficial owner of all assets necessary for the conduct of its business (other than those are leased by or licensed to such member of the Group where such

24


 

    leases and licences are consistent with leases and licences entered into in the ordinary course of business of companies or undertakings comparable to those of the Borrower), each of which is free of any Security (other than Security permitted under this Agreement) except where failure to own such assets does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.20   Compliance with laws
 
    No member of the Group has violated nor breached any law to which it may be subject, which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
16.21   No improper illegal payments
 
    To the best of its knowledge and belief, none of the improper or illegal acts mentioned in Clause 19.11 (No illegal or improper payments) has occurred prior to the date of this Agreement.
 
16.22   Corporate governance
 
    Each member of the Group has performed and observed in all material respects all the requirements set out in Schedule 6 ( Corporate Governance Guidelines ).
 
16.23   Extraordinary Commercial Costs
 
    The negotiation, signing and execution of the Finance Documents have not given and will not give rise to any Extraordinary Commercial Costs.
 
16.24   No illicit origin
 
    The share capital of each member of the Group is not of illicit origin with regards to French law or the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant member of the Group and, in particular, but without limitation, is not related in any way to drug trafficking, fraud related to the financial interests of the European Union, corruption, organized crime or terrorism.
 
16.25   Arms length basis
 
    No member of the Group has entered into or continued business relations with its shareholders, employees and associated companies (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other member of the Group) except on proper commercial terms negotiated at arms’ length.
 
16.26   Repetition
 
    The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on the date of each Utilisation Request and on each Payment Date.
 
17.   INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undertakings in this Clause 17 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
 
17.1   Financial statements
 
    The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in the English language (and in sufficient copies for all the Lenders if so requested by the Agent):
  17.1.1   as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its Financial Years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; and
 
  17.1.2   as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial Quarters, its consolidated financial statements for that Financial Quarter.

25


 

17.2   Compliance Certificate
  17.2.1   The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 17.1 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 18 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
 
  17.2.2   Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director of the Borrower.
17.3   Requirements as to financial statements
  17.3.1   Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 17.1.2 shall be certified by a director of the Borrower as fairly representing its consolidated financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
 
  17.3.2   The Borrower shall procure that each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 17.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using US GAAP, and accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Guarantor Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in US GAAP, or the accounting practices or reference periods and its Auditor delivers to the Agent:
  (a)   a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the US GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Guarantor Original Financial Statements were prepared; and
 
  (b)   sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 18 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements.
      Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Guarantor Original Financial Statements were prepared.
17.4   Information: miscellaneous
 
    The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders if the Agent so requests):
  17.4.1   all documents dispatched by any member of the Group to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;
 
  17.4.2   promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
  17.4.3   promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Lender (through the Agent) may reasonably request;
 
  17.4.4   promptly upon becoming aware of it, any such information which may give rise to any suspicion regarding the illicit origin, with regard to French law or local law, of funds used in the acquisition of any of its share capital or of the share capital of any of its Subsidiaries or

26


 

      sums invested in any of its Subsidiaries, and, in particular but without limitation, if they could related to drug trafficking, fraud related to the financial interests of the European Union, corruption, organised crime or terrorism;
 
  17.4.5   as soon as it is available, but in any event no later than 30 June 2009, a copy of the intercompany transfer price policy of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including the Group);
 
  17.4.6   as soon as it is available, a copy of any amended or new transfer price policy of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including the Group);
 
  17.4.7   promptly, copies of all amendments to its constitutional documents which any applicable law stipulates must be published; and
 
  17.4.8   promptly, notification of the occurrence of:
  (a)   a change in ownership relating to 5% or more of the share capital of the Borrower;
 
  (b)   Mr. Liansheng Miao, PRC Passport Number G14218477 (“ Mr Miao ”) ceasing to be the largest shareholder of the Guarantor, directly or indirectly through intermediate holding entities; and/or
 
  (c)   Mr Miao ceasing to be the chief executive officer of the Guarantor or the Borrower or the individual with the highest executive authority on the board of directors (or equivalent decision-making body) of the Guarantor or the Borrower.
17.5   Notification of default
  17.5.1   The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.
 
  17.5.2   Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by one of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).
17.6   Environmental and social monitoring reporting
 
    The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, as soon as the same become available, but in any event no later than the date on which it is required to deliver its audited consolidated annual financial statements in accordance with Clause 17.1 (Financial statements), an annual Environmental and Social Monitoring Report in respect of the preceding calendar year.
 
17.7   Notification of incidents and accidents
 
    The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, promptly, but in any event within 10 days of the occurrence of any of the events set out in this Clause 17.7:
  17.7.1   details of (a) any accident (including without limitation any explosion, spill or workplace accident which results in death, serious or multiple injuries or material environmental contamination) or (b) any incident of a social nature (including without limitation any violent labour unrest or dispute with local communities), occurring on or nearby any site, plant, equipment or facility of any member of the Group, which in the case of (a) or (b) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or which has a material negative impact on

27


 

      the environment, the health, safety and security situation, together with, in each case, a specification of the nature of the incident or accident and the on-site and off-site effects of such events; and
  17.7.2   details of any action the Borrower proposes to take in order to remedy the effects of these events, and shall keep the Agent informed about any progress in respect of such remedial action.
17.8   Environmental and Social Claims
 
    The Borrower shall inform the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of the same:
  17.8.1   if any Environmental and Social Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group; or
 
  17.8.2   any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental and Social Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group.
17.9   Completion date report
 
    The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, not later than 31 January 2009, a completion certificate, signed by a director of the Borrower, confirming that the Expansion has been completed and that the funds borrowed under this Agreement have been utilised for the purposes set out in Clause 3 ( Purpose ) and specifying the manner in which those funds have been utilised.
 
18.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS
 
18.1   Definitions
 
    Capital Expenditure ” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure which in accordance with US GAAP is treated as capital expenditure and including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a finance or capital lease.
 
    Cash ” means, at any time, cash at bank and credited to an account in the name of any member of the Group with a reputable financial institution and to which the relevant member of the Group is alone beneficially entitled and for so long as (a) that cash is repayable on demand; (b) repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any Group member or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition; (c) there is no Security over that cash; and (d) such cash is freely and immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility.
 
    Cash Equivalent Investments ” means:
  (a)   debt securities which are not convertible into any other form of security and having not more than three Months to final maturity;
 
  (b)   debt securities which are not issued or guaranteed by any Affiliate of the Borrower and having not more than three Months to final maturity;
 
  (c)   certificates of deposit issued by, and acceptances by, banking institutions authorised under the relevant legislation and having not more than three Months to final maturity; and
 
  (d)   other securities (if any) approved in writing by the Agent at the request of the Borrower.
Cashflow ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period after:

28


 

adding back
  (a)   any decrease in the amount of Working Capital;
 
  (b)   any cash receipt in respect of any exceptional or extraordinary item;
 
  (c)   any increase in provisions, other non-cash debits and other non-cash charges (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) taken into account in establishing EBITDA;
and deducting
  (d)   any amount of Capital Expenditure actually made by any member of the Group;
 
  (e)   any increase in the amount of Working Capital;
 
  (f)   any cash payment in respect of any exceptional or extraordinary item;
 
  (g)   any amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of taxes on the profits of any member of the Group; and
 
  (h)   any decrease in provisions and other non-cash credits which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities taken into account in establishing EBITDA,
 
      and so that no amount shall be included more than once.
Current Assets ” means the aggregate of inventory, trade and other receivables of each member of the Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) maturing within twelve Months from the date of computation and excluding :
  (a)   receivables in relation to Tax;
 
  (b)   extraordinary items, exceptional items and other non-operating items;
 
  (c)   insurance claims;
 
  (d)   any intercompany loan claims of a member of the Group against any Subsidiary of the Guarantor that is not a member of the Group other than claims in respect of deferred consideration for the transfer of assets between such companies in the ordinary course of trade; and
 
  (e)   any accrued interest owing to any member of the Group.
Current Liabilities ” means the aggregate of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals, Long-term Debt, provisions, prepayments and guarantees and performance or similar bond given by members of the Group for the obligations of other members of the Group or Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that are not members of the Group) of each member of the Group, in each case falling due within twelve Months from the date of computation but excluding:
  (a)   liabilities for Debt;
 
  (b)   liabilities for Tax;
 
  (c)   extraordinary items, exceptional items and other non-operating items;

29


 

  (d)   insurance claims; and
 
  (e)   liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Borrower.
Current Ratio ” means the result (as of the relevant date of calculation) obtained by dividing Current Assets by Current Liabilities.
Debt ” means, at any time, the outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount and any fixed or minimum premium payable on prepayment or redemption of any indebtedness for or in respect of:
  (a)   moneys borrowed and debit balances with financial institutions;
 
  (b)   any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility;
 
  (c)   any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;
 
  (d)   the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with US GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;
 
  (e)   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
 
  (f)   any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution (excluding any given in respect of trade credit arising in the ordinary course of business);
 
  (g)   any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable before the Termination Date;
 
  (h)   any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if one of the primary reasons behind the entry into this agreement is to raise finance;
 
  (i)   any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and
 
  (j)   (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above including, for the avoidance of doubt, liabilities under any performance or similar bond given by members of the Group for the obligations of other members of the Group or Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that are not members of the Group,
but:
  (a)   excluding any unsecured and subordinated obligations owed by any member of the Group; and
but:
  (b)   including , in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value therefore; and
 
  (c)   deducting the aggregate amount of freely available Cash and Cash Equivalents Investments held by any member of the Group at such time,

30


 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.
Debt/EBITDA Ratio ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Debt of the Group on the last day of that Relevant Period to EBITDA for that Relevant Period.
Debt/Equity Ratio ” means in respect of any Relevant Period, the result obtained by dividing all outstanding Debt of the Group on the last day of that Relevant Period by its Equity as at the last day of that Relevant Period.
Debt Service ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the aggregate of:
  (a)   Finance Charges;
 
  (b)   the aggregate of all scheduled and mandatory payments of any Debt falling due but excluding:
  (i)   any amounts falling due under any overdraft or revolving facility and which were available for simultaneous redrawing according to the terms of such facility;
 
  (ii)   any such obligations owed to any member of the Group; and
  (c)   the amount of the capital element of any payments in respect of that Relevant Period payable under any finance lease or capital lease entered into by any member of the Group,
and so that no amount shall be included more than once.
Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Cashflow for that Relevant Period to Debt Service for that Relevant Period.
EBITDA ” means the profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation:
  (a)   before deducting any amount attributable to the amortisation of intangible assets or the depreciation of tangible assets;
 
  (b)   before deducting Finance Charges;
 
  (c)   before taking into account any accrued interest owing to any member of the Group;
 
  (d)   before taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items;
 
  (e)   before taking into account any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt;
 
  (f)   before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset,
in each case, to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation.
Equity ” means at any time the aggregate of the amounts paid up or credited as paid up on the issued ordinary share capital of the Borrower and the aggregate amount of the reserves of the Borrower,
including :
  (a)   any amount credited to the share premium account;

31


 

  (b)   any capital redemption reserve fund;
 
  (c)   any net result of the profit and loss account of the Borrower for the Relevant Period;
 
  (d)   any Revaluation Reserve arising from an independent certified appraisal of the Borrower’s fixed assets; and
 
  (e)   any unsecured and subordinated shareholder loans,
but deducting :
  (f)   (to the extent included) any amount shown in respect of goodwill (including goodwill arising only on consolidation) or other intangible assets of the Borrower;
 
  (g)   (to the extent included) any amount set aside for taxation, deferred taxation or bad debts;
 
  (h)   (to the extent included) any amounts arising from an upward revaluation of assets made at any time after 31 December 2007;
 
  (i)   the aggregate amount of any intercompany loan claims of members of the Group against Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that are not members of the Group other than claims in respect of deferred consideration for the transfer of assets between such companies in the ordinary course of trade; and
 
  (j)   any amount in respect of any dividend or distribution declared, recommended or made by the Borrower and to the extent such distribution is not provided for in the most recent financial statements,
and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.
Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment penalties or premiums and other finance payments in respect of Debt whether paid or payable by any member of the Group in respect of that Relevant Period:
  (a)   excluding any such obligations owed to any other member of the Group;
 
  (b)   including the interest element of leasing and hire purchase payments; and
 
  (c)   including any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement.
Long-term Debt ” means the aggregate of all Debt with a maturity of more than one year.
Revaluation Reserve ” means the reserve created by the revaluation of fixed assets as determined by an independent and certified appraisal effected in accordance with local and international accounting standards and certified by the Auditors.
Relevant Period ” means each period of twelve Months ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter.
Working Capital ” means on any date Current Assets less Current Liabilities.
18.2   Covenants
  18.2.1   Debt/EBITDA Ratio

32


 

      The Debt/EBITDA Ratio for any Relevant Period shall not:
  (a)   at any time during 2008, exceed 3.0:1.0; and
 
  (b)   at any time after 2008, exceed 2.5:1.0.
  18.2.2   Debt/Equity Ratio
 
      The Debt/Equity Ratio for any Relevant Period shall not at any time exceed 1.0.
 
  18.2.3   Current Ratio
 
      The Current Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 1.5.
 
  18.2.4   Debt Service Coverage Ratio
 
      The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, in respect of any Relevant Period ending after 31 December 2008, shall not be less than 1.3:1.0.
19.   POSITIVE UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
 
19.1   Authorisations
 
    The Borrower shall promptly:
  19.1.1   obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and
 
  19.1.2   supply certified copies to the Agent of,
any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.
19.2   Conduct Undertakings
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) conduct its business activities with due diligence and efficiency in accordance with generally accepted principles of care, prudence and commercial practice as well as in conformity with sound engineering and technical practices and standards.
 
19.3   Compliance with laws
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) comply with:
  19.3.1   all laws to which it may be subject where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to (a) have a Material Adverse Effect; or (b) result in material reputational damage to the Borrower, the Group or the Lenders, as determined by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably; and
 
  19.3.2   all sector or equipment embargoes laid down by the United Nations, the European Union or the French Republic.
19.4   Insurance
  19.4.1   The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will):

33


 

  (a)   maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business and any other insurances as may be required by law; and
 
  (b)   ensure that all premiums, commission and any other amounts necessary for effecting and maintaining in force each insurance policy are paid on time.
  19.4.2   After the occurrence of an Event of Default as a result of any damage to any of the Borrower’s immovable assets in excess of USD 20,000,000, but only for so long as that Event of Default is continuing, the Borrower may only apply the proceeds and amounts payable or paid to the Borrower in respect of any claim relating to such damage under the relevant insurance policy with the prior approval of the Lenders.
 
  19.4.3   The Borrower shall provide to the Agent, promptly after receipt and in any event before 30 April each year, a copy of any insurance certificate or similar document issued by its insurance company or underwriter setting out the insurance policies that are currently maintained by the Borrower and confirming that the premia in respect of those policies have been paid.
19.5   Environmental and Social Compliance
  19.5.1   The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) comply or, for those items addressed in the Environmental and Social Action Plan, become compliant with all applicable IFC Performance Standards and take all reasonable steps in anticipation of known or expected future changes to or obligations under the IFC Performance Standards.
 
  19.5.2   The Borrower shall implement, in all material respects, all actions as provided in the Environmental and Social Action Plan within the time-frames mentioned therein.
19.6   Environmental and Social Monitoring
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) permit the Finance Parties, employees of the Finance Parties and/or or any professional adviser, consultant or expert appointed by the Finance Parties:
  19.6.1   at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice to carry out environmental and/or social monitoring visits, up to the maximum number of visits set out in the Environmental and Social Action Plan; and
 
  19.6.2   to carry out environmental and/or social investigations and visits at all relevant premises of the Group if the Agent has received notification under Clauses17.7.1 or of any material Environmental or Social Claim under Clause 17.8 or reasonably believes that:
  (a)   any of the incidents or accidents stipulated in Clause 17.7.1 has occurred or any material Environmental and Social Claim has been commenced against any member of the Group; or
 
  (b)   the Borrower has failed to comply with its obligations under Clauses 19.5 (Environmental and Social Compliance) or 19.7 (Compliance with Environmental Law and Social Law).
19.7   Compliance with Environmental Law and Social Law
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) comply with all Environmental Law and Social Law and take all reasonable steps in anticipation of known or expected future changes to

34


 

    or obligations under the same where, in each case, failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to (a) have a Material Adverse Effect; or (b) result in material reputational damage to the Borrower, the Group or the Lenders, as determined by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably. In addition, the Borrower will (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) exercise best effort to act in accordance with the Core Labour Standards and the Basic Terms and Conditions of Employment, insofar these are more extensive or onerous than Social Law.
 
19.8   Taxation
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each member of the Group will) duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (a) payment is being contested in good faith, (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld).
 
19.9   Access
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) permit the Finance Parties and/or employees, accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Finance Parties free access at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice at the cost of the Borrower to (a) inspect and take copies and extracts from the books, accounts and records of each member of the Group; (b) view the premises of each member of the Group; and (c) meet and discuss matters with senior management employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.
 
19.10   Claim Pari Passu
 
    The Borrower shall ensure that at all times its obligations under the Finance Agreements rank at least pari passu in all respects with all the Borrower’s other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations save those obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
 
19.11   No illegal or improper payments
 
    The Borrower shall ensure that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries or their respective officers, directors or employees acting on its or any Subsidiary’s behalf will offer, give, insist on, receive or solicit any illegal payment or improper advantage to influence the action of any person.
 
19.12   Use of Proceeds
 
    The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Utilisations solely for the purposes set out in Clause 3 (Purpose).
 
19.13   Funding of the Expansion
 
    The Borrower shall procure that all funds utilised for financing the Expansion will not be deemed of illicit origin with regard to French law or the law of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and, in particular but without limitation, are not related to drug trafficking, fraud related to the financial interests of the European Union, corruption, organised crime or terrorism.
 
19.14   Corporate governance
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all material respects with the corporate governance guidelines set out in Schedule 6 ( Corporate Governance Guidelines ).
 
19.15   Local tax approval
 
    The Borrower will sign all documents, make all filings and perform all other acts, in each case as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to obtain an approval letter issued by the competent local tax authority in respect of the withholding tax exemption granted to the Original Lenders, and will deliver to the Agent a copy of the approval letter promptly upon its receipt.

35


 

19.16   No illicit origin
 
    The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that each member of the Group will) procure that its share capital is not of illicit origin with regards to French law or the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant member of the Group and, in particular, but without limitation, is not related in any way to drug trafficking, fraud related to the financial interests of the European Union, corruption, organized crime or terrorism.
 
20.   NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
 
20.1   Negative pledge
  20.1.1   The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that neither the Guarantor nor any member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets (including without limitation, shares or equity interest in any of its Subsidiaries).
 
  20.1.2   The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that neither the Guarantor nor any member of the Group will):
  (a)   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets (including without limitation, shares or equity interest in any of its Subsidiaries) on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Group;
 
  (b)   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;
 
  (c)   enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
 
  (d)   enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,
in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.
  20.1.3   Clauses 20.1.1 and 20.1.2 above do not apply to:
  (a)   any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;
 
  (b)   any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading;
 
  (c)   any Security over of affecting (or transaction (“ Quasi-Security ”) described in Clause 20.1.2 above affecting) goods and documents of title to goods arising in the ordinary course of documentary credit transactions entered into by a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading;
 
  (d)   any Security or Quasi-Security imposed by the taxing authorities of any applicable jurisdiction in respect of any unpaid taxes to the extent that (a) payment is being contested in good faith, (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld;

36


 

  (e)   any Security or Quasi-Security arising pursuant to a judgment or order which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and where adequate reserves are maintained in respect of all claims thereunder (and which does not otherwise constitute an Event of Default);
 
  (f)   any Security over or affecting (or Quasi-Security affecting) any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement if:
  (i)   the Security or Quasi-Security or was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group;
 
  (ii)   the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and
 
  (iii)   the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within three Months of the date of acquisition of such asset; or
  (g)   any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, where the Security or Quasi Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if:
  (i)   the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of the company;
 
  (ii)   the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of the company; and
 
  (iii)   the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within three Months of that company becoming a member of the Group.
20.2   Disposals
  20.2.1   The Borrower shall not, without the consent of the Lenders (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.
 
  20.2.2   Clause 20.2.1 does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:
  (a)   made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;
 
  (b)   of obsolete assets;
 
  (c)   from one member of the Group (other than the Borrower) to another member of the Group;
 
  (d)   of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;
 
  (e)   of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments of the same value for treasury management purposes; or
 
  (f)   where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, transfer

37


 

      or other disposal by the Group, other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (e) above) does not exceed RMB150,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in any Financial Year.
20.3   Acquisitions
  20.3.1   The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) acquire any company, business, assets or undertaking.
 
  20.3.2   Clause 20.3.1 does not apply to:
  (a)   any acquisition of any asset (other than a company, business or undertaking) in the ordinary course of trading of a member of the Group;
 
  (b)   any acquisition pursuant to an exchange permitted under Clause 20.2.2(d) or 20.2.2(e) ( Disposals );
 
  (c)   any acquisition by one member of the Group of the assets of another member of the Group (other than the Borrower);
 
  (d)   the incorporation of a company which on incorporation becomes a member of the Group;
 
  (e)   any acquisition of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments of the same value for treasury management purpose; or
 
  (f)   any other acquisition where the amount of the acquisition cost, when aggregated with the aggregate acquisition cost of any other acquisitions by members of the Group, during that Financial Year, does not exceed RMB150,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies).
20.4   Joint ventures
  20.4.1   The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no member of the Group will):
  (a)   acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or
 
  (b)   transfer any assets to or lend to or guarantee or indemnify or give security for the obligations of a Joint Venture (or agree to transfer, lend, guarantee, indemnify or give security for the obligations of a Joint Venture).
  20.4.2   Clause 20.4.1 shall not apply to:
  (a)   the acquisition by any member of the Group of any interest in a Joint Venture to the extent permitted under Clause 20.3.2(f) ( Acquisitions ); or
 
  (b)   to the extent that the acquisition of the interest in that Joint Venture is permitted under Clause 20.3.2(f) (Acquisitions), the transfer of assets (to the extent permitted by Clause 20.2 (Disposals)) to such Joint Venture or the making any loan to, or providing any guarantee or indemnity for the obligations of, a Joint Venture (in each case to the extent permitted by Clause 20.5 (Loans and Guarantees)).

38


 

20.5   Loans and Guarantees
  20.5.1   The Borrower shall not without the consent of the Majority Lenders (and the Borrower shall ensure that no member of the Group will) make any loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person or otherwise voluntarily assume any liability, whether actual or contingent, in respect of any obligation of any person.
 
  20.5.2   Clause 20.5.1 does not apply to:
  (a)   guarantees and indemnities granted pursuant to the Finance Documents;
 
  (b)   guarantees and indemnities which are either disclosed in the Original Financial Statements or otherwise in writing to the Original Lenders prior to the date of this Agreement;
 
  (c)   trade credit granted in the ordinary course of trading;
 
  (d)   any performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by a member of the Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trade;
 
  (e)   any guarantee given by a member of the Group for the Financial Indebtedness of another member of the Group or any other Subsidiary of the Guarantor;
 
  (f)   loans to employees or directors made in the ordinary course of business provided that the aggregate amount of such loans outstanding at any time does not exceed USD 1,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any time;
 
  (g)   subject to Clause 20.5.3, loans made by one member of the Group to another member of the Group or any other Subsidiary of the Guarantor; or
 
  (h)   loans made to any Joint Venture permitted under Clause 20.4 (Joint ventures), provided that the aggregate amount of such loans made in any Financial Year does not exceed RMB20,000,000 (or its equivalent).
  20.5.3   The Borrower shall not (and will procure that no member of the Group will) repay or permit the repayment of any outstanding loan made to the Borrower or any other member of the Group by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor that is not a member of the Group in any financial year if:
  (a)   an Event of Default under Clause 21.1 (Non-payment) has occurred and is continuing or would result from the relevant repayment; or
 
  (b)   the Borrower is not in compliance with Clause 18 ( Financial Covenants ) at the time of the relevant repayment or would not be in compliance with that Clause immediately after the relevant repayment,
provided that the Lenders will consider in good faith any request from the Borrower or the Guarantor to waive the restrictions of this Clause 20.5.3 on a case by case basis in respect of specific intercompany loans made to the Borrower utilising the proceeds of third party financing provided to the Guarantor.

39


 

20.6   Dividends
 
    The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no member of the Group will) pay, make or declare any dividend or other distribution in respect of any Financial Year if a Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
20.7   Merger
 
    The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), without consent of the Lenders, enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction.
 
20.8   Change in Business
 
    Save as otherwise permitted herein, the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) make any substantial change to the nature of its present or contemplated business or operations.
 
20.9   Arms length basis
 
    The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into or continue business relations with its shareholders, employees and associated companies (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other member of the Group) except on proper commercial terms negotiated at arms’ length.
 
20.10   Excluded Activities
 
    The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) perform any of the excluded activities as listed in Schedule 9 (Excluded Activities).
 
20.11   Auditors
 
    The Borrower shall ensure that the Auditors remain unchanged unless the Agent agrees to any such change.
 
20.12   Restrictions on transfers, loans and contributions to Subsidiaries
 
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the remaining provisions of this Clause 20 (Negative undertakings), the Borrower may not:
  20.12.1   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset to;
 
  20.12.2   make any equity investment in or any other contribution towards; or
 
  20.12.3   make any loan or grant any credit to,
    any of its Subsidiaries if, after completing the relevant transaction, the aggregate of:
  (a)   the amount of all such investments, contributions, loans or credit; and
 
  (b)   the higher of the market value and the consideration of all such sales, transfers and disposals
    in any Financial Year, would exceed RMB20,000,000.
 
20.13   No embargoes or terrorism
 
    The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into business relationships with persons or entities which are on any “watch-list”, “black list” or similar list of the United Nations, the European Union or France in relation to embargoes or the fight against terrorism.
 
20.14   No corrupt practice
 
    The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) offer or give to a third party, to request or to obtain the promise or guarantee, directly or indirectly, either for its own benefit or

40


 

    for that of a third party, of any unfair advantage, either pecuniary or otherwise, which constitutes or could constitute a corrupt practice within the meaning of the OECD Convention of December 17, 1997 on the fight against corruption of foreign public officials.
 
21.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
    Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 21 is an Event of Default.
 
21.1   Non-payment
 
    The Borrower or the Guarantor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable, unless:
  21.1.1   if such failure to pay relates to a payment of scheduled principal or interest, it is caused by an administrative or technical error or problems affecting the banking systems generally and such payment is in any event made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or
 
  21.1.2   in relation to any other failure to pay, the relevant amount is paid within 10 Business Days of its due date.
21.2   Financial covenants
 
    Any requirement of Clause 18 ( Financial Covenants ) or clause 6 ( Financial Covenants ) of the Guarantee is not satisfied.
 
21.3   Other obligations
  21.3.1   The Borrower or the Guarantor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 21.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 21.2 (Financial covenants)).
 
  21.3.2   No Event of Default under Clause 21.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.
21.4   Misrepresentation
 
    Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower or the Guarantor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made and, if the underlying circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, they are so remedied within 30 Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.
21.5   Cross default
  21.5.1   Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group or the Guarantor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.
 
  21.5.2   Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group or the Guarantor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
 
  21.5.3   Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group or the Guarantor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group or the Guarantor as a result of an event of default (however described).

41


 

  21.5.4   Any creditor of any member of the Group or the Guarantor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group or the Guarantor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
 
  21.5.5   No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within Clauses 21.5.1 to 21.5.4 in respect of the Group is less than RMB50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or, in respect of the Guarantor, is less than US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).
21.6   Insolvency
  21.6.1   Any member of the Group or the Guarantor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.
 
  21.6.2   The value of the assets of any member of the Group or the Guarantor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).
 
  21.6.3   A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any member of the Group or the Guarantor.
21.7   Insolvency proceedings
  21.7.1   Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:
  (a)   the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group or the Guarantor;
 
  (b)   a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group or the Guarantor;
 
  (c)   the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or the Guarantor or any of its assets; or
 
  (d)   enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group or the Guarantor,
      or  any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
 
  21.7.2   Clause 21.7.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.
21.8   Creditors’ process
 
    Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group or the Guarantor having an aggregate value of in excess of RMB1,000,000 or its equivalent and is not discharged or stayed within 14 days.

42


 

21.9   Unlawfulness
 
    It is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower or the Guarantor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.
 
21.10   Repudiation
 
    The Borrower or the Guarantor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.
 
21.11   Governmental Intervention
 
    By or under the authority of any government:
  21.11.1   the management of the Borrower or the Guarantor is wholly displaced or the authority of the Borrower or the Guarantor in the conduct of its business is wholly curtailed; or
 
  21.11.2   any of the issued shares or equity interest (as appropriate) of any member of the Group or the Guarantor or the whole or any part of its revenues or assets is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired.
21.12   Material adverse change
 
    Any event or circumstance occurs which the Lenders reasonably believe might have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
21.13   Finance Documents
 
    Any Finance Document or any of its provisions:
  21.13.1   ceases to be in full force and effect without the prior consent of the Agent; or
 
  21.13.2   is declared void by any competent authority.
21.14   Acceleration
 
    On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:
  21.14.1   cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
 
  21.14.2   declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or
 
  21.14.3   declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.
22.   CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
 
22.1   Assignments and transfers by the Lenders
 
    Subject to this Clause 22, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may, at any time after the first Utilisation Date, without the consent of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Lender:
  22.1.1   assign any of its rights; or
 
  22.1.2   transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

43


 

    to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “ New Lender ”), provided that the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) will be required for any assignment or transfer to any person that, together with its Affiliates, derives more than one-third of its annual gross revenues (as demonstrated by its most recent annual financial statements) from manufacturing operations relating to solar technologies.
 
22.2   Conditions of assignment or transfer
  22.2.1   An assignment will only be effective on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender.
 
  22.2.2   A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 22.4 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.
22.3   Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders
  22.3.1   Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:
  (a)   the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;
 
  (b)   the financial condition of the Borrower or the Guarantor;
 
  (c)   the performance and observance by the Borrower or the Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or
 
  (d)   the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,
      and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
 
  22.3.2   Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:
  (a)   has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and
 
  (b)   will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
  22.3.3   Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
  (a)   accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 22; or

44


 

  (b)   support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.
22.4   Procedure for transfer
  22.4.1   Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 22.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
 
  22.4.2   On the Transfer Date:
  (a)   to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents the Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);
 
  (b)   the Borrower and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that the Borrower and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that the Borrower and the Existing Lender;
 
  (c)   the Agent, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and
 
  (d)   the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.
22.5   Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower
 
    The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate.
 
22.6   Disclosure of information
 
    Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and any other person:
  22.6.1   to (or through) whom that Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;
 
  22.6.2   with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or the Borrower; or
 
  22.6.3   to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation,

45


 

    any information about the Borrower, the Group, the Guarantor and Finance Documents as that Lender shall consider appropriate if in relation to Clauses 22.6.1 to 22.6.2 above, the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a confidentially undertaking in the form adopted by the Loan Market Association from time to time (or such other form as the Borrower may approve).
 
22.7   Cost of Borrower
 
    If:
  22.7.1   a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
 
  22.7.2   as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to pay a Tax or an increased capital cost,
    then the Borrower need only pay that Tax or an increased capital cost to the same extent that it would have been obliged to if no assignment, transfer or change had occurred.
 
23.   CHANGES TO THE BORROWER
 
    The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without prior written consent of the Lenders.
 
24.   ROLE OF THE AGENT
 
24.1   Appointment of the Agent
  24.1.1   Each Lender appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.
 
  24.1.2   Each Lender authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
24.2   Duties of the Agent
  24.2.1   The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.
 
  24.2.2   Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another party.
 
  24.2.3   If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Lenders.
 
  24.2.4   If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Lender (other than the Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Lenders.
 
  24.2.5   The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
 
  24.2.6   The Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any matters that have been disclosed to it that may lead to a determination under Clause 21.12; provided that the Agent may determine, in its sole

46


 

      discretion, the information of which it is required to notify the Lenders under this Clause and the time periods within which it will notify the Lenders of that information.
24.3   No fiduciary duties
  24.3.1   Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.
 
  24.3.2   The Agent shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
24.4   Business with the Group
 
    The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with the Borrower, the Guarantor or any member of the Group.
 
24.5   Rights and discretions of the Agent
  24.5.1   The Agent may rely on:
  (a)   any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and
 
  (b)   any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.
  24.5.2   The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:
  (a)   no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 21.1 (Non-payment)); and
 
  (b)   any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party, the Lenders or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised.
  24.5.3   The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.
 
  24.5.4   The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.
 
  24.5.5   The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.
 
  24.5.6   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.
24.6   Majority Lenders’ instructions
  24.6.1   Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (a) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent and act only in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Lenders.

47


 

  24.6.2   Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.
 
  24.6.3   The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.
 
  24.6.4   In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.
 
  24.6.5   The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lenders (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.
24.7   Responsibility for documentation
 
    The Agent:
  24.7.1   is not responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) the Borrower or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document; and
 
  24.7.2   is not responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.
24.8   Exclusion of liability
  24.8.1   Without limiting Clause 24.8.2 below, the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
 
  24.8.2   No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.4 (Third party rights), any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause; provided that the consent of any such officer, employee or agent will not be required for any amendment to the Finance Documents.
 
  24.8.3   The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.
24.9   Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent
  24.9.1   Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence

48


 

      or  wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to a Finance Document).
 
  24.9.2   The Borrower shall counter-indemnify the Lenders against all payments made by them under this Clause 24.9.
24.10   Resignation of the Agent
  24.10.1   The Agent may resign and appoint any of its Affiliates as successor Agent by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.
 
  24.10.2   Alternatively, the Agent may resign by giving notice to the Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Agent.
 
  24.10.3   If no successor Agent has been appointed under Clause 24.10.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent may appoint a successor Agent.
 
  24.10.4   The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor Agent.
 
  24.10.5   The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.
 
  24.10.6   Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 24. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.
 
  24.10.7   After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may require the Agent to resign in accordance with Clause 24.10.2 above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause 24.10.2 above.
24.11   Confidentiality
  24.11.1   In acting as agent for the Lenders, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
 
  24.11.2   If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.
24.12   Relationship with the Lenders
  24.12.1   The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
  24.12.2   Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Costs in accordance with Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost Formulae).
24.13   Credit appraisal by the Lenders
 
    Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

49


 

  24.13.1   the financial condition, status and nature of the Borrower, the Guarantor and each member of the Group;
 
  24.13.2   the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
 
  24.13.3   whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
 
  24.13.4   the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.
25.   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
 
    No provision of this Agreement will:
  25.1.1   interfere with the right of any Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
 
  25.1.2   oblige any Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
 
  25.1.3   oblige any Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
26.   SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
 
26.1   Payments to Finance Parties
 
    If a Lender (a “ Recovering Lender ”) receives or recovers any amount from the Borrower or the Guarantor other than in accordance with Clause 27 (Payment mechanics) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:
  26.1.1   the Recovering Lender shall, within five Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;
 
  26.1.2   the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Lender would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 27 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and
 
  26.1.3   the Recovering Lender shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount

50


 

      which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Lender as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 27.5 (Partial payments).
26.2   Redistribution of payments
 
    The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the Borrower or the Guarantor (as appropriate) and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Lender) in accordance with Clause 27.5 (Partial payments).
 
26.3   Recovering Lender’s rights
  26.3.1   On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 26.2 (Redistribution of payments), the Recovering Lender will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution.
 
  26.3.2   If and to the extent that the Recovering Lender is not able to rely on its rights under Clause 26.3.1 above, the Borrower shall be liable to the Recovering Lender for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.
26.4   Reversal of redistribution
 
    If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Lender becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Lender, then:
  26.4.1   each Lender which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to Clause 26.2 (Redistribution of payments) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Lender an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Lender for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Lender is required to pay); and
 
  26.4.2   that Recovering Lender’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the Borrower will be liable to the reimbursing Lender for the amount so reimbursed.
26.5   Exceptions
  26.5.1   This Clause 26 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Lender would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the Borrower or the Guarantor.
 
  26.5.2   A Recovering Lender is not obliged to share with any other Lender any amount which the Recovering Lender has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:
  (a)   it notified that other Lender of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and
 
  (b)   that other Lender had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.
27.   PAYMENT MECHANICS
 
27.1   Payments to the Agent
  27.1.1   On each date on which the Borrower or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, the Borrower or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary

51


 

      indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at 11 a.m. Amsterdam time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.
 
  27.1.2   Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.
 
  27.1.3   The Borrower shall request from the bank charged with carrying out transfers to the Agent or the Lenders that it correctly records the following information (or any alternative account numbers and/or bank details as may be notified by the Borrower to the Agent in writing by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice) in any funds transfer messages (the section numbers below referring to SWIFT messages under protocol MT 102 and 103):
  (a)   Instructing party’s name, address and account numbers (IBAN and SWIFT) (section number 50a), namely:
 
      Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources. Co. ltd.
 
      No.3055, Fuxing Middle Road, National New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone, Baoding, PRC
 
      Account number: 
 
      IBAN and SWIFT Code: 
 
  (b)   Bank and bank address of the instructing party (section number 52a); and
 
      Bank Of China, Baoding Branch, Yuhua Office
 
  (c)   Project Name for the payment (section number 70), namely:
 
      Yingli Solar
27.2   Distributions by the Agent
  27.2.1   Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 27.3 (Distributions to the Borrower) and Clause 27.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement to the relevant accounts referred to below or to such other account with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice.
     
In the case of FMO:
  bank account number                     in the name of Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V. with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., New York branch, 335 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017, USA, S.W.I.F.T. address:                     , A.B.A. number:                     , reference number:
 
   
 
   
 
  and

52


 

     
In the case of DEG:
  Citibank New York, 3849-2573, swift code:                     
/ ABA                      Chips
 
   
 
  and
 
   
In the case of PROPARCO:
  Bank:
 
   
 
  CALYON Corporate and Investment Bank — PARIS — France
 
   
 
  (Swift :                     )
 
   
 
  RIB : 
 
   
 
  Iban : 
 
   
 
  Address : 25, Quai du Président Paul Doumer
 
   
 
  92920 PARIS LA DEFENSE cedex
 
   
 
  Correspondent :
 
   
 
  JP MORGAN CHASE BANK NEW YORK
 
   
 
  Bic Swift : 
 
   
 
  Address : 4 New York Plaza — Floor 15t
 
   
 
  New York NY 10004
 
   
 
  Number ABA : 
 
   
 
  Number compte : 
 
   
 
  Beneficiary : CALYON PARIS
 
   
 
  Bic Swift : 
 
   
 
  Calyon Paris
27.3   Distributions to the Borrower
 
    The Agent may (with the consent of the Borrower or in accordance with Clause 28 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
 
27.4   Clawback
  27.4.1   Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

53


 

  27.4.2   If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
27.5   Partial payments
  27.5.1   If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents in the following order:
  (a)   first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents;
 
  (b)   secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;
 
  (c)   thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and
 
  (d)   fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
  27.5.2   The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in Clauses 27.5.1 (a) to (d) above.
 
  27.5.3   Clauses 27.5.1 and 27.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by the Borrower.
27.6   No set-off by the Borrower
 
    All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
27.7   Business Days
  27.7.1   Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
 
  27.7.2   During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.
27.8   Currency of account
  27.8.1   Subject to Clauses 27.8.2 to 27.8.3 below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower under any Finance Document.
 
  27.8.2   Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.
 
  27.8.3   Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

54


 

27.9   Change of currency
  27.9.1   Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:
  (a)   any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and
 
  (b)   any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).
  27.9.2   If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
28.   SET-OFF
 
    A Lender may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Lender) against any matured obligation owed by that Lender to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
 
29.   NOTICES
 
29.1   Communications in writing
 
    Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
 
29.2   Addresses
 
    The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:
  29.2.1   in the case of the Borrower, that identified with its name below;
 
  29.2.2   in the case of each Lender that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and
 
  29.2.3   in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,
    or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

55


 

29.3   Delivery
  29.3.1   Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:
  (a)   if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or
 
  (b)   if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,
      and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 29.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.
 
  29.3.2   Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).
 
  29.3.3   All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent.
29.4   Notification of address and fax number
 
    Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 29.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.
 
29.5   Electronic communication
  29.5.1   Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:
  (a)   agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
 
  (b)   notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
 
  (c)   notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.
  29.5.2   Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
29.6   English language
  29.6.1   Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
 
  29.6.2   All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:
  (a)   in English; or

56


 

  (b)   if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.
30.   CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
 
30.1   Accounts
 
    In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Lender are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
 
30.2   Certificates and Determinations
 
    Any certification or determination by a Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.
 
30.3   Day count convention
 
    Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.
 
31.   DISCLOSURE
 
    The Borrower is aware of the fact that DEG is a member of the KfW Group and PROPARCO is a member of the AFD Group. Disclosure by DEG and/or PROPARCO of matters relation to the Borrower, the Guarantor and/or the matters set out in the Finance Documents may be required or requested in order to fulfil legal, judicial, supervisory, central risk reporting and controlling or regulatory requirements.
 
    DEG and PROPARCO shall be entitled to disclose confidential information (e.g. any data as to a legal status, business and financial condition, privacy data, etc.) they receive in connection with the Finance Documents to any member of the KfW Group (in the case of DEG) and the AFD Group (in the case of PROPARCO) at any time that DEG or PROPARCO, respectively, are Lenders. DEG will procure that any member of the KfW Group, and PROPARCO will procure that any member of thee AFD Group, to which such confidential information has been disclosed will, with respect to the confidential information, comply with the same confidentiality obligations as DEG or PROPARCO, as appropriate, under this Agreement.
 
32.   PARTIAL INVALIDITY
 
    If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.
 
33.   REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
 
    No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Lender, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

57


 

34.   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
34.1   Required consents
  34.1.1   Subject to Clause 34.2 (Exceptions):
(a)   any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Borrower and the Majority Lenders.
 
(b)   any term of Guarantee may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Guarantor and the Majority Lenders.
  34.1.2   The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, an amendment or waiver allowed under this Clause 34.
 
  34.1.3   The Agent must promptly notify the other Parties of any amendment or waiver effected by it under Clause 34.1.1 above. Any such amendment or waiver is binding on all the Parties.
34.2   Exceptions
  34.2.1   An amendment or waiver which relates to:
  (a)   the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
 
  (b)   an extension of the date of payment of any amount to a Lender under the Finance Documents;
 
  (c)   a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fee or other amount payable to a Lender under the Finance Documents;
 
  (d)   an increase in, or an extension of, a Commitment or the Total Commitments;
 
  (e)   a release of or change to the Borrower or the Guarantor other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
 
  (f)   a release of the Guarantee other than in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;
 
  (g)   a term of a Finance Document which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;
 
  (h)   the right of a Lender to assign or transfer its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents; or
 
  (i)   Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 7 (Prepayment and cancellation), Clause 22 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 26 (Sharing among the finance parties), Clause 23 (Changes to the Borrower) or this Clause 34,
      may only be made with the consent of all the Lenders.

58


 

  34.2.2   An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent may only be made with the consent of the Agent.
35.   COUNTERPARTS
 
    Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.
 
36.   GOVERNING LAW
 
    This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
 
37.   ARBITRATION
 
37.1   Arbitration
 
    Subject to Clause 37.4 (Agent’s option), any dispute (a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity) shall be referred to and finally resolved by the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“ CIETAC ”) which shall be conducted in accordance with CIETAC’s arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration.
 
37.2   Procedure for arbitration
 
    The arbitral tribunal shall consist of one arbitrator. The seat of arbitration shall be Shanghai or Beijing and the language of the arbitration shall be English.
 
37.3   Recourse to courts
 
    Save as provided in Clause 37.4 (Agent’s option), the parties exclude the jurisdiction of the courts under Sections 45 and 69 of the Arbitration Act 1996.
 
37.4   Agent’s option
 
    Before an arbitrator has been appointed to determine a Dispute, the Agent may by notice in writing to all other parties to this Agreement require that all Disputes or a specific Dispute be heard by a court of law. If the Agent gives such notice, the Dispute to which such notice refers shall be determined in accordance with Clause 38 (Enforcement).
 
38.   ENFORCEMENT
 
38.1   Jurisdiction
  38.1.1   The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “ Dispute ”).
 
  38.1.2   The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.
 
  38.1.3   This Clause 38.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

59


 

38.2   Service of process
 
    Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:
  38.2.1   irrevocably appoints Law Debenture as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and
 
  38.2.2   agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
39.   FOREIGN DEBT CONTROL
 
39.1   SAFE registration
  39.1.1   The Borrower shall effect the foreign debt registration of this Agreement with SAFE within 15 days from the date of this Agreement and promptly thereafter deliver to the Agent a certified copy of the foreign debt registration certificate issued by SAFE.
 
  39.1.2   To the extent so required by the applicable laws and regulations, the Borrower shall effect the foreign debt amendment registration of any amendment of this Agreement with SAFE within 15 days from the date of such amendment is made and promptly thereafter deliver to the Agent a certified copy of the updated foreign debt registration certificate issued by SAFE.
39.2   Verification of payments
 
    The Borrower shall:
  39.2.1   submit details of such payment to SAFE for verification before making any payment of interest under any Finance Document;
 
  39.2.2   submit details of such repayment or prepayment to SAFE for verification before making any repayment or prepayment of principal under any Finance Document; and
 
  39.2.3   without prejudice to the generality of the above, comply with the procedures for repayment or prepayment of principal and payment of interest under this Agreement in accordance with the Regulations on the Administration of the Settlement, Sales and Payment of Foreign Exchange promulgated in 1996, or any of its revisions or substitutions under PRC legislation from time to time, to enable all such repayment, prepayment or payment to be made in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents.
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement .

60


 

SCHEDULE 1
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
1.   Borrower
  (a)   A copy of the following documents relating to the Borrower:
  (i)   its current business license;
 
  (ii)   its current certificate of approval;
 
  (iii)   the approval letter(s) in respect of its establishment;
 
  (iv)   its current articles of association;
 
  (v)   its current joint venture contract; and
 
  (vi)   its current foreign exchange registration certificate.
  (b)   The Borrower’s capital verification report(s) evidencing that the Borrower’s registered capital has been paid in full.
 
  (c)   A list of the Borrower’s current directors.
 
  (d)   A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
 
  (ii)   authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and
 
  (iii)   authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
  (e)   A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (d) above who executes any Finance Document (or any other document entered into or delivered in connection therewith), together with certified copies of the ID cards and/or the passports of such authorised persons.
 
  (f)   A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, or similar limit binding on the Borrower to be exceeded.
 
  (g)   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
2.   Guarantor

61


 

  (a)   A copy of the following documents relating to the Guarantor:
  (i)   its Certificate of Incorporation;
 
  (ii)   its current Memorandum and Articles of Association;
 
  (iii)   its current Register of Members;
 
  (iv)   its current Register of Directors;
 
  (v)   its current Register of Charges; and
 
  (vi)   a Certificate of Good Standing.
  (b)   A list of the Guarantor’s current directors.
 
  (c)   A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Guarantor:
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
 
  (ii)   authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and
 
  (iii)   authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
  (d)   A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (c) above who executes any Finance Document (or any other document entered into or delivered in connection therewith).
 
  (e)   A certificate of the Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that guaranteeing the Total Commitments would not cause any limit binding on the Guarantor to be exceeded.
 
  (f)   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Guarantor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
3.   Legal opinions
  (a)   A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers in England and Wales to the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.
 
  (b)   A legal opinion of King & Wood, legal advisers in the PRC to the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.
 
  (c)   A legal opinion of Walkers Global, legal advisers in Cayman Islands to the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.

62


 

4.   Other documents and evidence
  (a)   Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 38.2 (Service of process) has accepted its appointment.
 
  (b)   A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.
 
  (c)   A copy of the foreign debt registration certificate issued by SAFE in respect of this Agreement.
 
  (d)   The following financial statements:
  (i)   in respect of the Borrower, its Original Financial Statements prepared in accordance with PRC GAAP and its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for its second Financial Quarter of 2008 prepared in accordance with US GAAP; and
 
  (ii)   in respect of the Guarantor, the Guarantor Original Financial Statements and its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for its second Financial Quarter of 2008, both prepared in accordance with US GAAP.
  (e)   An intercompany transaction memorandum, including the arrangement of proportionate allocation of orders between the Borrower and Yingli Energy (China) Co. Ltd.
 
  (f)   Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 (Fees) and Clause 15 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.
 
  (g)   Copies of all existing insurance policies required pursuant to Clause 19.4 (Insurance).
 
  (h)   An executed copy of each of the Finance Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
 
  (i)   Evidence that amounts advanced under the Facility on the first Utilisation Date will be used for the purposes set out in Clause 3 ( Purpose ), comprising invoices not older than 4 months from the first Utilisation Date or purchase orders, in each case relating to the Expansion and, together, for an amount in excess of US$50,000,000.

63


 

SCHEDULE 2
UTILISATION REQUEST
     
From:
  Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd.
 
   
To:
  Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V.; and
 
   
 
  Société de Promotion et de Participation pour la Coopération économique
 
   
Dated:
   
 
   
Dear Sirs
   
Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd. —
USD 75,000,000 (originally USD 50,000,000) Term Facility Agreement
dated 29 August 2008 (as amended and restated) (the “Agreement”)
1.   We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.
 
2.   We wish to borrow a Loan for the sole purpose set out in clause 3 (Purpose) of the Agreement and on the following terms:
     
Proposed Utilisation Date:
  [     ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
 
   
Currency of Loan:
  dollars
 
   
Amount:
  [     ] or, if less, the Available Facility
3.   We confirm that: (a) each condition specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request; and (b) the previous Loan[s] (if any) drawn down under the Agreement have been applied towards satisfaction of the purpose specified in the Utilisation Request relating to such Loan.
4.   The proceeds of this Loan should be credited on [    ] to our Account:
             
5.
  Name/address of Account-holder:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Account currency        
 
           
 
           
 
  Account No.        
 
           
 
           
 
  Bank/SWIFT code        
 
           
 
           
 
  via (name/address/SWIFT CODE of correspondent bank)        
 
           
 
           
 
  Account No. of beneficiary bank at the correspondent Bank        
 
           
 
           
6.
  This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.        
Yours faithfully
 
authorised signatory for
Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd.

64


 

SCHEDULE 3
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
     
To:
  Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V. as Agent
 
   
From:
  [ The Existing Lender ] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [ The New Lender ] (the “ New Lender ”)
 
   
Dated:
   
Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd. —
USD 75,000,000 (originally USD 50,000,000) Term Facility Agreement
dated 29 August 2008 (as amended and restated) (the “Agreement”)
1.   We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
 
2.   We refer to Clause 22.4 (Procedure for transfer):
  (a)   The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 22.4 (Procedure for transfer).
 
  (b)   The proposed Transfer Date is [     ].
 
  (c)   The address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 29.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.
3.   The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 22.3 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).
 
4.   This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.
 
5.   This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law.
THE SCHEDULE
Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred
[ insert relevant details ]
[ Address , fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments, ]
     
[Existing Lender]
  [New Lender]
 
   
By:
  By:
    This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [       ].
 
    Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V.
 
    By

65


 

SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
     
To:
  Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V. as Agent
 
   
From:
  Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd.
 
   
Dated:
   
 
   
Dear Sirs
   
Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd. —
USD 75,000,000 (originally USD 50,000,000) Term Facility Agreement
dated 29 August 2008 (as amended and restated) (the “Agreement”)
1.   We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.
 
2.   We confirm that:
 
    [ insert details of financial covenants and whether the Borrower is in compliance with those covenants. ]
 
3.   [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]
         
Signed:
       
 
 
 
Director
   
 
  of    
 
  Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy    
 
  Resources Co., Ltd.    

66


 

SCHEDULE 5
MANDATORY COST FORMULAE
1.   The mandatory cost (“ Mandatory Cost ”) is an addition to the interest rate in relation to the cost of compliance with the requirements of the European Central Bank.
 
2.   On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) as referred to in paragraph 3. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
 
3.   The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender if lending from a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank.
 
4.   Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:
  (a)   the jurisdiction in which it resides; and
 
  (b)   any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
    Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
 
5.   The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lenders and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraph 3 above is true and correct in all respects.
 
6.   The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraph 3 above.
 
7.   Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.
The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

67


 

SCHEDULE 6
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
What is corporate governance?
Corporate governance refers to the structures and processes for the direction and control of companies that align the interests of a wide range of different stakeholders such as management, employees, shareholders and creditors. Good corporate governance contributes to sustainable economic development by enhancing the performance of companies and increasing their access to outside sources of capital. Although, the role of each of these stakeholders and their interactions widely vary among countries, a good corporate governance regime helps to assure that companies use their capital efficiently.
FMO clients will benefit from good corporate governance
Corporate governance ultimately is a matter of self-interest for companies. Good corporate governance will enhance a client’s access to capital markets and improve corporate performance .
Access to capital markets. Strengthening investors’ confidence will trigger investors’ appetite to invest. Furthermore, in an increasingly integrated world characterised by highly mobile capital, investors’ expectations for more responsive corporate governance practices are something that companies cannot afford to ignore. International flows of capital enable companies to access financing from a much larger pool of investors and attracts more “patient” long-term capital. Finally, improved corporate governance practices will reduce uncertainty and risks for investors as transparency and predictability increases. This could yield higher business valuations. Adherence to good corporate governance practices: (i) will help improve the confidence of both foreign and domestic investors, (ii) may reduce the cost of capital, and (iii) ultimately will induce more stable sources of financing.
Corporate performance. Good corporate governance helps to ensure that companies take into account the interests of a wide range of constituencies, as well as of the communities within which they operate, and that their boards are accountable to the company and the shareholders. Better governance structures and processes improve decision-making within companies and reduce the occurrence of conflicts between different stakeholders. The best-run companies also recognise that business ethics and corporate awareness of the environmental and societal interest of the communities in which they operate can have an impact on their reputation and long-term.
The importance of good corporate governance to FMO
In addition to the benefits to individual client companies, good corporate governance will help FMO to reduce risks and will make a positive contribution to the development of international capital markets .
Reducing risks. FMO faces not only investment risk, but poor governance or, in the worst cases, corporate scandals also involve a reputational risk. Increased transparency regarding structures, processes and financial results will reduce the likelihood of conflicts among a client’s constituencies.
Development of international capital markets. Improving corporate governance has an impact that goes well beyond the level of individual companies. Strengthening the confidence of investors in a country’s companies and capital markets matters greatly to the long-term competitiveness, overall health and vitality of national economies.
FMO’s approach
FMO supports the private sector in developing countries and emerging markets. FMO’s mission is to contribute to the structural and sustainable economic growth in these countries and, together with the private sector, obtain

68


 

healthy returns. Therefore, FMO places a strong emphasis on the corporate governance regimes of its clients, as it believes that embracing sound corporate governance principles will be beneficial to all stakeholders of the company. FMO aims to add value to its clients in the area of corporate governance based on the experience we have developed over many years, investing across a wide range of markets and industries. Therefore, FMO reviews the corporate governance regimes of its clients at an early stage, through information request lists and discussions. FMO is able to provide technical support where needed. Additionally, FMO works with its clients to improve corporate governance regimes and jointly develop a “Corporate Governance Action Plan”.
The OECD Principles of Corporate Governance provide the framework for the work of FMO in this area, identifying the key practical issues: the rights and equitable treatment of shareholders, the role of stakeholders, disclosure and transparency, and the responsibilities of the board of directors. The OECD principles form part of a broader international effort to promote increased transparency, integrity and the rule of law. The Principles are non-binding, but merely serve as a reference point. The principles focus on publicly traded companies, but are also a useful tool to improve corporate governance in non-traded companies. The corporate governance framework should ensure that timely and accurate disclosure is made on all material matters regarding the corporation, including the financial situation, performance, ownership, and governance of the company. Furthermore it should ensure the strategic guidance of the company, the effective monitoring of management by the board, and the board’s accountability to the company and the shareholders.
The rights of shareholders
PRINCIPLE: The corporate governance framework should protect shareholders’ rights.
Basic shareholder rights include the right to: (i) secure methods of ownership registration; convey or transfer shares; (iii) obtain relevant information on the company on a timely and regular basis; (iv) participate and vote in general shareholder meetings; (v) elect members of the board; and (vi) share in the profits of the corporation.
Shareholders have the right to participate in, and to be sufficiently informed on, decisions concerning fundamental corporate changes such as: (i) amendments to the statutes, or articles of incorporation or similar governing documents of the company; (ii) the authorisation of additional shares; and (iii) extraordinary transactions that in effect result in the sale of the company.
Shareholders should have the opportunity to participate effectively and vote in general shareholder meetings and should be informed of the rules, including voting procedures, that govern general shareholder meetings: (i) shareholders should be furnished with sufficient and timely information concerning the date, location and agenda of general meetings, as well as full and timely information regarding the issues to be decided at the meeting, (ii) opportunity should be provided for shareholders to ask questions of the board and to place items on the agenda at general meetings, subject to reasonable limitations, and (iii) shareholders should be able to vote in person or in absentia, and equal effect should be given to votes whether cast in person or in absentia.
Capital structures and arrangements that enable certain shareholders to obtain a degree of control disproportionate to their equity ownership should be disclosed.
Markets for corporate control should be allowed to function in an efficient and transparent manner: (i) the rules and procedures governing the acquisition of corporate control in the capital markets, and extraordinary transactions such as mergers, and sales of substantial portions of corporate assets, should be clearly articulated and disclosed so that investors understand their rights and recourse. Transactions should occur at transparent prices and under fair conditions that protect the rights of all shareholders according to their class, and (ii) anti-take-over devices should not be used to shield management from accountability.

69


 

Shareholders, including institutional investors, should consider the costs and benefits of exercising their voting rights.
The equitable treatment of shareholders
PRINCIPLE: The corporate governance framework should ensure the equitable treatment of all shareholders, including minority and foreign shareholders. All shareholders should have the opportunity to obtain effective redress for violation of their rights.
All shareholders of the same class should be treated equally: (i) within any class, all shareholders should have the same voting rights. All investors should be able to obtain information about the voting rights attached to all classes of shares before they purchase. Any changes in voting rights should be subject to shareholder vote, (ii) votes should be cast by custodians or nominees in a manner agreed upon with the beneficial owner of the shares, and (iii) processes and procedures for general shareholder meetings should allow for equitable treatment of all shareholders. Borrower procedures should not make it unduly difficult or expensive to cast votes.
Insider trading and abusive self-dealing should be prohibited.
Members of the board and managers should be required to disclose any material interests in transactions or matters affecting the company.
The role of shareholders in corporate governance
PRINCIPLE: The corporate governance framework should recognise the rights of shareholders as established by law and encourage active co-operation between companies and shareholders in creating wealth, jobs, and the sustainability of financially sound enterprises.
The corporate governance framework should assure that the rights of shareholders that are protected by law are respected.
Where shareholder interests are protected by law, shareholders should have the opportunity to obtain effective redress for violation of their rights.
The corporate governance framework should permit performance-enhancing mechanisms for shareholder participation.
Where shareholders participate in the corporate governance process, they should have access to relevant information.
Disclosure and transparency
PRINCIPLE: The corporate governance framework should ensure that timely and accurate disclosure is made on all material matters regarding the company, including the financial situation, performance, ownership, and governance of the Borrower.
Disclosure should include, but not be limited to, material information on: (i) the financial and operating results of the company, (ii) company objectives, (iii) major share ownership and voting rights, (iv) members of the board and key executives, and their remuneration, (v) material foreseeable risk factors, (vi) material issues regarding employees and shareholders, and (vii) governance structures and policies.
Information should be prepared, audited, and disclosed in accordance with high quality standards of accounting, financial and non-financial disclosure, and audit.

70


 

An annual audit should be conducted by an independent auditor in order to provide an external and objective assurance on the way in which financial statements have been prepared and presented.
Channels for disseminating information should provide for fair, timely and cost efficient access to relevant information by users.
The responsibilities of the board
PRINCIPLE: The corporate governance framework should ensure the strategic guidance of the company, the effective monitoring of management by the board, and the board’s accountability to the company and the shareholders.
Board members should act on a fully informed basis, in good faith, with due diligence and care, and in the best interest of the company and the shareholders.
Where board decisions may affect different shareholder groups differently, the board should treat all shareholders fairly.
The board should ensure compliance with applicable law and take into account the interests of shareholders.
The board should fulfil certain key functions, including: (i) reviewing and guiding corporate strategy, major plans of action, risk policy, annual budgets and business plans, setting performance objectives, monitoring implementation and corporate performance, overseeing major capital expenditures, acquisitions and divestitures, (ii) selecting, compensating, monitoring and, when necessary, replacing key executives and overseeing succession planning, (iii) reviewing key executive and board remuneration, and ensuring a formal and transparent board nomination process, (iv) monitoring and managing potential conflicts of interest of management, board members and shareholders, including misuse of corporate assets and abuse in related party transactions, (v) ensuring the integrity of the company’s accounting and financial reporting systems, including the independent audit, and that appropriate systems of control are in place, in particular, systems for monitoring risk, financial control, and compliance with the law, (vi) monitoring the effectiveness of the governance practices under which it operates and making changes as needed, and (vii) overseeing the process of disclosure and communications.
The board should be able to exercise objective judgement on corporate affairs independent, in particular, from management: (i) boards should consider assigning a sufficient number of non-executive board members capable of exercising independent judgement to tasks where there is a potential for conflict of interest. Examples of such key responsibilities are financial reporting, nomination and executive and board remuneration, (ii) board members should devote sufficient time to their responsibilities.
In order to fulfil their responsibilities, board members should have access to accurate, relevant and timely information.

71


 

SCHEDULE 7
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ACTION PLAN
Introduction
An Environmental & Social Action Plan (ESAP) consists of a set of specific Management, Mitigation and Monitoring measures which a client commits to undertake during implementation and operation of a project. The ESAP is required in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to meet the requirements of the IFC Performance Standards.
ESAPs are an essential element of a client’s Management Program, and depending on the nature of the project impacts, will range from a brief description of routine mitigation measures to a series of specific plans. The ESAP will: (i) describe the actions necessary to implement the various sets of mitigation measures or corrective actions to be undertaken; (ii) prioritize these actions; (iii) include the time-line for their implementation; (iv) be disclosed to the affected communities; and (v) describe the schedule and mechanism for external reporting on the client’s implementation of the ESAP.
In FMO’s Environmental and Social (E&S) Sustainability Policy we state that we do not walk away from projects that may have potentially significant adverse environmental or social impacts, but instead look for opportunities to facilitate improvement provided such E&S impacts can be adequately assessed and sufficiently mitigated. Beyond mitigating and managing (potential) adverse E&S impacts, we look to support our clients in achieving and maximising E&S opportunities and benefits in the local communities within which they operate.
We consequently see the ESAP not only as an effective vehicle to ensure that E&S impacts of a project are appropriately managed, but also as a tool to enable development outcomes in the project area. We place great reliance on a client’s capacity to effectively implement an ESAP and to disclose relevant project information to affected communities such that they understand the risks, impacts and opportunities of the project.
The ESAP may include the following components:
a) Management: Effective implementation of an ESAP begins with sound company policies on environmental and social issues and with senior management commitment to their effective implementation. The goal should be to continually improve performance in these areas. This section of the ESAP details the project sponsor’s policies and the arrangements/procedures in place to ensure these policies are implemented effectively and in a timely fashion. To ensure that timely and effective implementation, the ESAP draws on the observations made during the EIA/SIA or EA/SA with regard to the existence, role, and capability of environmental and/or social staff on site. If necessary, the ESAP recommends the establishment or expansion of such units and the training of staff to allow implementation of the recommendations. The ESAP also provides a specific description of the project company’s management arrangements — who is responsible for carrying out the mitigation, management and monitoring measures (for example for operation, supervision, remedial action, financing, reporting, and staff training). To strengthen the project company’s management capability, most ESAPs cover one or more of the following additional topics: (1) technical assistance programs, (2) procurement of equipment and supplies, and (3) organizational changes.
b) Mitigation and Development: The ESAP identifies feasible and cost-effective measures that may reduce potentially significant adverse impacts to acceptable levels and promote development benefits. The

72


 

plan includes compensatory measures if mitigation measures are not feasible, cost-effective or sufficient. Specifically, the ESAP:
  identifies and summarizes all anticipated significant adverse impacts;
  specifies — with technical details — the mitigation or development measure, including the kind of impact to which it relates and the conditions under which it is required (for example continuously or in the event of contingencies), together with designs, equipment descriptions, and operating procedures, as appropriate;
  estimates any potential impacts of these measures; and
  provides linkage with any other mitigation plans required for the project.
c) Monitoring: The aim of this section is to identify the information to be provided about key environmental and/or social aspects during project implementation, particularly the impacts of the project and the effectiveness of mitigation measures. Such information enables the project company and FMO to evaluate the success of mitigation as part of project supervision, and allows corrective action to be taken when needed. The ESAP therefore identifies monitoring objectives and specifies the kind of monitoring, with linkages to the impacts assessed in the EIA/SIA of EA/SA reports and the mitigation measures specified in the previous section of this ESAP. Specifically, the monitoring section of the ESAP provides:
  a specification — with technical details — of monitoring measures, including the parameters to be measured, methods to be used, sampling locations, frequency of measurements, detection limits (where appropriate), and definition of thresholds that will signal the need for corrective action; and
  monitoring and reporting procedures to (a) ensure early detection of conditions that necessitate particular mitigation measures, and (b) furnish information on the progress and results of mitigation. As a minimum. FMO requires annual monitoring reports — these should be submitted to the Investment Officer no later than 90/120 days after the end of the project company’s fiscal year.
d) Implementation Schedule and Cost Estimates: For all three elements (Management, Mitigation and Monitoring), the ESAP should provide (a) an implementation schedule for measures that must be carried out as part of the project, showing phasing, the persons responsible and coordination with overall project implementation plans; and (b) the capital and recurrent cost estimates and sources of funds for implementing the ESAP.
e) Integration of ESAP with Project: The Company’s (as defined below) decision to proceed with a project, and FMO’s decision to support it, are predicated in part on the expectation that the ESAP will be executed effectively. Consequently, FMO expects the plan to be specific in its description of the individual mitigation and monitoring measures and its assignment of responsibilities, and it must be integrated into the project’s contracts and overall planning, design, budget and implementation. Such integration is achieved by establishing the ESAP within the project so that the plan will receive the necessary resources and supervision along with the other components.
f) Consultation and Disclosure: The ESAP should include any measures the Company will take to achieve ongoing information of and consultation with interested and affected parties (IAPs) by the project as outlined in the Public Consultation and Disclosure Plan (PCDP).

73


 

Outline
ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL ACTION PLAN
Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd (the “Company”) commits itself to the actions as specified below, within the specified deadlines, and declares that the resources specified below have been allocated.
MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN
Issue: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
                         
                Staff   Allocated    
Management Measure:   Ranking 1   Responsible   Resources   Deadline
1.   The Company does have an ISO 14001 certified environmental management system, based on local law.                
 
                       
 
    Action: Update the current ISO 14001 certification system to be compliant with the World Bank/IFC Performance Standards.               30 Jun ‘09
 
                       
2.   Poly-Silicon suppliers have the potential for severe environmental pollution. The Company does annually audit their suppliers to verify compliance of EHS standards.                
 
                       
 
    Action: The Company to provide the Facility Agent with a copy of the next annual audit report, detailing the audit findings and the agreed mitigation action between Yingli and the suppliers.               30 Jun ‘09
 
 
    Action: Amend the internal Procurement Policy/procedure for all the Poly-Silicon suppliers, to include: (1) environmental and social requirements (compliance with law) in the purchase agreements, and (2) consideration of the outcome of the annual audits in the selection of suppliers .               30 Jun ‘09
 
1   High; Medium; Low

74


 

Issue: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
                         
                Staff   Allocated    
Management Measure:   Ranking   Responsible   Resources   Deadline
3.   The Company has a well developed Human Resources (HR) Policy and management system. With little effort, the Company can certify their system on an international recognized standard.                
 
                       
 
    Action: The Company will either (a) obtain SA 8000 Certification from an accredited institution or (b) obtain an independent labor audit (as defined in item 11) from this E&S Action Plan.               30 Jun ‘09
 
                       
4.   No appropriate community grievance mechanism exists.                
 
                       
 
    Action: Set up an appropriate public Grievance Mechanism, including a proper documentation trial of comments logging and follow-up action undertaken. Communicate the existence of the Public Grievance Mechanism to the surrounding communities in an appropriate manner.               30 Jun ‘09

75


 

MITIGATION ACTION PLAN
Issue: ENVIRONMENTAL AND HEALTH & SAFETY MITIGATION ACTIONS
                             
                    Staff   Allocated    
Mitigation Measure:   Ranking 2   Responsible   Resources   Deadline
5.   The Company is a leader in environmental management in China, and has to comply with all Chinese environmental and health and safety related legislation.                
 
                           
      Action: Provide the Facility Agent with a copy of relevant authorities’ written approval of the following documents:               30 Jun ‘09
 
 
      o   Final completion Inspection for Project of Manufacturing 100MW/a Solar Silicon Cell from Local EPB; (approval by local EPB)                
 
 
      o   Work Safety Plan for the 100 MW and the 400 MW expansion project (approval by local Work Safety Bureau and Fire Brigade) .                
 
                           
6.   There are a number of non-compliances identified of the current Hazardous Materials Management, which holds potentials risks (refer to ESD Sinosphere Report items 3.4.3. and 3.4.4. pg 20).                
 
                           
      Action: Develop a Hazardous Materials Management system (in accordance with local Chinese law and IFC’ EHS Guidelines) covering the complete handling process, including transportation, storage, usage and disposal.               30 Jun ‘09
 
2   High; Medium; Low

76


 

MITIGATION ACTION PLAN
                         
                    Staff   Allocated    
Mitigation Measure:   Ranking 2   Responsible   Resources   Deadline
7.   The monitoring result of domestic wastewater indicates that Ammonia levels are outside IFC Standards.                    
 
                           
 
    Action: Measures to be developed to treat and monitor discharge of ammonia, to be in compliance with IFC standards.                   30 Jun ‘09
Issue: HUMAN RESOURCES MITIGATION ACTIONS
                         
                Staff   Allocated    
Mitigation Measure:   Ranking 3   Responsible   Resources   Deadline
8.   Guaranteed payment of minimum wage to all employees is a fundamental consideration for the lenders.               Before disbursement
 
                       
 
    Action: The Company must provide the lenders with an official statement (letter), signed by the Director Human Resources, confirming that minimum wages (as laid down by Chinese Law) are guaranteed to all employees at all times.                
 
                       
 
    Action: The Company must develop an alternative system for disciplinary practices without wage deductions.               30 Jun ‘09
 
                       
9.   Guaranteed payment of social insurances for all employees is a fundamental consideration for the lenders. Currently approx. 20% of staff are without social insurance, due to lack of documentation.                
 
                       
 
    Action: As priority the Company must take required actions to ensure that all documentation is obtained from the relevant employees, and ensure social insurance premiums are paid in full.               30 Jun ‘09
 
3   High; Medium; Low

77


 

MITIGATION ACTION PLAN
                         
                Staff   Allocated    
Mitigation Measure:   Ranking 3   Responsible   Resources   Deadline
 
    Action: The new recruitment procedure (for employees for the new plant) should include a practical mechanism that ensures that new employees provide relevant documentation to the company as a priority, for inclusion in the social insurance payments.               30 Jun ‘09
 
                       
10.   The new premises is built on land where people have been displaced. Although they have been compensated by government, they have lost their economic livelihood. The Company is in a position to provide employment opportunities with the new expansion plant.                
 
                       
 
    Action: With the new recruitment process for the expansion plant, provide employment opportunities for the replaced farmers, as far as practically possible.               30 Jun ‘09

78


 

MONITORING ACTION PLAN
Issue: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING
                         
                Staff   Allocated    
Monitoring Measure:   Ranking 4   Responsible   Resources   Deadline
11.   Compliance with Chinese Labour legislation (IFC PS 2) referring to the core labour standards is a fundamental consideration for the lenders, for approval of the loan.           See footnote below    
 
                       
 
    Action: The Company to appoint an independent consultant (approved by the lenders) to audit the company’s labour conditions and standards on compliance with local law (and the related ratified ILO Conventions). The Company to provide the lenders with a copy of the audit report within 1 month after completion of the audit.               30 June ‘09
 
 
    Action: After the above audit, an independent labour audit to be repeated at least for three times within the duration of the loan, unless the company is SA 8000 certified. If any of the labour audits at the discretion of the lenders have unsatisfactory results, the frequency of the labour audit may be increased to at least once annually.               To be determined by lenders
 
                       
12.   With reference to item 6 of this ESAP, the Company has to develop a hazardous materials management system in accordance with local Chinese law and IFC’ EHS guidelines, covering the complete handling process, including transportation, storage, usage and disposal.           See footnote below    
 
                       
 
    Action: the Company to appoint an independent consultant (approved by the Lenders) to audit if the hazardous materials management system is in compliance with the local law and IFC EHS guidelines.               30 June ‘09
 
 
    Action: The same independent consultant to verify acceptable completion of all ESAP action, and provide the lenders with this audit report within 1 month after completion.                
Monitoring cost: The Company and the Lenders agree to a cap the monitoring costs of independent consultants for which the Company will be liable to EUR20,000 for all audits mentioned in items 11 and 12 of the Environmental and Social Action Plan; provided that this cap does not apply to any investigations or visits conducted in the circumstances contemplated by Clause 19.6.2
 
4   High; Medium; Low

79


 

SCHEDULE 8
FORM OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING REPORT
How to use this form?
This document aims to provide practical information on how to compile an annual environmental and social monitoring report (AMR) for submission to FMO. We suggest that you read through the entire document before you start to complete the individual sections. This will allow you to determine which reporting references are applicable to you (and therefore which sections need your closest attention). You will also need to decide which person/persons are best placed to complete this form - both technical and management information is required.
What do the terms “environment” and “social” cover?
FMO defines the terms “environment” and “social” to include environmental and health & safety issues, as well as labour relations, including labour rights & conditions and impacts on local communities or other relevant stakeholders, on social and cultural infrastructure, and on cultural heritage. To remind you of this, we have tended to use the term “environment and social” throughout this document. Remember, however, that you only need to report on the specific issues that are relevant to you.
Why do you need to complete this form?
FMO requires annual monitoring reports in order to determine whether its investments are meeting the environmental and social requirements agreed during investment negotiations. These requirements are outlined in the Investment Agreement and its annexes.
When should you complete this form?
FMO requires that annual monitoring reports are completed and returned within the same deadline period as your financial annual report.
What information is to be included?
When you first complete an annual monitoring report, please respond to all questions/requirements relevant to you. In subsequent years, you may wish to report only on those areas that have been subject to change (for example the latest monitoring data or new pollution control equipment). If photographs can assist in highlighting a particular issue, please attach them to the report.
Where can you get assistance?
If you need additional guidance in relation to the environmental monitoring report, please contact FMO.
How should you proceed?
1.   Read through the list of Reference Documents.
2.   If any of the documents are missing, obtain them from your FMO contact before completing the report. Reference will be made in these documents to the entities you are required to report on.
3.   When you have all the references, please complete the Report for the required entities. Use this format (electronically) or write your own version of the Report. If your institution already has an Environmental & Social Report, please submit that report and add information on the missing items required by FMO.
4.   Return the report to your FMO contact person, who will forward it to the Environment & Social Review Unit.
Thank you for you co-operation
To ensure this report reaches us, please mail it to your regular FMO contact.
If you have any questions concerning the content of this report, please send an e-mail to environment.social@fmo.nl or your contact person at the Environmental & Social Review Unit.

80


 

Reference Documents for the Annual Environmental and Social Monitoring Report
The following documents form the basis for your reporting requirements. If you do not have a copy of any of them, please obtain a copy from your FMO contact person before proceeding:
Investment Agreement
The Investment Agreement contains environmental and social covenants and sections referring to environmental and social issues. Please report on the action that your organization has taken to address them. Table 1 provides a suggested reporting format.
Performance Standards
These specific standards would be mentioned in or attached to the Investment Agreement. If there are specific requirements or issues which you have not reported on elsewhere in this document (for example the Resettlement Action Plan), please detail them. Detail any questions or concerns you have.
Environmental and/or Social Guidelines
These may be environmental and/or social guidelines specific to your industrial sector or a general environmental guideline. The ones relevant to you would normally be attached to the Investment Agreement. Please review the guidelines and, in particular, any data monitoring requirements specified (for example for atmospheric emission limits). The tables set out in the report provide a suggested reporting format for atmospheric emissions data and effluent (wastewater) data respectively. Do not repeat information already provided in the ESAP.
Health and Safety Guidelines
This is a general guideline applicable to all FMO investments and would normally be attached to the Investment Agreement. Provide a status report based on the key requirements of the guideline. For this purpose, there are tables in the report providing a reporting format.

81


 

Environmental and/or Social Action Plan
Verify whether an Environmental and/or Social Action Plan (ESAP) was required for your project (often as an annex to the Investment Agreement). Compile a status report for the actions listed in the ESAP. Clearly indicate whether (1) actions have been completed and (2) original target dates have been revised. Specify any constraints that may prevent any further progress (for example lack of resources).
Environmental and/or Social Management System
Verify whether an Environmental and/or Social Management System (ESMS) was required for your project (often mentioned in the Investment Agreement). Please provide information on developments regarding procedures, data collection, management structure, training of staff, etc. If your institution has received ISO 14.000, ISO 9000 or an SA8000 certification, please include a copy of the certificate.
Once you have obtained all the relevant reference documents, please complete this form
     
Glossary of Terms
ESAP:
  Environmental and/or Social Action Plan
ESMS:
  Environmental and/or Social Management System
RAP:
  Resettlement Action Plan
ISO:
  International Standardization Organization
SA8000:
  the International Social Accountability Standard
HSE:
  Health, Safety and Environment (also known as SHE)
FMO:
  Financieringsmaatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden
NGO:
  Non-Governmental Organizations
CBO:
  Community-based Organization
WBG:
  World Bank Group
GV:
  Government
A:
  Actual (emissions)
E:
  Estimated (emissions)

82


 

FMO
Annual Environmental and Social Monitoring Report
Section 1 — Basic Information
Company
Address
                 
                Community
        Environmental Co-ordinator       Liaison/External Affairs
    HSE Manager   or HS(E) Officer   Human Resource Manager   Officer
Name
               
Title
               
E-mail
               
Tel. no.
               
Fax no.
               
The reporting period covered by this Environmental & Social Monitoring Report is      :       (month/year — month/year)
If the reporting entity is not identical to the company as indicated above, please specify it here:

83


 

Section 2 — Project Status
Current Project Status o Design o Construction o Expansion       o Operation o Closure o Other (specify)
If the project is at the construction or expansion stage, is the original completion date (i.e. the one specified in the Investment Agreement) still accurate? o YES      /      o NO If no, please indicate the revised completion date:
List any key developments that have taken place in relation to the project during the reporting period. This might include such things as (1) changes to the status of the project (for example from construction to operation), (2) an increase or decrease in production capacity or labour force, (3) new management, buildings or equipment and (4) land acquisition/expansion.
As a result of these changes, have any new management procedures been introduced or modifications made to existing systems?
o  YES / o NO
This might include such things as storage and handling procedures for new chemicals, operating processes for waste water treatment, or the introduction of personal protective equipment such as safety gloves or hearing protection. In the social field, it might include changes in the composition of the labour force (ratio of permanent to contract/casual workers), in labour conditions (workers’ representation, remuneration, working hours), procedures for upcoming retrenchment, or plans for community liaising (including communication strategy and public consultation).

84


 

Section 3 — Environmental & Social Policy
Was there any change in the environmental, human resources or community liaison policy of the company during this reporting period?
o YES o NO If yes, please provide the latest policy statements.
      Section 4 — Information Exchange
The purpose of this section is to help FMO understand who requests information from you on environmental or social issues (and for what purpose). This information may allow us to match our requests for information to those of other parties.
Are the Environmental Co-ordinator and the Human Resource Manager or the Community Liaison/External Affairs officer specified in Section 1 also responsible for compiling environmental or social information and records for other parties (for example government regulators)? o YES o NO If no, please specify the name/names of the relevant person/persons:

85


 

Are you subject to government control regarding compliance with any local or national environmental /public health legislation or labour/social security/human rights legislation? This might include such things as government monitoring of permit or licence conditions, visits/inspections, or requests for information for review. If yes, please provide details — for example who undertakes the assessment and the date of the last assessment. Please attach copies of relevant documents (for example letters, monitoring reports, government notices).
Have you consulted or provided any information on environmental or social issues to local communities during this reporting period (i.e. communities living in the vicinity of your facility and any other communities impacted by your activities?) If yes, please specify what was provided (for example a report, an invitation to an open day, an update letter) and to whom it was distributed.
Please also specify any outcome (for example minutes of meetings or the community’s response).
Did you provide this information voluntarily, or were you requested to provide it? If you were requested to provide it, please specify who made the request (for example a local government official, a non-governmental organization (NGO) or a community-based organization(CBO).
Has any “third party” — such as a local, national or international environmental or human rights group, journalist, or trade union body — requested that you provide information to them during this reporting period? If yes, please provide details regarding the information requested, your response and any outcome. Please attach any relevant documentation (for example letters, responses, reports).

86


 

Section 5 — Environmental, Health & Safety and Social Management
Environmental, Health & Safety Management
Were there any improvements in environmental or safety procedures, quality of environmental or safety data, improvement of measurements during this reporting period?
Please detail below any occupational health or HIV/AIDS monitoring programs which you conducted this year. This may include routine checkups on employees (please specify frequency) or more specific studies (for example monitoring worker exposure to a chemical used in a particular production process).
Please detail below any environmental or health and safety training programs, including on HIV/AIDS prevention & management, that you conducted this year. Please provide details (for example on the focus of the training, who attended and whether training will be repeated).

87


 

Please detail below any emergency preparedness & response drills that you conducted this year. Please provide details (for example on the focus of the drills, who participated and whether the drills will be repeated).
What environmental, health and safety practices (including for HIV/AIDS) or measures do you require of contractors working at your site?
Have any environmental or health & safety audits been performed in the last year (for example ISO 14.000 audits)? If so, please provide a summary of the audit report.
Social Management
Have there been any improvements in procedures, quality of data, etc., regarding human resource management and/or community liaison activities during this reporting period?
Did you provide any training on the company social policy (for example on workers’ rights, discrimination on the work floor, equal remuneration, child labour, community relations)?
Please provide details (for example on the focus and duration of the training, who attended and whether training will be repeated).

88


 

Have you dialogued with or consulted workers’ representatives (for example through a trade union or workers’ council) during the last reporting period? Please detail the frequency, the topics discussed and any follow-up.
Did your company agree on a new CLA (Collective Labour Agreement) during the last reporting period? If the CLA is available in English, French, Spanish or Portuguese, please attach a copy. In the case of other languages, please attach and provide a summary in English.
Have any social audits been performed in the last year (for example SA 8.000 audits)? If so, please provide a copy of the audit report (or a summary).
Section 6 — Significant Incidents
Have any incidents occurred during this reporting period which have (1) caused environmental damage, (2) caused casualties or damage to human health, and/or (3) attracted the attention of outside parties? The table below lists a number of examples. Please specify any such incidents on a separate sheet and attach photographs, newspaper articles or any other supporting information that is relevant.

89


 

Table 1: Significant Incidents at the work place and in the dormitories
         
Incident
  Date   Description 1)
Fire, explosion etc.
       
 
       
Chemical or oil spill
       
 
       
Pollution release into atmosphere
       
 
       
Pollution release into water
       
 
       
Pollution release into soil/groundwater
       
 
       
Warnings or summonses from government regulatory authorities
       
 
       
Legal action
       
 
       
Fines, penalties or increased permit charges
       
 
       
Labour disputes, strikes, violent confrontations with workers
       
 
       
Lay-offs, mass redundancies
       
 
       
Acquisition of land involving expropriation and/or resettlement or involving dispute over access to natural resources (for example water)
       

90


 

         
Incident
  Date   Description 1)
Damage to, intrusion into, or destruction of natural habitats (for example drainage of wetlands, land clearance, significant erosion), including, but not limited to protected areas (nature reserves, national or regional parks, indigenous or tribal reserves etc.)
       
 
       
“Chance finds” of cultural property on site. (Such finds are usually made during excavation/construction and involve archaeological remains.)
       
 
       
Negative attention on the part of the media, NGO, scientific group or of any other interest group or expert
       
 
       
Complaints or protests from local communities or CBOs (community-based organizations)
       
 
       
Others (please specify)
       
 
1)   Please describe in detail on a separate sheet and attach photographs, newspaper articles or any other relevant information.

91


 

Table 2: Personal Incident Data (with an example entry in italics)
                         
    Number of   Number of        
    Incidents   Incidents   Incident Rate (#    
    of all   involving young   of incidents/# of    
Issue   workers   worker (16-18)   workers)   Comments & follow-up 1)
 
 
  for instance:   For instance:   for instance:   for instance
 
    5       2     1/250 = 0.004   Crush injury to employee during offloading. Broken ribs requiring hospital treatment. Preventive measures applied.
Fatalities 2)
                       
 
                       
Serious Injuries 3)
                       
 
                       
Lost Time Accidents 4)
                       
 
                       
Incidents involving evacuation 5)
                       
 
                       
Compensation claims 6)
                       
 
1)   Specify details on a separate sheet.
 
2)   Please provide details, including how the accident happened, the cause of death, any follow-up (investigation, compensation, prevention of re-occurrence).
 
3)   Serious injuries are those requiring emergency or hospital treatment. Please provide details, including how the accident happened, the nature of the injury and any follow-up (treatment, investigation, compensation, prevention of re-occurrence).
 
4)   Lost time accidents are those where employees required more than one day off work to recover, but the injury was more temporary in nature (for example sprains and cuts).
 
5)   Please detail any fires, spillage or other emergencies that required total or partial evacuation of the site, as well as any follow-up (emergency response, remediation measures, prevention of re-occurrence).
 
6)   Please detail any compensation claims filed by workers or unions in relation to industrial injuries or health problems, and compensation measures actually taken (financial or otherwise, for example assistance in retraining or finding other work).

92


 

Section 7 — Environmental Data
During this reporting period, were there any improvements in processes (including production processes), technical equipment or treatment facilities that resulted in reduced emissions or less waste to be disposed of? o YES / o NO If yes, please specify.
Table formats are provided below for reporting emissions data. These are structured to reflect the data requirements for World Bank Group Environmental, Health & Safety Guidelines. If you are reporting data in respect of national/local regulations, you may need to adjust the format. If you require assistance in completing this section, please call FMO.
Table 3: Atmospheric Emissions Data (with an example entry in italics )
                     
        Regulatory or   Mean   Frequency of   Monitoring data
Pollutant/Parameter   Source 1)   Guideline Limit 2)   Concentration 3) 4)   Monitoring   compiled by
 
for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:
Particulates   Main boiler stack   50 mg/Nm 3 (GV)   26 mg/Nm 3 (E)   Quarterly   Our consultant
 
1)   Emissions from significant sources should be reported. Significant sources include any sources specifically mentioned in the Investment Agreement or supporting documentation (such as the EAP/CAP), or those regulated by the authorities.
 
2)   Please specify the unit (for example mg/Nm 3 ) or, in the case of total emission limits, the maximum permitted (quantified, for example as tons/annum ) . Please also indicate whether this is a government limit (GV) or a World Bank guideline value (WB). Please report data in the same units as those specified for the government or World Bank limit.
 
3)   If total emission limits rather than concentrations are your compliance criteria, please record your actual emissions for the reporting period in the column marked Mean Concentration.
 
4)   Please indicate whether the data is actual monitoring data (A) or an estimate (E). If an estimate, please provide details on how the estimate was produced. If based on actual monitoring, please provide a copy of the monitoring report.

93


 

Table 4: Effluent (Wastewater) Data (with an example entry in italics)
                     
        Regulatory or            
        Guideline   Mean   Frequency of   Monitoring data
Pollutant/Parameter   Source 1)   Limit 2)   Concentration 3) 4)   Monitoring   compiled by
 
for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:
pH   Treatment Plant   6 — 9 (FMO)   8.2(A)   Monthly   In-house laboratory
 
1)   Effluents from significant sources should be reported. Significant sources include any sources specifically mentioned in the Investment Agreement or supporting documentation (such as the EAP/CAP), or those regulated by the government.
 
2)   Please specify the unit, for example mg/l or, in the case of total emission limits, the maximum permitted (quantified, for example as kg/day ) . Please try to report data using the units specified in the guideline. Please also indicate whether this is a government limit (GV) or a World Bank guideline value (WB).
 
3)   If total effluent limits rather than concentrations are your compliance criteria, please record your actual effluent volume for the reporting period in the column marked Mean Concentration.
 
4)   Please indicate whether the data is actual monitoring data (A) or an estimate (E). If an estimate, please provide details on how the estimate was produced. If based on actual monitoring, please provide a copy of the monitoring report.

94


 

Table 5: Solid Waste Data (with an example entry in italics)
                                         
                                       
                                  Monitoring data
Waste Description   Source   Harmful Components   Destination   Frequency of disposal   compiled by
 
  for instance:         for instance:
for instance:   Wastewater Treatment   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   Treatment Plant
Sludge   Plant   Mineral oil   incineration   Monthly   Operator

95


 

Table 6: Changes in handling & storage of hazardous substances (with an example entry in italics)
                                         
        Previous   Previous   New way of   New max.    
Name, description   means of storage:   max. quantity:   storage:   quantity:   Used for:
 
for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:   for instance:
HCl, 10%   1m 3 cubitainers   4 m 3   10 m 3 tank   10 m 3   disinfecting

96


 

Section 8 — Social Data
A. Did any changes occur during this reporting period with respect to “core labour rights” , for example in terms of employing forced/bonded labour or child labour, in terms of discrimination, or in terms of workers’ organisation or collective bargaining? Did they result, for example, in changed working conditions so that employees are no longer free (physically or financially) to leave the workplace or terminate their jobs, for example changed recruitment protocol hampering age checks, for example change in rules and regulations that infringes rights of certain categories of employees (for example women or pregnant women, people with HIV/AIDS, ethnic/religious minorities), or, for example, creation/dissolving of a workers’ council or drawing up of a new collective labour agreement (CLA). o YES/ o NO If yes, please specify.
A table format is provided below for reporting changes in core labour rights. Data only need to be entered if changes did occur during this reporting period. If the requirements for completing this section are unclear, please call FMO for assistance.

97


 

Table 7: Changes in Core Labour Rights (with clarification in italics )
         
    Changes    
Core Labour Right   Y/N   Specification 1)
Forced/Bonded Labour
       
Have any changes led to improved or worsened forced/bonded labour practices?
       
Child Labour
       
Have any changes led to improved or worsened child labour employment practices?
       
Discrimination
       
Have any changes led to improved or worsened discrimination practices?
       
Workers’ Organisation & Collective Bargaining
       
Have any changes led to improved or worsened workers’ organisation or collective bargaining?
       
 
1)   If necessary, please describe in detail on a separate sheet and attach photographs, government decrees/regulations or any other relevant information.

98


 

B. What are the “conditions of employment” during this reporting period, for example in terms of remuneration, working hours, or contracting of employees? Have any changes resulted in, for example, reduced income for all employees or for certain groups of employees (for example women), an increase in overtime, or substantial changes in the ratio of people working on certain labour contracts? o YES                          /                     o NO If yes, please specify.
A table format is provided below for reporting conditions of employment. If the requirements for completing this section are unclear, please call FMO for assistance.
Table 8: Conditions of Employment (with clarification in italics )
                                 
    Positions and age group     Previous     New        
Condition of Employment   (young workers)     Situation     Situation     Specification 1)  
Remuneration
                             
Lowest wage groups
                             
Working Hours
                               
- regular
                               
- overtime
                               

99


 

                                 
    Positions and age group     Previous     New        
Condition of Employment   (young workers)     Situation     Situation     Specification 1)  
- shifts
                               
Labour Force Composition
                               
- number of young workers (16-18 years)
                               
- number of casual workers
                               
- number of temporary contract workers
                               
- number of permanent contract workers
                               
- number of subcontracted/outsourced workers
                               
 
1)   If necessary, please describe in detail on a separate sheet and attach photographs, government decrees/regulations articles or any other relevant information.

100


 

C. Did any changes in “health & safety procedures/conditions” take place during this reporting period, for example in terms of regulations, inspections, training, staffing, medical testing, facilities, accident trend analysis, personal protective equipment, housing arrangements, or physical working conditions? Did they result in any improvements or worsening in personal health & safety for all employees or for certain groups of employees? o YES o NO If yes, please specify.
Two table formats are provided below for reporting changes in health & safety procedures/conditions. If the requirements for completing this section are unclear, please call FMO for assistance.
Table 9: Changes in Health & Safety Procedures/Conditions (with clarification in italics )
                 
Health & Safety issue   Changes Y/N     Specification 1)  
Regulations
               
municipal or national
               
Health & Safety inspections
               
Training of Personnel in
               
- health & safety programs/programs)
               
- emergency preparedness & response plan
               
Health & Safety Staffing
               

101


 

                 
Health & Safety issue   Changes Y/N     Specification 1)  
- Management level
               
- Operational level
               
Medical Testing
               
- upon recruitment
               
- during employment
               
- HIV/AIDS
               
Sanitary Facilities
               
Medical Facilities
               
Analysis of Trends in Injuries/Illnesses
               
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
               
Dormitory/Housing Camp Arrangements
               
 
1)   If necessary, please describe in detail on a separate sheet and attach photographs, government decrees/regulations articles or any other relevant information.

102


 

Table 10: Data on Health & Safety Conditions (with clarification in italics )
                                         
            Regulatory or             Frequency of     Monitoring data  
Parameter   Location     Guideline Limit 1)     Actual level 3)     Monitoring     compiled by  
                               
For instance: toluene   for instance:     for instance:     for instance:     for instance:     for instance:  
concentration   coating application area     50 ppm (GV)     26 ppm (A)     Quarterly     Our consultant  
Air quality
                                       
 
                                       
substance:
                                       
 
                                       
                                       
 
                                       
Noise
                                     
 
                                       
 
                                     
 
                                       
Ambient temperature
                                     
 
                                       
 
                                     
 
                                       
Radiation
                                     
 
                                       
 
                                     
 
                                       
Other:
                                       
 
                                       
                                       
 
1)   Please specify the unit (for example mg/Nm 3 ) or, in the case of total emission limits, the maximum permitted (quantified, for example, as tons/annum ) . Please also indicate whether this is a government limit (GV) or a World Bank guideline value (WB). Please report data in the same units as those specified for the government or World Bank limit.
 
2)   If total emission limits rather than concentrations are your compliance criteria, please record your actual emissions for the reporting period in the column marked Mean Concentration.
 
3)   Please indicate whether the data is actual monitoring data (A) or an estimate (E). If an estimate, please provide details on how the estimate was produced. If based on actual monitoring, please provide a copy of the monitoring report.

103


 

D.   If the sponsor or the contractor employs young employees an annual health check is required to ensure that the work they perform is not hazardous to their health and development. Young workers are often defined as being between 16 and 18 year, but the age definition of young workers may vary according to national legislation.
Please use the below table to report on the outcome of the annual health check for young employees. If the requirements for completing this section are unclear, please call FMO for assistance.
Table 11: Annual Health Check for young workers (with clarification in italics )
                         
Identified health problems and                  
amount of workers identified with   Change in health trends since     Preventive measures adopted for each     Amount of young workers having  
such diseases   last year     health problem identified     received a health check  
                   
    I.e. 3 less workers suffering from             I.e. 3 machine operators  
I.e. respiratory problems (5 workers)   reparatory problems     I.e. Longer breaks, improved air quality     2 harvest workers  
 
                       

104


 

E. In some cases it is deemed necessary that adult workers (above 18) are given an annual health check. Only workers who perform hazardous or physical heavy work may be given a yearly health check. However, in some cases all workers are given an annual health check.
Please use the below table to report on the outcome of the annual health check for employees. If the requirements for completing this section are unclear, please call FMO for assistance.
Table 12: Annual Health Check for all workers if applicable (with clarification in italics )
                         
                    Number of young workers having  
Identified health problems and                   received a health check (Please define  
amount of workers identified with   Change in health trends since     Preventive measures adopted for each     according to position at the work  
such diseases   last year     health problem identified     place)  
                   
    I.e. 3 less workers suffering from             I.e. 3 machine operators  
I.e. respiratory problems (5 workers)   reparatory problems     I.e. Longer breaks, improved air quality     2 harvest workers  
 
                       

105


 

Section 9 — Supplementary Data
A table format is provided below for reporting supplementary data. It is structured to reflect any requirements — other than those already specified in previous sections — that your organization and FMO may have agreed upon in the Investment Agreement. If you need assistance in completing this section, please call FMO.
Table 11: Supplementary Data
                                 
    Operation(s)                    
Topic   involved     Requirement     Result/Status     Data compiled by  
 
                               
 
                               

106


 

Section 10 — Other Information and Feedback
Please list any other information that FMO should be aware of. This may relate to broader environmental issues, labour relations or community initiatives within your company (or at other sites), positive media or NGO attention, training initiatives, management system initiatives (for example ISO 14001, ISO 9000 or SA8000) or cost savings through process efficiency. FMO is eager to hear about success stories!
Please also use this section of the report to give us feedback. Some examples of the types of issue we would like your response to are listed below.
Can you work with the environmental and social requirements of FMO or do you need additional assistance (for example training)?
How can we improve the support we give you? Please make suggestions.
If you contacted FMO during this reporting period for assistance, did you receive a satisfactory response? If not, please detail the reasons why.

107


 

Section 11 — Signature
     
Name:
  Date:
 
   
Position:
  Phone:
 
   
Signature:
  E-mail:

108


 

SCHEDULE 9
EXCLUDED ACTIVITIES
The Borrower shall not finance any activity involving:
1.   Production or activities involving forced labour 1 or child labour 2 .
 
2.   Production or trade in any product or activity deemed illegal under host country laws or regulations or international conventions and agreements.
 
3.   Production or trade in 3 :
  a.   weapons and munitions;
 
  b.   tobacco; and
 
  c.   hard liquor.
4.   Gambling, casinos and equivalent enterprises 4 .
 
5.   Any business relating to pornography or prostitution.
 
6.   Trade in wildlife or wildlife products regulated under CITES 5 .
 
7.   Production or use of or trade in hazardous materials such as radioactive materials 6 , unbounded asbestos fibres and products containing PCBs 7 .
 
8.   Cross-border trade in waste and waste products unless compliant to the Basel Convention and the underlying regulations.
 
9.   Drift net fishing in the marine environment using nets in excess of 2.5 km in length.
 
10.   Production, use of or trade in pharmaceuticals, pesticides/herbicides, chemicals, ozone depleting substances 8 and other hazardous substances subject to international phase-outs or bans.
 
11.   Significant 9 conversion or degradation of Critical Habitat 10 .
 
12.   Production and distribution of racist and anti-democratic media.
 
13.   Significant alteration, damage, or removal of any critical cultural heritage 11 .
 
14.   Relocation of Indigenous Peoples 12 from traditional or customary lands.
 
1   Forced labour means all work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is extracted from an individual under threat of force or penalty as defined by ILO conventions.
 
2   Employees may only be taken if they are at least 14 years old, as defined in the ILO Fundamental Human Rights Conventions (Minimum Age Convention C138, Art. 2), unless local legislation specifies compulsory school attendance or the minimum age for working. In such cases the higher age shall apply.
 
3   This applies when these activities are a substantial part of the Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s primary operations.
 
4   This applies when these activities are a substantial part of the Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s primary operations.
 
5   CITES: Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species or Wild Fauna and Flora.
 
6   This does not apply to the purchase of medical equipment, quality control (measurement) equipment and any other equipment where EFP considers the radioactive source to be trivial and/or adequately shielded. Additionally, FMO will finance the mining and enrichment of uranium ores for nuclear energy and other non-military use, but will not finance the production of high enrichment (weapons grade) uranium in countries that have signed and ratified and are honouring the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons.
 
7   PCBs: Polychlorinated biphenyls, a group of highly toxic chemicals. PCBs are likely to be found in oil-filled electrical transformers, capacitors and switchgear dating from 1950-1985.

109


 

 
8   Ozone Depleting Substances: Chemical compounds, which react with and delete stratospheric ozone, resulting in “holes in the ozone layer”. The Montreal Protocol lists ODs and their target reduction and phase-out dates.
 
9   Significant conversion or degradation means the (1) elimination or severe diminution of the integrity of a habitat caused by a major, long-term change in land or water use; or (2) modification of a habitat that substantially reduces the habitat’s ability to maintain viable population of its native species.
 
10   Critical habitat is a subset of both natural and modified habitat that deserves particular attention. Critical habitat includes areas with high biodiversity value that meet the criteria of the World Conservation Union (IUCN) classification, including habitat required for the survival of critically endangered or endangered species as defined by the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species or as defined in any national legislation; areas having special significance for endemic or restricted-range species; sites that are critical for the survival of migratory species; areas supporting globally significant concentrations or numbers of individuals of congregatory species; areas with unique assemblages of species or which are associated with key evolutionary processes or provide key ecosystem services; and areas having biodiversity of significant social, economic or cultural importance to local communities. Primary Forest or forests of High Conservation Value shall be considered Critical Habitats.
 
11   Critical cultural heritage consists of (i) the internationally recognized heritage of communities who use, or have used within living memory the cultural heritage for long-standing cultural purposes; and (ii) legally protected cultural heritage areas, including those proposed by host governments for such designation.
 
12   The term “Indigenous Peoples” is used in a generic sense to refer to a distinct social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in varying degrees:
  (i)    self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others;
 
  (ii)    collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories;
 
  (iii)    customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society or culture; and
 
  (iv)    an indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region.

110


 

SIGNATURES
THE BORROWER
BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD.

By:
     
Address:
  No. 3055, Fuxing Middle Road
National New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone
Baoding, PRC 071051
 
   
Fax:
  +86 213 8929800
THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.

By:
     
Address:
  Anna van Saksenlaan 71,
2593 HW The Hague
The Netherlands
 
   
Fax:
  +31 70 32461 87
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS — UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
By:
     
Address:
  Kämmergasse 22,
50676 Köln/Cologne
Federal Republic of Germany
 
   
Fax:
  +49 221 4986 1290
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
By:
     
Address:
  5, rue Roland Barthes,
75598 Paris
cedex 12
France
 
   
Fax:
  +33 1 5344 3838

111


 

THE AGENT
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.

By:
     
Address:
  Anna van Saksenlaan 71,
2593 HW The Hague
The Netherlands
 
   
Fax:
  +31 70 32461 87

112


 

SIGNATORIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
THE BORROWER
BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD.
     
By:
  /s/ Zongwei Li
 
   
Address:
  No. 3055, Fuxing Middle Road
 
  National New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone
 
  Baoding, PRC 071051
 
   
Fax:
  +86 213 8929800
THE INITIAL LENDERS
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
     
By:
  /s/ J.J. Reinking, Manager, Business Development Asia
 
  /s/ S.E.L. Leijten, Manger Finance Team
 
   
Address:
  Anna van Saksenlaan 71,
 
  2593 HW The Hague
 
  The Netherlands
 
   
Fax:
  +31 70 32461 87
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS — UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
     
By:
  /s/ Gerhard von Werthern, First Vice President, Manufacturing Industry/Services
 
  /s/ Yves Ehlert, Vice President, Manufacturing Industry/Services
 
   
Address:
  Kämmergasse 22,
 
  50676 Köln/Cologne
 
  Federal Republic of Germany
 
   
Fax:
  +49 221 4986 1290
THE NEW LENDER
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
     
By:
  /s/ Phillippe Bassery, Deputy CEO
 
   
Address:
  5, rue Roland Barthes,
 
  75598 Paris
 
  cedex 12
 
  France
 
   
Fax:
  +33 1 5344 3838

113


 

THE AGENT
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
     
By:
  /s/ J.J. Reinking, Manager, Business Development Asia
 
  /s/ S.E.L. Leijten, Manger Finance Team
 
   
Address:
  Anna van Saksenlaan 71,
 
  2593 HW The Hague
 
  The Netherlands
 
   
Fax:
  +31 70 32461 87

114

Exhibit 10.2
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DEED
DATED 6 NOVEMBER 2008
 

BETWEEN
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
AS GUARANTOR
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
AND
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
AS INITIAL LENDERS
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
AS NEW LENDER
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
AS AGENT
relating to a Corporate Guarantee
dated 29 August 2008

 
(ALLEN & OVERY)
Allen & Overy LLP, Shanghai office
 
 

 


 

CONTENTS
             
Clause   Page
1.
  Interpretation     1  
2.
  Amendments     2  
3.
  Representations     2  
4.
  Consents     3  
5.
  Miscellaneous     3  
6.
  Governing law     3  
7.
  Arbitration     3  
8.
  Enforcement     4  
Schedules
       
1.
  Restated Guarantee     5  
 
 
Signatories to Supplemental Deed     23  

 


 

THIS DEED is dated 6 November 2008
BETWEEN :
(1)   YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED , an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (Reg. No.: 172074) and listed on the New York Stock Exchange having its registered offices at P.O. Box 2681, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, George Town, Grand Cayman (the Guarantor );
 
(2)   DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH (a financial institution incorporated and existing as a limited liability company under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (Reg. No. HRB 1005, AG Köln), having its registered office at Kämmergasse 22, 50676 Köln/Cologne, Federal Republic of Germany) and NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. (a company limited by shares incorporated and existing under the laws of The Netherlands having its registered office at Anna van Saksenlaan 71, 2593 HW The Hague, The Netherlands) (each an Initial Lender and together the Initial Lenders );
 
(3)   SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET DE PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE , a French Société Anonyme , having its registered office at 5, rue Roland Barthes 75 598 PARIS Cedex 12, France (the New Lender ); and
 
(4)   NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Agent ).
BACKGROUND
     This Deed is supplemental to and amends a corporate guarantee dated 29 August 2008 between the Guarantor, the Initial Lenders and the Agent (the Guarantee ) relating to a term facility agreement dated 29 August 2008 (the Facility Agreement ) between Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd. (the Borrower ), which is to be amended and restated by a supplemental agreement between the Borrower, the Initial Lenders, the New Lender and the Agent dated on or about the date of this Deed (the TFA Supplemental Agreement ).
     It is intended that this document takes effect as a deed notwithstanding that a party to this document may only execute it under hand.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.   INTERPRETATION
1.1   Definitions
(a)   In this Deed:
 
    Effective Date has the meaning given to it in the TFA Supplemental Agreement.
 
(b)   Capitalised terms defined in the Guarantee as amended and restated by this Deed have, unless expressly defined in this Deed, the same meaning in this Deed.

1


 

1.2   Construction
 
    The provisions of clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Guarantee apply to this Deed as though they were set out in full in this Deed, except that references to the Guarantee are to be construed as references to this Deed.
2.   AMENDMENTS
 
    Subject as set out below, the Guarantee will be amended from the Effective Date so that it reads as if it were restated in the form set out in Schedule 1 (Restated Guarantee).
3.   REPRESENTATIONS
 
3.1   Representations
 
    The representations set out in this Clause are made by the Guarantor on the date of this Deed to each Finance Party.
 
3.2   Powers and authority
 
    It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Deed and the transactions contemplated by this Deed.
 
3.3   Legal validity
 
    Subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations and specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under schedule 1 (Conditions precedent documents) of the TFA Supplemental Agreement, this Deed constitutes its legally binding, valid and enforceable obligation.
 
3.4   Non-conflict
 
    The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed do not and will not conflict with:
  (a)   any law or regulation applicable to it;
 
  (b)   its constitutional documents; or
 
  (c)   any document which is binding on it or any of its assets,
    where, in the case of paragraph (c) above, such conflict does not, and would not be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and, in the case of paragraph (a) above, such conflict does not, and would not be reasonably expected to have, an adverse effect.
 
3.5   Authorisations
 
    All Authorisations required by it in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect.

2


 

3.6   Guarantee
 
    The Guarantor confirms to each Finance Party that on the date of this Deed and on the Effective Date, the representations and warranties that are deemed to be repeated on the date of each Utilisation Request and on each Payment Date under clause 4 of the Guarantee (the Guarantor Repeating Representations ):
  (a)   are true; and
 
  (b)   would also be true if references to the Guarantee are construed as references to the Guarantee as amended and restated by this Deed.
    In each case, each Guarantor Repeating Representation is applied to the circumstances then existing and in the case of the confirmation made on the date of this Deed, as if the Effective Date had occurred.
4.   CONSENTS
 
    The Guarantor consents and agrees:
  (a)   to the amendment and restatement of the Guarantee as contemplated by this Deed;
 
  (b)   to the amendment and restatement of the Facility Agreement as contemplated by the TFA Supplemental Agreement; and
 
  (c)   that its guarantee obligations under the Guarantee will extend to Borrower’s obligations under the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by the TFA Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation to the foregoing, that its guarantee obligations will extend to the increase in the Facility effected by the TFA Supplemental Agreement.
5.   MISCELLANEOUS
 
    Subject to the terms of this Deed, the Guarantee will remain in full force and effect and, from the Effective Date, the Guarantee and this Deed will be read and construed as one document.
 
6.   GOVERNING LAW
 
    This Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
 
7.   ARBITRATION
 
7.1   Arbitration
 
    Subject to Sub-clause 7.4 (Option), any dispute (a Dispute ) arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed or the consequences of its nullity) shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Arbitration Rules (the Rules ) of the London Court of International Arbitration.
 
7.2   Procedure for arbitration
 
    The arbitral tribunal shall consist of one arbitrator who shall be Queen’s Counsel of at least five year’s standing. The seat of arbitration shall be London, England and the language of the arbitration shall be English.

3


 

7.3   Recourse to courts
 
    Save as provided in Sub-clause 7.4 (Option), the parties to this letter (the Parties ) exclude the jurisdiction of the courts under Sections 45 and 69 of the Arbitration Act 1996.
 
7.4   Option
 
    Before an arbitrator has been appointed to determine a Dispute, the Agent and the Guarantor may by notice in writing to all other Parties to this Deed require that all Disputes or a specific Dispute be heard by a court of law. If the Agent or the Guarantor gives such notice, the Dispute to which such notice refers shall be determined in accordance with Clause 8 (Enforcement).
 
8.   ENFORCEMENT
 
(a)   The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute ).
 
(b)   The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.
 
(c)   This Clause 8 (Enforcement) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, the Finance Parties shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
     This Deed has been entered into as a deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

4


 

SCHEDULE 1
RESTATED GUARANTEE
CORPORATE GUARANTEE
By
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
RELATING TO A
USD75,000,000 (FORMERLY USD50,000,000)
CREDIT FACILITY
FOR
BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD.
DATED 29 August 2008
as amended and restated by a Supplemental Deed dated 6 November 2008
(ALLEN & OVERY)
ALLEN & OVERY LLP
SHANGHAI

5


 

CORPORATE GUARANTEE
BY
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
RELATING TO A
USD75,000,000 (FORMERLY USD50,000,000)
CREDIT FACILITY
FOR
BAODING TIANWEI YINGLI NEW ENERGY RESOURCES CO., LTD.
DATED 29 August 2008
as amended and restated by a Supplemental Deed dated 6 November 2008
(ALLEY & OVERY)
Allen & Overy LLP
Shanghai

 


 

CONTENTS
             
Clause   Page
1.
  INTERPRETATION     1  
 
           
2.
  GUARANTEE     2  
 
           
3.
  PRESERVATION OF RIGHTS     3  
 
           
4.
  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     4  
 
           
5.
  INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS     7  
 
           
6.
  FINANCIAL COVENANTS     8  
 
           
7.
  POSITIVE UNDERTAKINGS     9  
 
           
8.
  NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS     11  
 
           
9.
  PAYMENTS AND DEFAULT INTEREST     16  
 
           
10.
  CURRENCY CONVERSION     16  
 
           
11.
  CONTINUING SECURITY     16  
 
           
12.
  SUSPENSE ACCOUNT     16  
 
           
13.
  SET-OFF     17  
 
           
14.
  NOTICES     17  
 
           
15.
  ASSIGNMENTS AND SUCCESSORS     18  
 
           
16.
  PARTIAL INVALIDITY     18  
 
           
17.
  THIRD PARTY RIGHTS     18  
 
           
18.
  REMEDIES AND WAIVERS     18  
 
           
19.
  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS     18  
 
           
20.
  COUNTERPARTS     19  
 
           
21.
  GOVERNING LAW     19  
 
           
22.
  ARBITRATION     19  
 
           
23.
  ENFORCEMENT     19  
 
           
SIGNATURES
    21  

 


 

THIS CORPORATE GUARANTEE is dated 29 August 2008 as amended and restated on 6 November 2008, and made between:
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED (the “ Guarantor ”), an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (Reg. No.: 172074) and listed on the New York Stock Exchange having its registered offices at P.O. Box 2681, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, George Town, Grand Cayman;
and
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH (a financial institution incorporated and existing as a limited liability company under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (Reg. No. HRB 1005, AG Köln), having its registered office at Kämmergasse 22, 50676 Köln/Cologne, Federal Republic of Germany), NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. (a company limited by shares incorporated and existing under the laws of The Netherlands having its registered office at Anna van Saksenlaan 71, 2593 HW The Hague, The Netherlands, fax number: + 3170 314) and SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET DE PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE (a French Société Anonyme , having its registered office at 5, rue Roland Barthes 75 598 PARIS Cedex 12, France) (each an “ Original Lender ” and together the “ Original Lenders ”);
and
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS — MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. , as agent for the Finance Parties (in this capacity the “ Agent ”).
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.   INTERPRETATION
 
1.1   Definitions
 
    In this Corporate Guarantee:
 
    Borrower means Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Resources Co., Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of the PRC having it’s registered office at No. 3055, Fuxing Road Middle Road, National New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone, Baoding, PRC.
 
    Basic Terms and Conditions of Employment means the requirements as applicable to the Guarantor in the fields of wage, working hours, labour contracts and occupational health & safety issues, stemming from ILO conventions 26 and 131 (on Remuneration), 1 (on Working Hours) and 155 (on Health & Safety).
 
    Environmental Permits means any permit, license, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Guarantor conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the Guarantor.

1


 

    Environmental and Social Claim means any claim or proceeding by a person in respect of an Environmental Law and Social Law, and/or an environmental and/or social agreement between the Guarantor and another person or party.
 
    Facility Agreement means the USD75,000,000 (formerly USD50,000,000) term facility agreement dated on or about the date of this Corporate Guarantee between (among others) the Borrower and the Agent, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time, including by way of a supplemental agreement between, amongst others, the Borrower and the Agent dated on or about 6 November 2008.
 
    Financial Quarter means the financial quarters of the Guarantor commencing on 1 January, 1 April, 1 July and 1 October of each year.
 
    Financial Year means the financial year of the Guarantor commencing on 1 January and ending on 31 December each year.
 
    Guarantor Group means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including without limitation, the Borrower) from time to time.
 
1.2   Construction
  1.2.1   Capitalised terms defined in the Facility Agreement have, unless expressly defined in this Corporate Guarantee, the same meaning in this Corporate Guarantee.
 
  1.2.2   The provisions of clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement apply to this Corporate Guarantee as though they were set out in full in this Corporate Guarantee, except that references to the Facility Agreement are to be construed as references to this Corporate Guarantee.
2.   GUARANTEE
 
    In consideration of the Finance Parties’ entering into the Facility Agreement, the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:
 
2.1   guarantees to each Finance Party the due and punctual observance and performance by the Borrower of all its payment obligations under or pursuant to the Finance Documents and agrees to pay to each Finance Party from time to time on demand all sums of money which the Borrower is at any time liable to pay to each Finance Party under or pursuant to the Finance Documents and which have become due and payable but have not been paid at the time such demand is made;
 
    and
 
2.2   agrees as a primary obligation to indemnify each Finance Party from time to time on demand from and against any loss incurred by that Finance Party as a result of any of the obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Finance Documents being or becoming void, voidable, unenforceable or ineffective as against the Borrower for any reason whatsoever, whether or not known to that Finance Party, the amount of such loss being the amount which the Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover from the Borrower.

2


 

3.   PRESERVATION OF RIGHTS
 
3.1   The obligations of the Guarantor contained in this Corporate Guarantee shall be in addition to and independent of every other security which the Finance Parties may at any time hold in respect of any of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents.
 
3.2   Neither the obligations of the Guarantor contained in this Corporate Guarantee nor the rights, powers and remedies conferred in respect of the Guarantor upon the Finance Parties by this Corporate Guarantee or by law shall be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by:
  3.2.1   the insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of the Borrower or any other person under the Finance Documents or any change in its status, function, control or ownership of the Borrower or any other person under the Finance Documents;
 
  3.2.2   any of the obligations of the Borrower or any other person under the Finance Documents or under any other security relating to the Facility Agreement being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any respect;
 
  3.2.3   any time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to the Borrower or any other person in respect of any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or under any other security;
 
  3.2.4   any amendment to the Finance Documents, or any variation, waiver or release of, any obligation of the Borrower or any other person under the Finance Documents or under any other security;
 
  3.2.5   any failure to take, or fully to take, any security agreed to be taken in respect of the Borrower’s or any other person’s obligations under the Finance Documents;
 
  3.2.6   any failure to realise or fully to realise the value of, or any release, discharge, exchange or substitution of, any security taken in respect of the Borrower’s or any other person’s obligations under the Finance Documents; or
 
  3.2.7   any other act, event or omission which, but for the acts, events or omissions mentioned in this Sub-clause 3.2, might operate to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Guarantor contained in this Corporate Guarantee or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon the Finance Parties by the Finance Documents, this Corporate Guarantee or by law.
3.3   Any settlement or discharge given by the Finance Parties to the Guarantor in respect of the Guarantor’s obligations under this Corporate Guarantee or any other agreement reached between the Finance Parties and the Guarantor in relation to it shall be, and be deemed always to have been, void if any act on the faith of which the Finance Parties gave the Guarantor that settlement or discharge or entered into that agreement is subsequently avoided by or in pursuance of any provision of law.
 
3.4   None of the Finance Parties shall be obliged before exercising any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon it in respect of the Guarantor by this Corporate Guarantee or by law:

3


 

  3.4.1   to make any demand of the Borrower;
 
  3.4.2   to take any action or obtain judgment in any court against the Borrower;
 
  3.4.3   to make or file any claim or proof in a winding-up or dissolution of the Borrower;
 
    r
 
  3.4.4   to enforce or seek to enforce any security taken in respect of any of the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.
3.5   The Guarantor agrees that, so long as the Borrower is under any actual or contingent obligations under the Finance Documents, the Guarantor shall not exercise any rights which the Guarantor may at any time have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under this Corporate Guarantee:
  3.5.1   to be indemnified by the Borrower or to receive any collateral from the Borrower;
 
      and/or
 
  3.5.2   to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;
 
      and/or
 
  3.5.3   to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Facility Agreement by the Finance Parties.
4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    The Guarantor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 4 to each Finance Party on the date of this Corporate Guarantee, and each of such representations and warranties (except for the representations and warranties set out in Sub-clauses 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 4.11, 4.17 and 4.25) is deemed to be made by the Guarantor on the date of each Utilisation Request and on each Payment Date (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing).
 
4.1   It is a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has and will have the necessary power to enable it to enter into and perform its obligations under this Corporate Guarantee.
 
4.2   Subject to any principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) of the Facility Agreement, this Corporate Guarantee constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
 
4.3   All Authorisations required to enable it to enter into, and exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under, this Corporate Guarantee and to make this Corporate Guarantee admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

4


 

4.4   The execution, delivery and performance of this Corporate Guarantee will not conflict with (a) any agreement binding on it or any of its assets; (b) its constitutive documents; or (c) any applicable law, save where, in the case of paragraph (c), such conflict does not have and would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, in the case of paragraph (a), such conflict does not, and would not be reasonably expected to have, an adverse effect.
 
4.5   Save to the extent specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) of the Facility Agreement, the choice of English law as the governing law of this Corporate Guarantee will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.
 
4.6   Save to the extent specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) of the Facility Agreement, any judgment obtained in England in relation to this Corporate Guarantee will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.
 
4.7   It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under this Corporate Guarantee.
 
4.8   Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that this Corporate Guarantee be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to this Corporate Guarantee or the transactions contemplated by this Corporate Guarantee (except in the case where this Corporate Guarantee is executed in, brought to or produced before a court of the Cayman Islands, in which case nominal stamp duty may become payable).
 
4.9   No event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.10   The Guarantor Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied.
 
4.11   The Guarantor Original Financial Statements fairly represent the financial condition and operations of the Guarantor Group during the relevant Guarantor Financial Year.
 
4.12   There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition of the Guarantor Group since the date of the Guarantor Original Financial Statements.
 
4.13   All written factual information supplied by the Guarantor was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any material respect.
 
4.14   Its payment obligations under this Corporate Guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
 
4.15   No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency or governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it.

5


 

4.16   It has performed and observed in all material respects all Social Law, Environmental Law, Environmental Permits and all other material covenants, conditions, restrictions or agreements directly or indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with any real property which is or was at any time owned, leased or occupied by it or on which it has conducted any activity where in each case failure to do so might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.17   As at the date of this Corporate Guarantee, no Environmental and Social Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against it.
 
4.18   After the date of this Corporate Guarantee, no material Environmental and Social Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against it which is likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders.
 
4.19   It has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (a) payment is being contested in good faith, (b) it has maintained adequate reserves for those Taxes and (c) payment can be lawfully withheld).
 
4.20   It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.
 
4.21   No claims are being or are reasonably likely to be asserted against it with respect to Taxes other than in respect of any Taxes the payment of which is being contested, subject to the requirements of Clause 4.19.
 
4.22   In any proceedings taken in its jurisdiction of incorporation in relation to this Corporate Guarantee, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.
 
4.23   It has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted except where failure to have such title, leases, licenses or Authorisations does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.24   It has not violated nor breached any law to which it may be subject, which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.25   To the best of its knowledge and belief, none of the improper or illegal acts mentioned in Clause 7.8 (No illegal or improper payments) has occurred prior to the date of this Corporate Guarantee.
 
4.26   It has performed and observed in all material respects all the requirements set out in schedule 6 (Corporate Governance Guidelines) of the Facility Agreement.
 
4.27   It has not entered into or continued business relations with its shareholders, employees and associated companies (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other member of the Guarantor Group) except on proper commercial terms negotiated at arms’ length.

6


 

5.   INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
 
5.1   Financial statements
 
    The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent in the English language and in sufficient copies for all the Lenders if so requested by the Agent:
  5.1.1   as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each Financial Year, its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; and
 
  5.1.2   as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial Quarter, its consolidated financial statements for that Financial Quarter.
5.2   Compliance Certificate
  5.2.1   The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Sub-clause 5.1 (Financial statements), a certificate (substantially in the form of the Compliance Certificate required under the Facility Agreement, but referring to the Guarantor rather than the Borrower) setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 6 (Financial covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
 
  5.2.2   Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director of the Guarantor.
5.3   Requirements as to financial statements
  5.3.1   Each set of financial statements delivered by the Guarantor pursuant to Sub-clause 5.1.2 shall be certified by a director of the Guarantor as fairly representing its consolidated financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
 
  5.3.2   The Guarantor shall procure that each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to Sub-clause 5.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using US GAAP, and accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Guarantor Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in US GAAP, or the accounting practices or reference periods and its Auditor delivers to the Agent:
  (a)   a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the US GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Guarantor Original Financial Statements were prepared; and
 
  (b)   sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 6 (Financial covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements.
 
      Any reference in this Corporate Guarantee to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect

7


 

      the basis upon which the Guarantor Original Financial Statements were prepared.
5.4   Information: miscellaneous
 
    The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders (if the Agent so requests):
  5.4.1   promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against it, and which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
  5.4.2   promptly, such further information regarding its financial condition, business and operations as any Lender (through the Agent) may reasonably request.
5.5   Notification of incidents and accidents
 
    The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent, promptly, but in any event within 10 days of the occurrence of any of the events set out in this Sub-clause 5.5:
  5.5.1   details of (a) any accident (including without limitation any explosion, spill or workplace accident which results in death, serious or multiple injuries or material environmental contamination) or (b) any incident of a social nature (including without limitation any violent labour unrest or dispute with local communities), occurring on or nearby any site, plant, equipment or facility of any member of the Guarantor Group which, in the case of (a) or (b), has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or which has a material negative impact on the environment, the health, safety and security situation, together with, in each case, a specification of the nature of the incident or accident and the on-site and off-site effects of such events; and
 
  5.5.2   details of any action the Guarantor proposes to take in order to remedy the effects of these events, and shall keep the Agent informed about any progress in respect of such remedial action.
5.6   Environmental and Social Claims
 
    The Guarantor shall inform the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of the same:
  5.6.1   if any Environmental and Social Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Guarantor Group; or
 
  5.6.2   any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental and Social Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Guarantor Group.
6.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS
 
6.1   Capitalised terms defined in clause 18.1 (Definitions) of the Facility Agreement have, unless expressly defined in this Corporate Guarantee, the same meanings in this

8


 

 
    Corporate Guarantee, as though they were set out in full in this Corporate Guarantee, except that:
  6.1.1   references to the “Borrower” are to be construed as references to the “Guarantor”;
 
  6.1.2   references to the “Group” are to be construed as references to the “Guarantor Group”;
 
  6.1.3   paragraph (d) of the definition of “Current Assets” will be deemed to be deleted;
 
  6.1.4   the words “guarantees given by members of the Group for the obligations of Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that are not members of the Group” will be deemed to be deleted from the definition of “Current Liabilities”; and
 
  6.1.5   paragraph (i) of the definition of “Equity” will be deemed to be deleted.
6.2   Covenants
  6.2.1   The Debt/EBITDA Ratio for any Relevant Period shall not:
  (a)   at any time during 2008, exceed 5.0:1.0;
 
  (b)   at any time during 2009 and 2010, exceed 3.8.0:1.0; and
 
  (c)   at any time after 2010 exceed 3.0:1.0.
  6.2.2   The Debt/Equity Ratio for any Relevant Period shall not at any time exceed 1.5.
 
  6.2.3   The Current Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 1.5.
7.   POSITIVE UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undertakings in this Clause 7 remain in force from the date of this Corporate Guarantee for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
 
7.1   Authorisations
 
    The Guarantor shall promptly:
  7.1.1   obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and
 
  7.1.2   supply certified copies to the Agent of,
 
      any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation or the jurisdiction in which it is listed to enable it to perform its obligations under this Corporate Guarantee and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of this Corporate Guarantee.
7.2   Conduct Undertakings
 
    The Guarantor shall conduct its business activities with due diligence and efficiency in accordance with generally accepted principles of care, prudence and commercial

9


 

    practice as well as in conformity with sound engineering and technical practices and standards, as carried on and adhered to by companies incorporated in and carrying on in similar industries as the Guarantor.
 
7.3   Compliance with laws
 
    The Guarantor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to (a) have a Material Adverse Effect; or (b) result in material reputational damage to the Guarantor or the Lenders, as determined by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably.
 
7.4   Compliance with Environmental Law and Social Law
 
    The Guarantor shall comply with all Environmental Law and Social Law and take all reasonable steps in anticipation of known or expected future changes to or obligations under the same where, in each case, failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to (a) have a Material Adverse Effect; or (b) result in material reputational damage to the Guarantor or the Lenders, as determined by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably. In addition, the Guarantor will exercise best effort to act in accordance with the Core Labour Standards and the Basic Terms and Conditions of Employment, insofar these are more extensive or onerous than Social Law.
 
7.5   Taxation
 
    The Guarantor shall duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (a) payment is being contested in good faith, (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld).
 
7.6   Access
 
    The Guarantor shall permit the Finance Parties and/or employees, accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Finance Parties free access at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice at the cost of the Guarantor to: (a) inspect and take copies and extracts from the books, accounts and records of the Guarantor; (b) view the premises of the Guarantor; and (c) meet and discuss matters with senior management employees of the Guarantor.
 
7.7   Claim Pari Passu
 
    The Guarantor shall ensure that at all times its obligations under this Corporate Guarantee rank at least pari passu in all respects with all the Guarantor’s other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations save those obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
 
7.8   No illegal or improper payments
 
    The Guarantor shall ensure that neither the Guarantor nor its officers, directors or employees will offer, give, insist on, receive or solicit any illegal payment or improper advantage to influence the action of any person.

10


 

7.9   Corporate governance
 
    The Guarantor shall comply in all material respects with the corporate governance guidelines set out in schedule 6 (Corporate Governance Guidelines) of the Facility Agreement.
 
7.10   Control
 
    The Guarantor shall ensure that it:
  7.10.1   has the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:
  (a)   cast, or control the casting of, more than one half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower;
 
  (b)   appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower; and
 
  (c)   give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Borrower which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower are obliged to comply with; and
  7.10.2   holds more than half of the equity interest of the Borrower (excluding any part of that equity interest that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).
7.11   Listing
 
    The Guarantor shall maintain its public listing on the New York Stock Exchange and will ensure that its listing is not terminated or suspended (i) for a period of more than 30 trading days in any Financial Year in the case of a termination or suspension of the listings of companies generally then listed on the New York Stock Exchange; or (ii) otherwise for a period of more than 5 consecutive trading days in any Financial Year.
 
8.   NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undertakings in this Clause 8 remain in force from the date of this Corporate Guarantee for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

11


 

8.1   Negative pledge
  8.1.1   The Guarantor shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over the             shares or registered capital of or equity interests in the Borrower, Yingli Energy (China) Co., Ltd. or any intermediate Holding Company except (other than in the case of the shares, registered capital or equity interests in the Borrower or any intermediate Holding Company of the Borrower) for any Security created over those shares, registered capital or equity interests in favour of the Lenders and other creditors on a pari passu basis.
 
  8.1.2   The Guarantor shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its other assets.
 
  8.1.3   The Guarantor shall not:
  (a)   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets (including without limitation, shares or equity interest in any of its Subsidiaries) on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Guarantor Group;
 
  (b)   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;
 
  (c)   enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
 
  (d)   enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,
 
      in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.
  8.1.4   Sub-clauses 8.1.2 and 8.1.3 above do not apply to:
  (a)   any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by the Guarantor in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;
 
  (b)   any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading;
 
  (c)   any Security over of affecting (or transaction (“Quasi-Security”) described in Clause 8.1.3 above affecting) goods and documents of title to goods arising in the ordinary course of documentary credit transactions entered into by a member of the Guarantor Group in the ordinary course of trading;
 
  (d)   any Security or Quasi-Security imposed by the taxing authorities of any applicable jurisdiction in respect of any unpaid taxes to the extent that (i) payment is being contested in good faith, (ii) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and (iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld;

12


 

  (e)   any Security or Quasi-Security arising pursuant to a judgment or order which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and where adequate reserves are maintained in respect of all claims thereunder (and which does not otherwise constitute an Event of Default);
 
  (f)   any Security over or affecting (or Quasi-Security affecting) any asset acquired by the Guarantor after the date of this Corporate Guarantee if:
  (i)   the Security or Quasi-Security or was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by the Guarantor;
 
  (ii)   the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by the Guarantor; and
 
  (iii)   the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within three Months of the date of acquisition of such asset; or
  (g)   any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of the any company which becomes a member of the Guarantor Group after the date of this Corporate Guarantee, where the Security or Quasi Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Guarantor Group, if:
  (i)   the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of the company;
 
  (ii)   the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of the company; and
 
  (iii)   the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within three Months of that company becoming a member of the Guarantor Group.
8.2   Disposals
  8.2.1   The Guarantor shall not, without the consent of the Lenders, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.
 
  8.2.2   Sub-clause 8.2.1 above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:
  (a)   made in the ordinary course of trading of the Guarantor;
 
  (b)   of obsolete assets;
 
  (c)   from the Guarantor to another member of the Guarantor Group;
 
  (d)   of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

13


 

  (e)   of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments of the same value for treasury management purposes; or
 
  (f)   where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, transfer or other disposal by the Group, other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) and (b) above) does not exceed RMB150,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in any Financial Year.
8.3   Acquisitions
  8.3.1   The Guarantor shall not acquire any company, business, assets or undertaking.
 
  8.3.2   Sub-clause 8.3.1 does not apply to:
  (a)   any acquisition in the ordinary course of trading of the Guarantor;
 
  (b)   any acquisition pursuant to an exchange permitted under Sub-clause 8.2.2(d) or 8.2.2(e);
 
  (c)   any acquisition by the Guarantor of the assets of another member of the Guarantor Group;
 
  (d)   the incorporation of a company which on incorporation becomes a member of the Guarantor Group;
 
  (e)   any acquisition of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments of the same value for treasury management purpose; or
 
  (f)   any other acquisition where the amount of the acquisition cost, when aggregated with the aggregate acquisition cost of any other acquisitions by the Guarantor during that Financial Year, does not exceed RMB150,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies).
8.4   Loans and Guarantees
  8.4.1   The Guarantor shall not without the consent of the Majority Lenders make any loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person or otherwise voluntarily assume any liability, whether actual or contingent, in respect of any obligation of any person .
 
  8.4.2   Clause 8.4.1 does not apply to:
  (a)   guarantees and indemnities granted pursuant to the Finance Documents;
 
  (b)   guarantees and indemnities which are either disclosed in the Guarantor Original Financial Statements or otherwise in writing to the Original Lenders prior to the date of this Corporate Guarantee;
 
  (c)   trade credit granted in the ordinary course of trading;

14


 

  (d)   any performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by a member of the Guarantor Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trade;
 
  (e)   any guarantee given by the Guarantor for the Financial Indebtedness of another member of the Guarantor Group;
 
  (f)   loans to employees or directors made in the ordinary course of business provided that the aggregate amount of such loans outstanding at any time does not exceed USD1,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any time; or
 
  (g)   subject to Clause 8.4.3. loans made to any other member of the Guarantor Group.
  8.4.3   The Guarantor may not permit the repayment of any outstanding loan made to the Borrower or any other member of the Group by the Guarantor or any member of the Guarantor Group that is not a member of the Group in any financial year if:
  (a)   an Event of Default under clause 21.1 ( Non-payment ) of the Facility Agreement has occurred and is continuing or would result from the relevant repayment; or
 
  (b)   the Borrower is not in compliance with clause 18 ( Financial Covenants ) of the Facility Agreement at the time of the relevant repayment or would not be in compliance with that clause immediately after the relevant repayment,
 
      provided that the Lenders will consider in good faith any request from the Borrower or the Guarantor to waive the restrictions of this Clause 8.4.3 on a case by case basis in respect of specific intercompany loans made to the Borrower utilising the proceeds of third party financing provided to the Guarantor.
8.5   Dividends
 
    The Guarantor shall not (and shall ensure that no member of the Guarantor Group will) pay, make or declare any dividend or other distribution in respect of any Financial Year if a Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
8.6   Merger
 
    The Guarantor shall not, without consent of the Lenders, enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction.
 
8.7   Change in Business
 
    Save as otherwise permitted herein, the Guarantor shall not make any substantial change to the nature of its present or contemplated business or operations.
 
8.8   Arms length basis
 
    The Guarantor shall not enter into or continue business relations with its shareholders, employees and associated companies (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other

15


 

    member of the Guarantor Group) except on proper commercial terms negotiated at arms’ length.
 
8.9   Excluded Activities
 
    The Guarantor shall not perform any of the excluded activities as listed in schedule 9 (Excluded Activities) of the Facility Agreement.
 
9.   PAYMENTS AND DEFAULT INTEREST
 
9.1   The provisions of the Facility Agreement relating to the payments to be made under it (including, without limitation, those regulating what is to happen if the Borrower is required by law to make a deduction or withholding from any such payment) shall apply mutatis mutandis to payments to be made under this Corporate Guarantee.
 
9.2   If the Agent (acting on behalf of the Finance Parties) makes a demand under this Corporate Guarantee, the Guarantor shall pay interest on each sum demanded (before and after any judgement and to the extent, interest at the default rate is not otherwise being paid on such sum(s)) from the date of demand until the date of payment calculated on a daily basis at the rate determined in accordance with the provisions of clause 8.4 (Default Interest) of the Facility Agreement.
 
10.   CURRENCY CONVERSION
 
10.1   Each Finance Party may convert any money received or realised by it under or pursuant to this Corporate Guarantee which is not in the currency in which such sums are due and payable under the Finance Documents from that currency into the currency in which such sum is due within 3 Business Days of receipt of such money at the then prevailing commercial rate of exchange for the relevant conversion.
 
10.2   If any money received or realised by a Finance Party under or pursuant to this Corporate Guarantee is required to be converted into another currency pursuant to Sub-clause 10.1, the Guarantor will indemnify each Finance Party against any loss it may suffer as a result. In this Sub-clause 10.2, “loss” means a loss or expense of any kind certified as such by a Finance Party, including any loss arising from any difference between the rate of exchange used for the purpose of the conversion and the actual rates of exchange which the relevant Finance Party would, in the ordinary course of business, have obtained.
 
11.   CONTINUING SECURITY
 
    The obligations of the Guarantor contained in this Corporate Guarantee shall constitute and be continuing obligations notwithstanding any settlement of account or other matter or thing whatsoever, and shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents and shall continue in full force and effect until final payment in full of all amounts owing by the Borrower under the Finance Documents and total satisfaction of all the Borrower’s actual and contingent obligations under the Finance Documents.
 
12.   SUSPENSE ACCOUNT
 
    All monies received, recovered or realised by the Finance Parties under or pursuant to this Corporate Guarantee (including the proceeds of any conversion of currency) may in its discretion be credited to and held in any suspense or impersonal account pending

16


 

    their application from time to time in or towards the discharge of this Corporate Guarantee.
 
13.   SET-OFF
 
    A Finance Party may, at any time when an Event of Default is continuing, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled to on any account maintained with that Finance Party in any currency, in satisfaction of any sum due and payable from the Guarantor to the Finance Party but unpaid.
 
14.   NOTICES
 
14.1   Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Corporate Guarantee shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
 
14.2   Any notice or demand to be made by one person to another in respect of this Corporate Guarantee may be served by depositing such notice or demand at the address of such other person as identified with its name below (or such other address as such other person may previously have specified to the Agent in writing) or by letter posted by prepaid first-class post to such address (which shall be deemed to have been served on the fifth day following the date of posting), or by fax to the fax number identified with the name of such person below (or such other fax number as such person may previously have specified to the Agent in writing) (which shall be deemed to have been received when transmission has been completed) provided that any notice to be served on the Agent shall be effective only when actually received by the Agent, marked for the attention of the department or officer specified by the Agent for such purpose.
 
    For the Agent:
 
    NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
 
    Anna van Saksenlaan 71
 
    2593 HW The Hague
 
    The Netherlands
 
    Fax: +31 70 3149
 
    For the Guarantor:
 
    YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
 
    No. 3055, Fuxing Road Middle Road
 
    National New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone
 
    Baoding, PRC 071051
 
    Fax:+86 312 8929800
 
14.3   Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Guarantor:

17


 

  14.3.1   irrevocably appoints Law Debenture as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with the Finance Documents;
 
      and
 
  14.3.2   agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Guarantor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
15.   ASSIGNMENTS AND SUCCESSORS
 
15.1   The Lenders may at any time assign or transfer all or any of their rights and benefits under this Corporate Guarantee and this Corporate Guarantee to the extent of any valid assignment or transfer by a Finance Party in accordance with clause 22 (Changes to the Lenders) of the Facility Agreement.
 
15.2   The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Corporate Guarantee without the prior consent of the Lenders.
 
16.   PARTIAL INVALIDITY
 
    If at any time, any provision of this Corporate Guarantee is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Corporate Guarantee nor of such provisions under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
17.   THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
 
    A person who is not a party to this Corporate Guarantee has no right under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Corporate Guarantee.
 
18.   REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
 
    No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Lender, any right or remedy under this Corporate Guarantee shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Corporate Guarantee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
19.   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
 
19.1   The Guarantor agrees to any amendment or waiver allowed by clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Facility Agreement which is agreed to by the Borrower. This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph, require the consent of the Guarantor.
 
19.2   Any term of this Corporate Guarantee may be amended or waived only in accordance with clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Facility Agreement.

18


 

20.   COUNTERPARTS
 
    This Corporate Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy this Corporate Guarantee.
 
21.   GOVERNING LAW
 
    This Corporate Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
 
22.   ARBITRATION
 
22.1   Arbitration
 
    Subject to Sub-clause 22.4 (Option), any dispute (a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or in connection with this Corporate Guarantee (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Corporate Guarantee or the consequences of its nullity) shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Arbitration Rules (the “ Rules ”) of the London Court of International Arbitration.
 
22.2   Procedure for arbitration
 
    The arbitral tribunal shall consist of one arbitrator who shall be Queen’s Counsel of at least five year’s standing. The seat of arbitration shall be London, England and the language of the arbitration shall be English.
 
22.3   Recourse to courts
 
    Save as provided in Sub-clause 22.4 (Option), the Parties exclude the jurisdiction of the courts under Sections 45 and 69 of the Arbitration Act 1996.
 
22.4   Option
 
    Before an arbitrator has been appointed to determine a Dispute, the Agent and the Guarantor may by notice in writing to all other Parties to this Corporate Guarantee require that all Disputes or a specific Dispute be heard by a court of law. If the Agent or the Guarantor gives such notice, the Dispute to which such notice refers shall be determined in accordance with Clause 23 (Enforcement).
 
23.   ENFORCEMENT
 
23.1   Jurisdiction
 
    The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Corporate Guarantee (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Corporate Guarantee) (a “ Dispute ”).
 
23.2   The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.
 
23.3   This Sub-clause 23.3 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, the Finance Parties shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

19


 

This Corporate Guarantee has been entered into as a Deed on the date stated at the beginning hereof.

20


 

SIGNATURES
THE GUARANTOR
               
EXECUTED AS A DEED by YINGLI GREEN
    )        
 
           
ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED:
    )     Duly Authorised Signatory
 
    )      
 
             
 
    )     Name:  
 
    )        
 
             
 
    )     Title:  
 
    )        
 
 
 
    )        
 
           
 
    )     Duly Authorised Signatory
 
    )        
 
             
 
    )     Name:  
 
    )        
 
             
 
    )     Title:  
 
    )        
       
in the presence of:
 
 
     
 
   
       
Signature of Witness
   
 
     
Name:
     
 
     
 
     
Address:
     
 
     
 
     
Occupation:
     
 
     
THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS- UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
     
 
 
 
   
     
Authorised Representative
  Authorised Representative

21


 

NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
     
 
 
 
   
     
Authorised Representative
  Authorised Representative
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
     
 
 
 
   
     
Authorised Representative
  Authorised Representative
THE AGENT
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
     
 
 
 
   
     
Authorised Representative
  Authorised Representative

22


 

SIGNATORIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL DEED
THE GUARANTOR
             
EXECUTED AS A DEED by
    )     /s/ Liansheng Miao
 
           
YINGLI GREEN ENERGY
    )     Duly Authorised Signatory
HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED:
    )
)
    Liansheng Miao
 
           
 
    )
)
)
    Name
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
           
 
    )     Title
 
 
    )     /s/ Xiangdong Wang
 
           
 
    )     Duly Authorised Signatory
 
    )      
 
    )     Xiangdong Wang
 
           
 
    )     Name
 
    )      
 
    )     Senior Vice President
 
           
 
    )     Title
       
in the presence of:
 
 
     
/s/ Zongwei Li
   
       
Signature of Witness
   
 
     
Name:
Zongwei Li    
 
     
 
     
Address:
No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road    
 
     
 
Baoding 071051, China    
 
     
 
     
Occupation:
Chief Financial Officer    
 
     
THE INITIAL LENDERS
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
     
By:
  /s/ J.J. Reinking, Manager, Business Development Asia
 
  /s/ S.E.L. Leijten, Manger Finance Team
 
   
Address:
  Anna van Saksenlaan 71,
 
  2593 HW The Hague
 
  The Netherlands
 
   
Fax:
  +31 70 32461 87

23


 

DEG — DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS — UND ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH
     
By:
  /s/ Gerhard von Werthern, First Vice President, Manufacturing Industry/Services
 
  /s/ Yves Ehlert, Vice President, Manufacturing Industry/Services
 
   
Address:
  Kämmergasse 22,
 
  50676 Köln/Cologne
 
  Federal Republic of Germany
 
   
Fax:
  +49 221 4986 1290
THE NEW LENDER
SOCIÉTÉ DE PROMOTION ET PARTICIPATION POUR LA COOPÉRATION ÉCONOMIQUE
     
By:
  /s/ Phillippe Bassery, Deputy CEO
 
   
Address:
  5, rue Roland Barthes,
 
  75598 Paris
 
  cedex 12
 
  France
 
   
Fax:
  +33 1 5344 3838
THE AGENT
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ
VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.
     
By:
  /s/ J.J. Reinking, Manager, Business Development Asia
 
  /s/ S.E.L. Leijten, Manger Finance Team
 
   
Address:
  Anna van Saksenlaan 71,
 
  2593 HW The Hague
 
  The Netherlands
 
   
Fax:
  +31 70 32461 87

24

Exhibit 10.3
English Translation
Master Agreement
For
the Grant of Trade Finance and Letter of Guarantee Credit Line Facilities
THE EXPORT & IMPORT BANK OF CHINA

1


 

Contract No.: 2008 Jinchuyin Jing (Mao Rong) Zi No. 08011
         
Party A:
  Baoding Tianwei Yingli New Energy Co., Ltd
Business License No.:
  130000400000845
Legal Representative:
  Ding Qiang
Registered Address:
  3055 Fuxing Middle Road, New and High-Tech Industrial Development Zone, Baoding
Postcode:
  071056
Tel:
  0312 8929730
Fax:
  0312 3151881
 
       
Party B:
  The Import & Export Bank of China Beijing Branch
Responsible Person:
  Li Jicheng
Registered Address:
  F/10, Winland Int. Financial Center, 7 Financial Street, Xicheng District, Beijing
Postcode:
  100140
Tel:
  010-58365199
Fax:
  010-58365184

2


 

This Agreement is entered into by and between Party A and Party B in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules by way of thorough discussions and pursuant to the principles of voluntariness, equality, mutual benefit and trustworthiness.
Article 1   Credit Line Limit
For the purpose of this Agreement, the term “Credit Line Limit” means the amount capping the balance of the principal of the valid trade finance and guarantee letter credit facility granted to Party A over a certain period upon satisfaction of certain conditions.
Article 2   Types of Credit Line Limits
The Credit Line Limits under this Agreement shall include the following types: items (1), (2) and (10):
(1) L/C Opening Limit (“ L/C Facility ”): The facility limit to be granted by Party B to Party A in handling import-related L/Cs upon Party A’s application (as importer) for the opening of such L/Cs, prior to Party A paying or paying in full the deposit for such L/Cs.
(2) Import Bill Advance Limit: The short-term fund accommodation facility limit (with recourse) to be granted by Party B to Party A against a pledge given by Party A (as importer) on the property rights of the imported goods. The term “Import Bill Advance” shall include both the import bill advance under an L/C and the import bill advance under an inward collection arrangement.
(3) Shipping Guarantee Limit: The limit amount under the shipping guarantee to be issued by Party B to Party A (as importer) in favor of the shipping company or its agent upon Party A’s application for the purpose of enabling Party A to take possession of goods imported under an L/C in situations where such goods arrive prior to their invoices.
(4) Packing Loan Limit: The short term fund accommodation facility to be granted by Party B to Party A in favor of the pre-loading procurement, production, shipping and other operating activities of the exported goods against the business contract executed between Party A (as exporter) and the overseas importer and the valid original L/C issued by a foreign bank in favor of Party A and any original amendment copy thereof.
(5) Export Bill Purchase Limit: The limit of the fund accommodation facility (with recourse) granted by Party B to Party A (as exporter) whereby Party B purchases the full set of export documents delivered by Party A to Party B, advances to Party A the payment for related export goods upon deduction of interest and relevant expenses, and then requests and recovers in the place of Party A such payment for related export goods. The term “Export Bill Purchase” shall include both the export bill purchase under an L/C and the import bill advance under a documentary collection arrangement.

3


 

(6) Letter of Guarantee Limit: The limit amount of a letter of guarantee to be issued by Party B in favor of an outside party for the account of Party A when handling Party A’s request for the issuance of such letter of guarantee, without the collection or full collection of the deposit for such letter of guarantee.
(7) Export Factoring Limit: The limit amount of the facility whereby Party A (as exporter) assigns its accounts receivable (provided that the terms of payment for such export goods shall be D/A or O/A ) to Party B upon shipping of the goods; and Party B shall then assign in its turn such accounts to a foreign import factor; and such foreign import factor shall provide to Party A collection and bad debt guarantee in respect of such accounts receivable, and Party B shall provide to Party A financing and payment collection management.
(8) Export Commercial Invoices Discounting Limit: The limit amount of the short term fund accommodation facility whereby Party A (as exporter) assigns its accounts receivable (provided that the terms of payment for such export goods shall be D/A or O/A ) to Party B upon shipping of the goods; and Party B shall with recourse and by way of discounting purchase such accounts receivable under export commercial invoices.
(9) Import Factoring Limit: The limit amount of the arrangement whereby Party B at the request of a foreign export factor Party A (as an importer which imports goods under the payment terms of D/A or O/A) determines the credit line limit of Party A and then provides to such foreign export factor collection, credit investigation, bad debt guarantee and other services in respect of the accounts receivable.
(10) Other Limits: Outward Remittance Financing Limit.
Article 3   Amounts of Credit Line Limits
3.1 Party B agrees to grant to Party A an overall trade finance and letter of guarantee credit line facility limit of up to RMB FIVE HUNDRED MILLION , of which:
(1) Up to RMB ONE HUNDRED MILLION shall consist of L/C Opening Limit; and opening of each L/C under such limit shall further be subject to a deposit equal to  N/A  % of the sum of the amount of such L/C and the overshipment;
(2) Up to RMB ONE HUNDRED MILLION shall consist of Import Bill Advance Limit; and the amount of each of such advance under such limit shall not exceed  N/A  % of the amount of the bill of exchange or the amount of the invoice;
(3) The Shipping Guarantee Limit shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  .

4


 

(4) The Packing Finance Limit shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  ; and each single packing finance shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  % of the amount of the bill of exchange or the amount of the invoice;
(5) The Export Bill Purchase Limit shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  ; and each single export bill purchase finance shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  % of the amount of the bill of exchange or the amount of the invoice;
(6) The Letter of Guarantee Limit shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  .
(7) The Export Factoring Limit shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  .
(8) The Export Commercial Invoice Discounting Limit shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  .
(9) The Import Factoring Limit shall at maximum not exceed  N/A  .
(10) Other: The Outward Remittance Financing Limit shall at maximum not exceed RMB FOUR HUNDRED MILLION .
Article 4   Term of Credit Line Limits
4.1 The term of this agreement shall be TWELVE months, commencing as from October 27 th , 2008 (“ Credit Line Term ”).
4.2 During the Credit Line Term, the individual term of each credit line limit to be drawn on by Party A shall be as follows:
(1) Under the L/C Opening Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than  N/A  days, commencing as from the opening date of the L/C and ending as on the date on which the foreign exchange payment has been made against the documents;
(2) Under the Import Bill Advance Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than 360 days, commencing as from the date on which the foreign exchange has been paid to the outside party;
(3) Under the Shipping Guarantee Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than  N/A  days, commencing as from the date of issuance by Party B of such guarantee and ending as on the date on which such guarantee issued by Party B in favor of the shipping company or its agent has been returned in exchange;
(5) Under the Export Bill Purchase Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than  N/A  days, commencing as from the date of such purchase finance and ending as on the date of collection by Party B of foreign exchange;

5


 

(6) Under the Letter of Guarantee Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than  N/A  days, commencing as from the opening date of such letter of guarantee and ending as on the date on which Party B has been released from its liability under such letter of guarantee;
(7) Under the Export Factoring Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than  N/A  days, commencing as from the date of delivery of documents and ending as on the date of collection by Party B of foreign exchange;
(8) Under the Export Commercial Invoice Discounting Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than  N/A  days, commencing as from the date of delivery of documents and ending as on the date of collection by Party B of foreign exchange;
(9) Under the Import Factoring Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than  N/A  days, commencing as from the date of acceptance of the factoring request and ending as on the date on which Party B has been released from its guarantee liability;
(10) Other: Under the Outward Remittance Financing Limit, the individual term of such limit drawn on by Party A shall be no greater than 360 days, commencing as from the payment date of the outward foreign exchange payment.
4.3 Upon expiry of the Credit Line Term, the grant of credit line hereunder shall terminate automatically and any and all limit not drawn on by Party A shall expiry automatically. Where Party A has the need to continue to draw on a credit line limit, it shall file a new application with Party B and a new credit line agreement shall need to be entered into upon approval of such application by Party B.
4.4 The term of the obligation of Party A in discharging its debts in respect of any single trade finance and letter of guarantee credit line granted during the Credit Line Term shall not be restricted by the expiry of the Credit Line Term.
Article 5   Interest and Expenses
5.1 Interest and the calculation and settlement method thereof shall all be dealt with in accordance with the published rules of Party B. In respect of fixed rate financing facilities, interest shall be computed at the agreed interest rate at the time of interest settlement. In respect of floating rate financing facilities, interest shall be computed at the then current interest rate determined during the floating rate period. Upon expiry of each single financing facility, Party A shall repay on a lump-sum basis principal and interest to the effect that interest shall be settled in full together with principal. If relevant payments have been collected prior to expiry of such single financing facility, Party A shall immediately repay relevant principal and interest of such financing facility.

6


 

5.2 The expenses to be paid by Party A to Party B hereunder shall include without limitation:
(1) Expenses actually incurred by Party B in handling each business operation hereunder;
(2) Expenses incurred by Party B in requesting payment from relevant parties in connection with the recovery of payments under the L/Cs, documents, bills, guarantees and securities(pledges) in respect of the Credit Line Limits hereof;
(3) Party A shall bear legal service, insurance, appraisal, registration, custody, authentication, notary expenses and the like in connection with this Agreement and the securities hereunder.
Article 6   Uses of Credit Line Limits
6.1 Condition Precedent for Use of Credit Line Limits: Unless waived in whole or in part by Party B, Party B shall become obligated to grant to Party A trade finance and letter of guarantee credit line facilities only upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(1) Party A has in accordance with the requirements of relevant laws and regulations completed the approval, registration, delivery and other legal procedures in connection with the credit line limits hereunder;
(2) Security agreements or other forms of security meeting the requirements of Party B have become effective and shall remain valid;
(3) There has occurred no event of default set out herein;
(4) All documents deemed requisite for delivery by Party B have been delivered;
(5) Party A has in accordance with the requirements of its corporate constitutional documents lawfully and duly authorized the entity and signatory entering into, delivering, accepting and performing on its behalf this Agreement and any document hereunder; and has completed and delivered the Authorization Letter for the Grant of Trade Finance and Letter of Guarantee Credit Line Facilities as requested by Party B;
(6) The Application Letter for the Grant of Trade Finance and Letter of Guarantee Credit Line Facilities and relevant documents have been reviewed and approved by Party B;
(7) Party A has entered into specific credit line grant business agreements for such specific business operations as factoring, forfaiting;
(8) Other conditions precedent agreed upon by the Parties hereto  N/A  .

7


 

6.2 Calculation of the principal utilized by a Credit Line Limit shall be dealt with under the relevant rules of Party B, provided that such rules shall neither constitute a restriction on the rights and interests of Party B, nor constitute a reduction or exemption of the interest payment obligation or other obligation or liability of Party A hereunder, nor be deemed a restriction on the scope of the debts of Party A or the scope of guarantee of the security provider. In respect of trade finance and letter of guarantee business operations conducted in a currency other than the currency of the granted credit line, such relevant currency shall in accordance with the request of Party B be converted into equivalent amounts in the currency of the granted credit line for the purpose of determining the amount of the principal utilized by such credit line, provided that Party A and its security provider shall continue to discharge its debts with the currency of the specific business.
6.3 At any time during the Credit Line Term hereof, the sum of the balance of the principal of each single credit line limit shall not exceed the overall trade finance and letter of guarantee credit line facilities.
6.4 Party A may subject to the provisions on the ceiling limits of each single credit line limit hereunder draw on such single credit line limit in a revolving manner within the Credit Line Term, with no restriction on the times of such uses or the amounts of each such use.
6.5 Once drawn on, a Credit Line Limit hereunder shall become a debt of Party A to Party B. The claims of Party B shall include without limitation principal, interest, overdue interest, penalty interest, banking charges, liquidated damages, indemnities, and other expenses in connection with the realization of the claims of Party B (including without limitation litigation, arbitration, attorney, asset conservation, travel, enforcement, appraisal, auction expenses, etc.).
6.6 Party A shall use the Credit Line Limits hereunder in accordance with this Agreement and the rules of Party B governing trade finance and letter of guarantee credit line facilities, settlement and lending.
6.7 When drawing on the various limits hereunder, Party A shall submit to Party B a written application letter for trade finance and letter of guarantee credit line facilities and/or relevant business application letters (including without limitation the application for L/C opening; the application for shipping guarantee; the documents delivery contact note related to export L/C or export collection), while Party B will, upon review and approval of the same, handle relevant trade finance and letter of guarantee credit line facility grant business or enter a specific credit line grant business agreement with Party A in accordance with the requirements.
6.8 Within the amounts set out herein and within the Credit Line Term set out herein, Party A may submit its credit line limit use applications on a transaction-by-transaction basis and Party B will handle accordingly upon review and approval of the same.
Article 7   Rights and Obligations of the Parties

8


 

7.1 Save as otherwise provided by laws, regulations and rules, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to maintain in confidence relevant information and production and operation-related business secrets provided by Party A.
7.2 Party A may at any time during the Credit Line Term submit a credit line limit use application with Party B. When submitting such application, Party A shall in accordance with the request of Party B complete in respect of each such application the Application Letter for Trade Finance and Letter of Guarantee Credit Line Facilities and other documents required by Party B. If, upon review, Party B finds such application consistent with relevant laws, regulations and rules of the state, this Agreement and relevant business management rules of the Party B, Party will in accordance to its relevant business operation procedures, handle relevant procedures, or, where required by the content of the relevant specific business, enter into a specific credit line grant business agreement with Party A. If, upon review of such application, Party B does not agree to proceed, it shall so notify Party A without delay.
7.3 Party A shall, in accordance with the request of Party B provide its planning and statistics information, accounting and financial statements and information on its production and operation status and shall warrant the truthfulness, completeness and validity of such information and status.
7.4 Party A shall actively cooperate with and voluntarily accept the control and supervision by Party B in respect of its production and operations, financial activities and use of the credit line limits hereunder.
7.5 Party B shall have the right to appraise at an appropriate time the credit rating of Party A in accordance with the internal rules of Party B. Where the credit rating of Party A has been downgraded or if there occurs any other circumstance which in the opinion of Party B affects the normal production and operation of Party A, Party B shall the right to adjust and ultimately cancel the Credit Line Limit/s not yet drawn on by Party A.
7.6 Party A shall open the RMB or, as the case may be, foreign exchange settlement account with Party B and entrust Party B to handle its export trade settlement operations, its import and export trade finance operations and other banking settlement operations.
7.7 Party A shall use the limits in accordance with the agreed purpose of use.
7.8 Party A shall repay the principal and interest of debts as per the agreed times.
7.9 Party A shall bear the exchange risk. If, due to exchange rate changes, the sum of the credit line limits utilized by Party A may exceed the agreed limit hereunder, Party A shall provide a security acceptable to Party B promptly upon receipt of notice from Party B. Party B shall also have the right to refrain from providing trade finance in respect of the amounts of the credit line limits that have increased as a result of exchange rate changes.

9


 

7.10 Party A shall within the period prescribed hereunder deposit into the account opened with Party B monies sufficient to cover its dues and Party B shall have the right to directly and at its discretion deduct and transfer such monies from such account. If Party A fails to timely and fully pay to Party B debts that have become due and payable, Party B shall have the right of to directly deduct and transfer monies from such debt deposit account, or any other account opened by Party A with the whole Import & Export Bank of China system. Should Party A fail to settle monies due and payable, Party B shall have the right to exercise its rights of security or take other claims realization measures.
7.11 Party A shall not withdraw its capital or transfers its assets and attempt thereby to avoid its debts owing to Party B. During the term of this Agreement, Party A may not sell its main assets or make a material capital expenditure without written consent of Party B.
7.12 During the term of this Agreement, Party A may not provide any form of guaranty in respect of the debts of a third party without written consent of Party B .
7.13 If the guarantor hereunder has wound down business, ceased operations, cancelled its registration, forfeited its business license or has it revoked, become bankrupt, suffered losses in its operations, or has otherwise suffered a similar circumstance, and has as a result lost in part or in full its guarantee ability commensurate with the Credit Line Limits hereunder; or, if the security or the pledged property provided as a guarantee hereunder has decreased in value or has suffered accidental damage or loss, Party A shall promptly notify Party B of the same and shall provide other security arrangements acceptable to Party B.
7.14 Prior to full settlement of the debts, in the event of a change to its name, legal representative (or responsible person), domicile, business scope, registered capital, etc., Party A shall notify Party B of the same without delay.
7.15 If, prior to full settlement of the debts, Party A effects contracting, leasing, conversion into the joint-stock system, joint operation, merger, consolidation, spin-off, joint venture, filing for business suspension and rectification, filing for dissolution, filing for bankruptcy or other course of action that is sufficient to affect Party B’s realization of its claims, Party A shall give Party B a SEVEN banking business days notice, shall obtain consent of Party B and shall in accordance with the request of Party B implement full settlement and guaranty of the debts.
7.16 If, prior to full settlement of the debts, Party A has wound down business, ceased operations, cancelled its registration, forfeited its business license or has it revoked; or, if, prior to full settlement of the debts, the legal representative or responsible person of Party A has engaged in illegal activities; or if, prior to full settlement of the debts, Party A has become involved in a material litigation, or has suffered material difficulties in its production and operation activities, or has suffered deterioration in its financial conditions or like circumstances; and if the debt repayment ability of Party A has thereby suffered a material adverse effect, Party A shall

10


 

immediately notify Party B of the same in writing and shall implement in accordance with the request of Party B full settlement and guaranty of the debts.
7.17 Party A covenants that it will not enter into any contract with any third party contrary to the rights and interests of Party B hereunder.
7.18 Prior to full settlement of all debts hereunder, Party A may not use any asset arising out of the credit line limits granted by Party B to provide a guaranty to any third party without the written consent of Party B.
7.19 Party A shall be liable to indemnify the losses incurred by Party B as a result of a dispute arising out of the underlying contract or a reason attributable to a third party.
7.20 In handling the import L/C credit line grant business, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) When applying to Party B for the opening of an L/C, Party A shall in accordance with the request of Party B submit in respect of each operation an L/C Opening Application and provide the underlying contract and other documents and information, and shall warrant the truthfulness of such documents and the lawfulness of such underlying transaction.
(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations under the L/C the opening of which has been applied for by Party A shall all be handled through Party B.
(3) Party B shall handle such L/C business in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, and international customary practices.
(4) Party A covenants to discharge its repayment obligations in respect of its Debts owing to Party B. For the purpose of this clause, the term “Debts” shall include without limitation the monies payable for the goods under the L/C; relevant handling fees; telecommunications fees; miscellaneous expenses; the overdue interest payable by Party A arising out of the payment advanced by Party B under the L/C; liquidated damages; indemnities; relevant banking expenses the payment of which has been declined by the foreign beneficiary; and the claims realization expense incurred by Party B.
(5) Where an amendment is required in respect of the L/C , Party A shall submit to Party B an L/C Amendment Application and shall undertake to pay all costs arising out of such L/C amendment (including relevant banking expenses the payment of which has been declined by a foreign beneficiary).
(6) Party A shall within the period prescribed by the Advice of Arrival of Documents under the Import L/C notify Party B in writing to handle the outward payment/acceptance/ late payment confirmation/ payment refusal formalities. If Party A fails to so notify Party B in the prescribed period, Party B shall have the right to handle in its discretion such outward payment/acceptance/ late payment confirmation/ payment

11


 

refusal formalities and Party A shall bear all liabilities and consequences arising therefrom.
(7) If Party A intends to request Party B to refuse payment/acceptance/late payment confirmation due to a discrepancy between the L/C and the relevant documents, Party A shall within the period prescribed by the Import L/C Payment/Acceptance Advice submit to Party B in writing the payment refusal request and reasons therefor and specify therein all of the discrepancies and shall return to Party B all of the documents submitted by Party B to Party A. In any event, even if Party A has requested refusal of payment/acceptance/late payment confirmation, Party B shall nonetheless have the right to independently determine whether there exists any discrepancy and whether or not to refuse payment and Party A shall bear the consequences and losses arising out of such independent determination effected by Party B in accordance with the clauses of the L/C and applicable international customary practices and shall be restricted from refusing to repay the monies advanced by Party B under the L/C on the basis of such independent determination.
(8) If the L/C applied for by Party A is a short-term L/C, and if Party B determines there is no discrepancy between the L/C and relevant documents, Party A shall undertake to settle all of the monies and relevant expenses within three banking business days of the issuance by Party B of the Import L/C Payment/Acceptance Advice.
If the L/C applied for by Party is a long-term L/C, Party A shall settle with Party B all of the monies and relevant expenses prior to the due date of the payment.
(9) Party B shall be liable to indemnify the losses incurred by Party B as a result of a dispute arising out of the underlying agreement of the L/C or a reason attributable to a third party.
(10) Party B shall in no event be held liable for any consequence arising out of the delay or loss occurring during the course of transmission of any telegram, correspondence or documents, or for any delay, incompleteness or other error occurring during the course of any telegraphic transmission.
(11) Portions of the L/C Opening Application and the L/C Amendment Application, the completion of which is required to be effected in English shall be completed in English. If Party A completes such portions in Chinese and thereby causes ambiguities, Party B shall not be liable for the same.
(12) All consequences arising out of illegible writing or ambiguous wording in the L/C Opening Application and the L/C Amendment Application shall solely be borne by Party A.
7.21 In handling the import bill advance business, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:

12


 

(1) Party A shall have the right to request Party B to make available to Party A the import bill advance amounts in accordance with the provisions hereof.
(2) Party B shall maintain in confidence the business secrets of Party A.
(3) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations of Party A under this Agreement shall all be handled through the account opened with Party B.
(4) Upon making the outward payment, Party B shall acquire the title to the goods represented by relevant documents.
(5) Upon issuing the Trust Receipt to Party B, Party A may obtain from Party B the original copy of the aforesaid document, provided that Party A shall, acting as a person entrusted by Party B, handle relevant matters related to the goods on behalf of Party B.
(6) The monies obtained by Party A from the sale of the aforesaid goods shall be applied towards the repayment of the import bill advance amounts and any underpaid portion shall be repaid by Party A with other funds.
(7) All expenses arising from the disposal of the goods or in connection with the goods shall be borne by Party A.
(8) If Party A is dissolved, revoked, or becomes bankrupt or is subject to like circumstances, Party A shall satisfy on a priority basis the claims of Party B under the import bill advance facility by disposing of the securities provided to Party B.
(9) Prior to full settlement of the principal, interest and expenses of the import bill advance facility, Party A shall not mortgage (or pledge) the documents and the goods represented by such documents in favor of a third party.
(10) Party A shall, in accordance with the request of Party A and at its cost and expense, take out various insurance policies, naming Party B as the primary beneficiary, with a reputable insurer in respect of the goods under the import bill advance-related L/C or documents in an amount corresponding to the full value of such goods. Party A undertakes to sign at any time at the request of Party B all documents necessary for Party B to take delivery of goods or make claims. If an insurance claim event has occurred to the goods under the insurance policies, Party A shall immediately notify Party B of the same in writing and the proceeds from such claim shall be deposited into an account designated by Party B as the subrogation monies for the goods .
(11) Party B shall have the right to inspect and supervise the sales revenue collection status of the goods under the import bill advance-related L/C or other documents and Party A shall from time to time provide relevant information to Party B in writing as requested by Party B.

13


 

7.22 When Party A applies for the opening of the shipping guarantee, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) When applying for the opening of the Shipping Guarantee, Party A shall in respect of each operation submit to Party B the Shipping Guarantee Application and the Trust Receipt, and shall in accordance with the request of Party B furnish to Party B the facsimile copies or photocopies of the invoices, B/L, packing list and other documents, and the goods arrival advice issued by the shipping company.
(2) Party B shall provide the shipping guarantee only in respect of the import goods under the L/C opened by Party B.
(3) Upon opening of the Shipping Guarantee by Party B, if the beneficiary of such guarantee or the holder of the original copy of the B/L makes a claim, Party A shall within 3 banking business days of receipt of the Payment Advice deposit into an account designated by Party B monies adequate to cover amounts payable and relevant expenses.
(4) Without written consent of Party B Party A shall not mortgage (pledge) the goods under the Shipping Guarantee in favor of any other entity or individual.
(5) Upon receipt of the Advice on Arrival of Documents under the Import L/C from Party B, irrespective of whether there exists any discrepancy, Party A shall effect payment or acceptance on an immediate and unconditional basis. If Party A fails to so pay or accept within the prescribed period, Party B shall have the right to deduct and transfer monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole Import & Export Bank of China system so as to ensure timely carrying out of the outward payment.
(6) Party A undertakes to redeem from the shipping company or its agent the Shipping Guarantee issued by Party B within 15 days from receipt of the original B/L and return the same to Party B. If Party A redeems such Shipping Guarantee within 30 days only, Party B shall have the right to use in its discretion the B/L to redeem the Shipping Guarantee from the shipping company or its agent, all at the sole cost and expense of Party A.
(7) If any suit is brought against Party B as a result of issuance of the Shipping Guarantee, Party A shall provide for adequate defense fees and undertake to unconditionally bear all liabilities and risks arising therefrom and indemnify Party B against all costs and losses arising therefrom. The aforesaid liabilities, risks, costs and losses shall include without limitation the indemnity liability, the litigation expenses, attorney’s fee, travel expenses, etc.
(8) If a result of the Shipping Guarantee the relevant vessel or such other vessel or property of the owner of such relevant vessel becomes detained or seized or threatened with detention or seizure, Party A shall be responsible for the release of such detention or seizure or, alternatively, shall take all necessary security measures to prevent the

14


 

occurrence of such detention or seizure, or secure the release of the detained or seized vessel or property on a bail. Irrespective of whether such detention or seizure is legal or not, Party A shall be liable to indemnify the losses, damages and costs arising therefrom.
7.23 When Party A draws on the packing loan limit, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) The L/C involved in the packing loan shall be an L/C advised by Party B or, if not advised by Party B, a freely negotiable L/C. The document delivery and foreign exchange collection operations in respect of the export under the packing loan shall be handled by Party B.
(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations of Party A under the packing loan shall all be handled through the account opened with Party B.
(3) Proceeds from the export collection or the export bill purchase arrangement shall be immediately applied towards repayment of the principal, interest and other expenses of the borrowed monies. In respect of the export collection under a partial shipment L/C, each foreign exchange collection shall be immediately applied towards repayment of the principal, interest and other expenses of the borrowed monies. Upon expiry of the loan, Party A shall settle in full all outstanding principal interest and other expense of the loan. If the opening bank of the L/C involved in the packing loan refuses payment or if Party A fails to delivery L/C-conform documents with the term of the L/C, Party B shall have the right to declare immediate maturity of the packing loan.
(4) Party A shall apply the borrowing towards preparing the goods required under the L/C involved in the packing loan, and shall not re-allocate such borrowing to other uses. If Party A fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purpose of use, Party B shall have the right to charge a penalty interest in respect of the disbursed loan at an interest determined by Party B in accordance with relevant rules and Party B may further exercise the right to recover in advance the loan as well as other rights.
(5) Without the written consent of Party B and the security provider, Party A may not request or accept an amendment to the clauses of the L/C or cancellation of the L/C.
(6) During the term of the loan, if there occurs to the L/C clauses a material change adverse to the interest of Party B, including without limitation reduction of the L/C amount, prolongation of the payment term, cancellation of the L/C, etc., Party A shall be obligated to repay the loan in advance in accordance with the request of Party B.
(7) Party A may not transfer the L/C and its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of Party B.
(8) Party A shall furnish to Party B information on its use of the packing loan and the preparation status of the exports under the L/C, shall ship the goods as required by the

15


 

L/C, shall accept the supervision of Party B and shall further submit to Party B the full set of clean originals of the documents under the L/C.
7.24 When Party A draws on the Export Bill Purchase Limit under an L/C, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) Party A shall have the right to submit to Party B the request for drawing on the export bill purchase financing credit line limit hereunder.
(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations of Party A under the export bill purchase arrangement shall all be handled through the account opened with Party B.
(3) Party A shall submit to Party B the original copy of the L/C and any original amendment copy thereof (if any) under the export bill purchase arrangement and the full set of documents required to be submitted under such L/C so that Party B may forward the documents and request payment. Proceeds received shall be directly applied towards repayment of the principal, interest and relevant expenses under the export bill purchase arrangement and any shortfall amount shall be satisfied by Party A separately, provided that Party B shall have the right to directly deduct and transfer monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China. If the opening bank refuses payment, Party B shall have the right to immediately request Party A to pay the monies under the export bill purchase arrangement and relevant interest and expenses.
(4) In the event of a documentary discrepancy, Party B shall have the right not to handle the export bill purchase facility.
(5) If a foreign bank (inclusive the opening bank and its designated bank) for any reason refuses to pay, or delays in payment of, or reduces the payment of the amounts under the L/C, Party B shall have the right to request to cover the principal and interest of all of such amounts or the short portion thereof, together with all losses, and shall further have the right to deduct and transfer such monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China or other accounts receivable of Party A. Party B shall concurrently have the right to dispose of, in its discretion, the documents and the goods under the export bill purchase arrangement and to apply the proceeds from such disposal towards satisfaction of its claims and shall further have the right to request Party A to provide for any shortfall portion.
(6) Party A shall have the right to prepay the loan, with the interest to be calculated on the basis of actual days of use and the loan interest rate agreed hereunder.
7.25 When Party A draws on the Export Bill Purchase limit under a documentary collection arrangement, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) Party A shall the right to submit to Party B the request for drawing on the export bill purchase financing credit line limit hereunder.

16


 

(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations of Party A under the export bill purchase arrangement shall all be handled through the account opened with Party B.
(3) Party A shall take out an export credit insurance and shall assign its relevant rights and interests under such insurance policy to Party B. Party A shall submit to Party B the full set of the documents for collection required hereunder so that Party B may forward the documents and request payment. Proceeds received shall be directly applied towards repayment of the principal, interest and relevant expenses under the export bill purchase facility and any shortfall amount shall be satisfied by Party A separately.
(4) If Party B receives from the collecting bank an advice specifying that the payment has been refused by the payer, then the export bill purchase facility under the export documentary collection arrangement shall become immediately due and payable.
(5) If for any reason the payer refuses to pay, or delays in payment of, or reduces the payment of relevant monies, Party B shall have the right to request to cover the principal and interest of all of such amounts or the short portion thereof, together with all losses, and shall further have the right to deduct and transfer such monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China or other accounts receivable of Party A. Party B shall concurrently have the right to dispose of, in its discretion, the documents and the goods hereunder and to apply the proceeds from such disposal towards satisfaction of its claims and shall further have the right to request Party A to provide for any shortfall portion.
(6) Party A shall have the right to prepay the loan, with the interest to be calculated on the basis of actual days of use and the loan interest rate agreed hereunder.
7.26 In handling the letter of guarantee credit line facility grant business, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) When applying to Party B for the opening of a letter of guarantee, Party A shall in accordance with the request of Party B submit in respect of each operation a Letter of Guarantee Opening Application and provide the underlying contract and other documents and information, and shall warrant the truthfulness of such documents and the lawfulness of such underlying transaction.
(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations under the letter of guarantee the opening of which has been applied for by Party A shall all be handled through Party B.
(3) Party B shall handle such letter of guarantee business in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, and international customary practices.
(4) Party A covenants to discharge its repayment obligations in respect of its Debts owing to Party B. For the purpose of this clause, the term “Debts” shall include without limitation the monies payable for the goods under the letter

17


 

of guarantee; relevant handling fees; the telecommunication fees; miscellaneous expenses; the overdue interest payable by Party A arising out of the payment advanced by Party B under the letter of guarantee; liquidated damages; indemnities; relevant banking expenses the payment of which has been declined by a foreign beneficiary; and the claims realization expense incurred by Party B.
(5) Where an amendment is required in respect of the letter of guarantee, Party A shall submit to Party B a Letter of Guarantee Amendment Application and shall undertake to pay all costs arising out of such letter of guarantee amendment (including relevant banking expenses the payment of which has been declined by the foreign beneficiary).
(6) Party A shall within the period prescribed by Party B notify Party B in writing to handle the outward indemnity payment procedures, failing which Party B shall have the right to handle in its discretion such outward indemnity payment procedures and Party A shall bear all liabilities and consequences arising therefrom.
(7) If, due to a non-satisfaction of the conditions for indemnity payment, Party A intends to request Party B to refuse such indemnity payment, Party A shall within the period prescribed by Party B submit to Party B in writing the reasons therefor. In any event, even if Party A has requested refusal of payment, Party B shall nonetheless have the right to independently determine the truthfulness and validity of the indemnity claim and whether or not to refuse payment and Party A shall bear the consequences and losses arising out of such independent determination effected by Party B in accordance with the clauses of the letter of guarantee and applicable international customary practices and shall be restricted from refusing to repay the monies advanced by Party B under the letter of guarantee on the basis of such independent determination.
(8) Party A shall be liable to indemnify the losses incurred by Party B as a result of a dispute arising out of the underlying contract of the letter of guarantee or a reason attributable to a third party.
(9) Party B shall in no event be held liable for any consequence arising out of the delay or loss occurring during the course of transmission of any telegram, correspondence or documents, or for any delay, incompleteness or other error occurring during the course of any telegraphic transmission.
(10) Portions of the Letter of Guarantee Opening Application and the Letter of Guarantee Amendment Application the completion of which is required to be effected in English shall be completed in English. If Party A completes such portions in Chinese and thereby causes ambiguities, Party B shall not be liable for the same.
(11) All consequences arising out of illegible writing or ambiguous wording in the Letter of Guarantee Opening Application and the Letter of Guarantee Amendment Application shall solely be borne by Party A.

18


 

7.27 When Party A draws on the Export Factoring Limit, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) Party A shall have the right to request Party B to make available the export factoring finance hereunder.
(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations of Party A under the export factoring facility shall all be handled through the account opened with Party B.
(3) Party A shall submit to Party B the full set of documents required under the export factoring facility so that Party B may forward the documents and request payment. Proceeds received shall be directly applied towards repayment of the principal, interest and relevant expenses of the financing facility and any shortfall amount shall be satisfied by Party A separately, provided that Party B shall have the right to directly deduct and transfer monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China. If the payment cannot be recovered on time, Party B shall have the right to immediately request Party A to pay the monies under the export factoring financing facility and relevant interest and expenses thereof.
(4) If the foreign import factor for any reason refuses to pay, or delays in payment of, or reduces the payment of relevant monies, Party B shall have the right to request to cover the principal and interest of all of such amounts or the short portion thereof, together with all losses, and shall further have the right to deduct and transfer such monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China or other accounts receivable of Party A. Party B shall concurrently have the right to dispose of, in its discretion, the documents and the goods under the export factoring arrangement and to apply the proceeds from such disposal towards satisfaction of its claims and shall further have the right to request Party A to provide for any shortfall portion.
(5) Party A shall have the right to prepay the loan, with the interest to be calculated on the basis of actual days of use and the loan interest rate agreed hereunder.
(6) Party A shall warrant that the trade is truthful and lawful and does not exceed the business scope and export authority of Party A.
7.28 When Party A draws on the Export Commercial Invoice Discounting Limit, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) Party A shall have the right to request Party B to make available the export commercial invoices discounting facility hereunder.
(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations of Party A under the export commercial invoices discounting facility shall all be handled through the account opened with Party B.

19


 

(3) Party A shall submit to Party B the full set of documents required under the export commercial invoices discounting facility so that Party B may forward the documents and request payment. Proceeds received shall be directly applied towards repayment of the principal, interest and relevant expenses of the financing facility and any shortfall amount shall be satisfied by Party A separately, provided that Party B shall have the right to directly deduct and transfer monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China. If the payment cannot be recovered on time, Party B shall have the right to immediately request Party A to pay the monies under the export factoring financing facility and relevant interest and expenses thereof.
(4) If the foreign import for any reason refuses to pay, or delays in payment of, or reduces the payment of relevant monies, Party B shall have the right to request to cover the principal and interest of all of such amounts or the short portion thereof, together with all losses, and shall further have the right to deduct and transfer such monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China or other accounts receivable of Party A. Party B shall concurrently have the right to dispose of, in its discretion, the documents and the goods under the export commercial invoices discounting facility arrangement and to apply the proceeds from such disposal towards satisfaction of its claims and shall further have the right to request Party A to provide for any shortfall portion.
(5) Party A shall have the right to prepay the loan, with the interest to be calculated on the basis of actual days of use and the loan interest rate agreed hereunder.
7.29 When Party A draws on the Import Factoring Limit, Party A and Party B shall also have the following rights and obligations, respectively:
(1) Party A shall the right to request Party B to make available the import factoring guarantee hereunder.
(2) The RMB and foreign currency settlement operations of Party A under the import factoring facility shall all be handled through the account opened with Party B.
(3) Party A covenants to discharge its repayment obligations in respect of its Debts owing to Party B. For the purpose of this clause, the term “Debts” shall include without limitation the monies payable for the goods under the import factoring facility; relevant formalities fee; the telegram fee; miscellaneous expenses; the overdue interest payable by Party A arising out of the payment advanced by Party B under the import factoring facility; liquidated damages; indemnities; relevant banking expenses the payment of which has been declined by the foreign party; and the claims realization expense incurred by Party B.
(4) Party A shall within the period prescribed by the payment advice from Party B notify Party B in writing to handle the outward payment/ late payment confirmation/ payment refusal formalities. If Party A fails to so notify Party B in the prescribed period, Party B shall have the right to handle in its discretion such outward payment/ late payment

20


 

confirmation/ payment refusal formalities and Party A shall bear all liabilities and consequences arising therefrom.
(5) If, due to a dispute, Party A intends to request Party B to refuse payment//late payment confirmation, Party A shall, within the period prescribed by the payment advice from Party B, submit to Party B in writing the payment refusal request and reasons therefor and shall at the same time return to Party B all of the documents submitted by Party B to Party A. Party B shall have the independent, final right of determination and disposal with respect to such dispute and shall further have the right to determine whether or not to make the outward payment/ late payment confirmation.
(6) Party A shall be liable to indemnify the losses incurred by Party B as a result of a dispute arising out of the contract underlying the import factoring arrangement or a reason attributable to a third party.
(7) Party B shall in no event be held liable for any consequence arising out of the delay or loss occurring during the course of transmission of any telegram, correspondence or documents, or for any delay, incompleteness or other error occurring during the course of any telegraphic transmission.
(8) Party A shall be liable to settle the principal, interest and relevant expense arising out of the payment advanced by Party B in its handling of the import factoring business and Party B shall have the right to deduct and transfer such monies from any account opened by Party A with the whole system of the Import & Export Bank of China or other accounts receivable of Party A. Party B shall concurrently have the right to dispose of, in its discretion, the documents and the goods under the import factoring arrangement and to apply the proceeds from such disposal towards satisfaction of its claims and shall further have the right to request Party A to provide for any shortfall portion.
Article 8   Security
8.1. Of the Credit Line Limits hereunder, Renminbi 500 million shall be granted without the provision of any security (counter-security),  N/A  shall be granted with the backing of a joint liability guarantee to be provided by  N/A  with joint liability (with the backing of a mortgage (pledge) to be provided by  N/A  ). The relevant parties will enter into the security contract separately.
8.2. Party A agrees that if Party A fails to pay Party B any amount on a timely basis and such amount is converted into a loan upon consent of Party B, Party B shall have the right to enforce its security rights under this Agreement based on the underlying loan debt. Party B shall have the right to request Party A to change the guarantor or provide other security, as the case may be.

21


 

8.3. If Party A and Party B have agreed upon a deposit requirement in respect of a specific credit facility granted hereunder, Party A shall open with Party B a special deposit account which shall be supervised by Party B. When applying for the grant of the relevant facility, Party A shall pay into the deposit account the full pro rata amount at the agreed percentage. In case Party A fails to repay such relevant facility as agreed, Party B shall have the right to directly deduct a corresponding amount from such deposit account for the purpose of satisfying its claims.
Article 9   Breach of Contract
9.1. Events of Breach
Any of the following events shall be deemed a breach of contract if it occurs prior to settlement of the debts arising hereunder:
(1) Breach by Party A
a. Party A fails to provide true, complete and valid financial statements, operation information or any other relevant materials in accordance with the requirements of Party B;
b. Party A fails to use relevant proceeds for the purpose as agreed by both parties;
c. Party A fails to repay any outstanding mature debt on a timely basis, including but not limited to, the principal, interest and any other charges of each credit facility extent hereunder;
d. Party A refuses or prevents Party B from checking and supervising the usage of relevant loan;
e. Party A transfers any asset or withdraws any fund for the purpose of evading debts;
f. Party A fails to fully and properly perform any of its obligations hereunder or to fully comply with any undertaking, warrant, obligation or liability hereof and fails to take actions satisfactory to Party B within the period specified by Party B to correct any event or situation that may have material and adverse effect on the interest of Party B;
g. Party A becomes unable to repay mature debts due to deterioration of its operation and financial conditions or is involved in or is threatened with a significant litigation, arbitration or any other legal dispute, which, in the opinion of Party B, may affect or damage or has affected or damaged any interest of Party B under this Agreement;
h. Any other liability of Party A has affected or may affect its performance of any obligation owed to Party B under this Agreement;

22


 

i. Party A fails to repay any other mature debt owed to the Export & Import Bank of China;
j. During the term of this Agreement, Party A effects without consent of Party B any contracting, leasing, merger, acquisition, joint venture, spin-off, consolidation, conversion to joint stock system or any other action that modifies its form of operation or transforms its mechanism of operation, which in the opinion of Party B may affect or damage or has affected or damaged any interest of Party B under this Agreement;
k. The relevant trade is untrue or illegal;
l. any other event which in the opinion of Party B may affect the enforcement of its rights as the creditor; or
n. any breach of any other obligation agreed hereunder.
(2) If any of the following events occurs to the guarantor and if Party A fails to provide a new guarantee in lieu of the same in accordance with Party B’s requirements, such event shall be deemed a breach of Party A:
a. The guarantor effects contracting, leasing, merger and acquisition, joint venture, spin-off, consolidation, conversion into the joint-stock system, bankruptcy or de-registration, which will be in a position to affect its ability to fulfill its joint guarantee liability hereunder;
b. The guarantor provides a security to any third party beyond its ability to support such commitment;
c. The guarantor has lost or may lose its ability to provide a security; or
d. any other breach by the guarantor set out in the guarantee agreement.
(3) If any of the following events occurs to the mortgagor and if Party A fails to provide a new security in lieu of the same in accordance with Party B’s requirements, such event shall be deemed a breach of Party A:
a. The mortgagor fails to purchase property insurance for the mortgaged property in accordance with Party B’s requirements or fails to obtain insurance indemnity in accordance with the mortgage agreement upon occurrence of any insurance event;
b. The mortgaged property is damaged, destroyed or devaluated due to the fault of any third party and the mortgagor fails to obtain damage compensation in accordance with the mortgage agreement;
c. The mortgagor transfers, leases, re-mortgages or otherwise disposes of the mortgaged property without written consent of Party B;

23


 

d. The mortgagor disposes of the mortgaged property upon consent of Party B but fails to use the amount resulting from such disposition of the mortgaged property in the way provided by the mortgage agreement;
e. The mortgaged property becomes damaged, destroyed or devalued and will thereby affect the repayment of the debt under this Agreement, while the mortgagor fails to restore the value of the mortgaged property or to provide other security acceptable to Party B; or
f. any other breach by the mortgagor set out in the mortgage agreement.
(iv) If any of the following events occurs to the pledgor and if Party A fails to provide a new security in lieu of the same in accordance with Party B’s requirements, such event shall be deemed a breach of Party A:
a. The pledgor fails to purchase property insurance for the pledged property in accordance with Party B’s requirements or fails to obtain insurance indemnity in accordance with the pledge agreement upon occurrence of any insurance event;
b. The pledged property is damaged, destroyed or devaluated due to the fault of any third party and the pledgor fails to obtain damage compensation in accordance with the pledge agreement;
c. The pledgor disposes of the pledged property upon consent of Party B but fails to use the amount resulting from such disposition of the pledged property in the way provided by the pledge agreement;
d. The pledged property becomes damaged, destroyed or devalued and will thereby affect the repayment of the debt under this Agreement, while the pledgor fails to restore the value of the pledged property or to provide other security acceptable to Party B; or
e. any other breach by the pledgor set out in the pledge agreement.
(v) If any security contract or other security becomes ineffective, invalid or annulled, or any provider of security completely or partly loses its ability to provide the security or refuses to performs its guarantee obligations, and Party A fails to provide a new security in lieu of the same in accordance with Party B’s requirements, Party A shall be deemed in breach of this agreement.
9.2. Remedies
If there occurs any of the events of breach provided in sub-sections (1) through (5) above, Party B shall have the right to take one or more of the following actions:

24


 

(1) to make corresponding adjustment to (up to termination of Party A’s use of) the trade finance and letter of guarantee credit facilities or any single facility hereunder;
(2) to declare all unpaid debts under this Agreement becoming due immediately and request Party A to repay the principals, interests and charges of all due and undue debts hereunder;
(3) to collect overdue interest, if Party B has been required to make any advance payment under a L/C, letter of guarantee or export factoring due to a breach by Party A. Such overdue interest shall be charged as from the day of such advance payment, at the overdue loan interest rate equal to the 6-month LIBOR two business days immediately preceding the day of such advance payment + 300 BP, plus a margin of 50%.
When the packing loan is due, Party B may collect interest that Party A fails to pay on a timely bases based on the interest rate and through the interest settlement method agreed hereunder. If the packing loan is overdue and the dominating currency is Renminbi, Party B shall have the right to collect interest on the amount that Party A fails to repay on a timely basis (including all or part of advanced loan as declared by Party B) based on the overdue interest rate issued by the People’s Bank of China when such loan becomes overdue and through the interest settlement method agreed hereunder, as of the day when such loan becomes overdue. If the packing loan is overdue and the dominating currency is a foreign currency, Party B shall have the right to collect interest based on an overdue interest rate which shall be equal to  N/A  and through the interest settlement method agreed hereunder.
If any amount under the import bill advance, export bill advance, export factoring or outward remittance financing facilities becomes overdue, interest will be collected based on an overdue interest rate equal to 150% of the original trade finance interest rate;
(4) to deduct any amount in any currency from Party A’s account with the Export & Import Bank of China and exchange for other currency in accordance with Party B’s rules.
(5) to request Party A to provide additional security for all debts under the Credit Line Limit hereof;
(6) to enforce its rights of security;
(7) to terminate this Agreement; and
(8) Prior to full settlement of Party B’s claims, no tolerance or grace of period granted by Party B and no delay by Party B in the exercise of any of its rights in respect of any breach of Party A shall damage, affect or restrict any right available to Party B or be construed as Party B’s permission of any breach or a waiver by Party B of taking any action against such breach now or in the future.
Article 10   Notice

25


 

Any notice or document exchanged between the parties under this Agreement shall be deemed delivered: (i)when sent in person or through a entrusted person, on the day when any employee or receipt representative of the receiving party receives such notice or document; (ii)when sent via express mail or inner-city (including urban and suburban areas) certified mail through relevant post office, on the day immediately following the day when such mail is sent out; or (iii) when sent via facsimile, on the day when the receiving party receives such facsimile copy. If the delivery date determined according to foregoing sentence is inconsistent with the actual receiving date of the receiving party or the date of acknowledgment of receipt by the receiving party, the delivery date shall be the earliest of such dates.
Either party shall notify the other party of any change of its address, name, telephone number, fax number or any other contact information within fifteen days of such change. Either party shall have the right to rely on the original address, name, telephone number, fax number or any other contact information of the other party until receiving such change notice.
Article 11   Amendment to the Agreement
Unless otherwise provided herein, upon effectiveness of this Agreement, if any party needs to amend the provisions hereof, such party shall notify the other party promptly and a written instrument shall be made subject to mutual agreement between the two parties, while the original provision hereof shall continue to be effective until execution such written instrument.
Article 12   Other Agreed Matters
If any bill advance or outward remittance financing is made and the financing term does not extend to the succeeding calendar year, the interest rate shall be the daily LIBOR in two business days immediately preceding to the day when such advance or financing is made + 250BP. If the financing term extends to the succeeding calendar year, the interest rate shall be the daily LIBOR in two business days immediately preceding to the day when such advance or financing is made + 300BP.
If there is any inconsistency between the special agreement made by Party A and Party B under this Article and other provision hereof, this Article shall prevail.
Article 13   Governing Law and Dispute Resolution
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with laws of People’s Republic of China.

26


 

Any dispute arising from or related to this Agreement may be resolved through mutual consultations between the parties hereto or, failing such consultations, will be resolved through the method set out in Item (i) below:
(i) litigation brought before the people’s court of the location of Party B; or
(ii) arbitration by China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission in accordance with the then effective arbitration rules of the commission. The arbitration shall take place in Beijing. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both parties hereto.
During the course of litigation or arbitration, the portion of this Agreement which is involved in the dispute shall continue to be enforced. In addition, if any provision or content of this agreement is lawfully annulled or is found invalid, the remaining provisions or content shall not be affected thereby and shall instead remain effective.
Article 14   Effectiveness of Agreement
This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by the legal representative (or the responsible person) or authorized signatory of Party A and affixation of the official seal of Party A and execution by the responsible person or authorized signatory of Party B and affixation of the official seal of Party B.
Article 15   Counterparts
This Agreement shall be made in TWO originals.
Within the Credit Line Term and the Credit Line Limits, all legal documents (including but not limited to the facility grant applications and various vouchers) resulting in the creditor-debtor relationship between Party A and Party B shall be part of this Agreement.
Article 16   Representations
1. Party A has clear knowledge of the business scope and the scope of authority of Party B.
2. Party A has read all provisions of this Agreement. Party B has made clarifications in respect of relevant provisions hereof at Party A’s request. Party A has had thorough knowledge of and has fully understood the meaning of all provisions hereof and the relevant legal consequences.
3. Party A has the full, appropriate capacity and power to execute, deliver, receive and implement this Agreement and any other document under or related to this Agreement to which it is a party and has obtained all necessary authorizations and approvals. The organization and signatory who execute, deliver, receive and implement such documents on its behalf have been legally and duly authorized and have the power to take such

27


 

actions on its behalf to make such documents including this Agreement binding on it. The execution, delivery, receipt and implementation of this Agreement and any other document under or related to this Agreement by Party A do not violate or conflict with any applicable decrees, laws, rules, decisions or orders, or its articles of association and other constitutional documents, and do not breach any contract, agreement or undertaking that restricts or binds it or its assets.
Party A (official seal):
Legal representative or authorized signatory (signature): /s/ Zongwei Li                    
Date: October 27, 2008
Party B (official seal):
Legal representative or authorized signatory (signature): /s/ Jianhua Xu                    
Date: October 27, 2008

28

Exhibit 10.4
November 26, 2008
         
Grand Avenue Group Limited   Baoding Yingli Group   Mr. Liansheng Miao
P.O. Box 957   Company Limited   No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road
Offshore Incorporation Centre   722 Cuiyuan Street   Baoding, Hebei Province
Road Town, Tortola   Baoding, Hebei Province   P.R. China
British Virgin Islands   P.R. China    
       
  Re:   Letter of Intent — Proposed Acquisition of All of the Outstanding Shares of Cyber Power Group Limited (the “Company”)
     Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We refer to our recent discussions regarding the proposed acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of the Company (the “Proposed Acquisition”) by Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited (“YGE”). This binding letter of intent (this “Letter”) sets forth the principal terms and conditions of the Proposed Acquisition.
     
The Company
  Cyber Power Group Limited is a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, with an authorized share capital of US$10. The number of outstanding shares of the Company is 10,000 ordinary shares. The Company, through Fine Silicon Co., Ltd., its principal operating subsidiary established in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”), is a development stage enterprise which will be engaged in the business of producing solar-grade polysilicon in Baoding, Hebei Province, PRC.
 
   
The Seller
  Grand Avenue Group Limited holds 7,000 ordinary shares of the Company as of the date of this Letter, is in the process of acquiring the remaining 3,000 ordinary shares of the Company from Gold Sight International Limited (“Gold Sight”) and is expected to hold all of the ordinary shares of the Company immediately before the Proposed Acquisition.
 
   
The Proposed
Acquisition
  YGE proposes to acquire 100% of the outstanding share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, that is, the Total Consideration (as defined below) to be paid for the Proposed Acquisition shall also cover all of the ordinary shares of the Company issuable upon the exercise of share options or convertible or exchangeable from other securities, if any.
 
   
Consideration
  The aggregate consideration for the Proposed Acquisition is expected to be in the range of US$70 million and US$80 million (the “Total Consideration”), which is determined with reference to the book value of the Company and subject to further necessary adjustment to reflect the results of the due diligence. US$25 million of the Total Consideration (the “Initial Consideration”) shall be payable by November 27, 2008 or as otherwise agreed between YGE and the Seller. The payment of the remaining Total Consideration will be paid on the date of the closing of the Proposed Acquisition. The Initial Consideration shall be used to repay a portion of the Seller’s indebtedness to finance the construction of the polysilicon operation of Fine Silicon Co., Ltd., and shall be repaid to YGE by Seller in the event that this Letter is terminated or the Proposed Acquisition is not

 


 

         
 
  completed prior to February 6, 2009.
 
   
Guarantee and
  The obligation to repay Initial Consideration shall be secured by:
Security
   
 
  (a) in favor of Yingli Energy (China) Company Ltd. (“Yingli China”), a wholly owned subsidiary of YGE established under the laws of the PRC,
 
   
 
    (i) an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee by Baoding Yingli Group Company Limited (“Yingli Group”), an affiliate of the Seller,
 
   
 
    (ii) a personal guarantee by Mr. Liansheng Miao, and
 
   
 
    (iii) the following assets (collectively, the “Collateral”):
 
   
 
      (A) a parcel of land (with an aggregate area of 41,386 square meters) owned by Yuansheng Rongtong Trading Company Limited (“Yuansheng Rongtong”), an affiliate of the Seller, located in 1888 North Chaoyang Street, Baoding, Hebei Province, PRC, and
 
   
 
      (B) a parcel of land (with an aggregate area of 25,775 square meters) owned by Yuansheng Real Estate Development Company Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Yuansheng Rongtong; and
 
   
 
  (b) a 40.87% equity interest in Yuansheng Rongtong held by Tianli Power Holding Company Limited, an affiliate of the Seller, in favor of YGE.
 
   
Conditions to Definitive Agreements and Closing
  The parties shall negotiate in good faith the definitive terms and condition of the Proposed Acquisition and execute the definitive transaction agreements regarding the Proposed Acquisition (the “Definitive Agreements”). The entering into of the Definitive Agreements and the closing of the Proposed Acquisition shall be subject to, among others, the following conditions:
 
   
 
  (a) completion of satisfactory legal, financial and technical due diligence by YGE,
 
   
 
  (b) YGE’s procurement of satisfactory financing of an amount not less than the Total Consideration for the Proposed Acquisition (the “Financing”) and the receipt of the proceeds from the Financing,
 
   
 
  (c) receipt of final approval of the Proposed Acquisition and the Financing by the audit committee of YGE,
 
   
 
  (d) receipt of all other required approvals and consents (corporate, regulatory, governmental or otherwise) for the Proposed Acquisition and the Financing,
 
   
 
  (e) execution of the Definitive Agreements satisfactory to YGE,
 
   
 
  (f) the completion by the Seller to acquire the remaining 3,000 ordinary shares of the Company from Gold Sight,
 
   
 
  (g) release of all encumbrance on 100% of the outstanding shares of the Company (or if any security interest on such shares cannot be released prior to the closing, then such security interest shall be released immediately after the payment of the Total Consideration), and
 
   
 
  (h) other customary closing conditions.
 
   
 
  In addition, the Seller shall (i) provide a satisfactory independent appraisal report to YGE with respect to the value of the Collateral on or before December 11, 2008; and (ii) execute or cause its affiliates to execute all necessary guarantee and security agreements satisfactory to YGE with respect to the security interest as

2


 

     
 
  described in the “Guarantee and Security” section above prior to the payment of the Initial Consideration, and assist YGE to complete all necessary registration and perfection procedures with respect of such security interest on or before January 24, 2009. The conditions to the entering into the Definitive Agreements and the closing of the Proposed Acquisition set forth in this letter may be waived at the sole discretion of YGE.
 
   
Termination
  This Letter may be terminated:
 
   
 
  (a) automatically on February 6, 2009, which termination date may be extended by YGE at its sole discretion;
 
   
 
  (b) by YGE at its discretion; or
 
   
 
  (c) by the Seller in the event of a material breach of any agreement of YGE or Yingli China contained herein.
 
   
 
  In the event of the termination of this Letter, the Seller shall promptly repay the Initial Consideration to YGE.
 
   
Disclosure
  No party to this Letter shall make, or cause to be made, any press release or public announcement in respect of this Letter or the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise communicate with news media without the prior consent of the other party, except as may be otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, by any authorized administrative or governmental agency or pursuant to applicable requirements of any listing agreement with or the rules of any applicable securities exchange.
 
   
Expenses
  The parties hereto shall bear their own respective costs and expenses in connection with the Proposed Acquisition; except that if the Seller, Yingli Group or Mr. Miao decides to terminate discussion with YGE and Yingli China, then the Seller, Yingli Group and Mr. Miao shall, promptly upon request, reimburse YGE and Yingli China for reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees, auditing fees and other expenses) incurred in connection with YGE’s and Yingli China’s pursuit of the Proposed Acquisition and for any expenses of YGE and Yingli China (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) incurred to enforce this provision.
 
   
Binding Letter
  This Letter constitutes legally binding obligations on the parties hereof with respect to the Proposed Acquisition and subject to the conditions set forth herein, constitutes an obligation or commitment of each party to enter into the Definitive Agreements.
 
   
Assignment
  The benefits under this Letter may not be assigned by any party without the express written consent of the other party.
Entire Agreement
  This Letter constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

3


 

     
Amendment
  This Letter may not be amended or modified except (a) by an instrument in writing signed by, or on behalf of, the parties hereof or (b) by a waiver in accordance with provision below.
 
   
Waiver
  Either party to this Letter may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party, or (b) waive compliance with any of the agreements of the other party or conditions to such party’s obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Letter. The failure of either party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any of such rights.
 
   
Governing Law
  This Letter shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the law of the Cayman Islands, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.
 
   
Dispute
Resolution
  All disputes among the parties arising out of or relating to this Letter shall be finally settled in Hong Kong in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce.
 
   
Counterparts
  This Letter may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
[ Signature Page to Follow ]

4


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof.
         
  Yours sincerely


YINGLI GREEN ENERGY HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
 
 
  /s/ Xiangdong Wang    
  Name:   Xiangdong Wang   
  Title:   Director   
 
         
  YINGLI ENERGY (CHINA) COMPANY LIMITED
 
 
  /s/ Xiangdong Wang    
  Name:   Xiangdong Wang   
  Title:   Director   
 
Accepted as of the date first above written by:
     
GRAND AVENUE GROUP LIMITED
 
 
/s/ Liansheng Miao    
Name:   Liansheng Miao;  
Title:   Authorized Representative   
 
     
BAODING YINGLI GROUP COMPANY LIMITED
 
 
/s/ Liansheng Miao    
Name:   Liansheng Miao  
Title:   Director   
 
     
   
/s/ Liansheng Miao    
  Mr. Liansheng Miao   
   
 

5

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited:
We consent to the use of our report incorporated by reference herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG
Hong Kong, China
November 28, 2008

Exhibit 23.2
[LETTERHEAD OF CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN]
28 November 2008
         
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited
  DIRECT LINE:   (852) 2842 9521
No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road
  E-MAIL:   flora.wong@conyersdillandpearman.com
Baoding 071051
  OUR REF:   FW/lg/285777/(M#872886)
People’s Republic of China
  YOUR REF:    
Dear Sirs,
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited (the “Company”)
We refer to the Company’s registration statement on Form F-3 (the “Registration Statement,” which term does not include any exhibits thereto) filed pursuant to Rule 415 under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
We hereby consent to the references to us under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Validity of Securities” in the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent letter as an exhibit thereto. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman
Conyers Dill & Pearman

Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP
     We hereby consent to the reference to us under the heading of “Validity of Securities” in the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed by Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and to the filing of this consent letter as an exhibit thereto.
       
 
  Very truly yours,  
 
 
  /s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP  
 
     
 
  November 28, 2008  

 

Exhibit 25.1
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) o
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   51-0055023
(Jurisdiction of incorporation of organization if not a U.S.
national bank)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001
(302) 651-1000

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Michael A. DiGregorio
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Wilmington Trust Company
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001
(302) 651-8793

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent of service)
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Cayman Islands
(State or other jurisdiction or incorporation or organization)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road
Baoding 071051
People’s Republic of China
(86 312) 8929-500

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
 
Debt Securities
(Title of the indenture securities)
 
 

 


 

         
ITEM 1.
  GENERAL INFORMATION.    
 
       
    Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
 
       
    (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
 
       
 
  Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia   State Bank Commissioner
 
  Ten Independence Mall   555 East Loockerman Street, Suite 210
 
  Philadelphia, PA 19106-1574   Dover, Delaware 19901
 
       
    (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
 
       
    The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
 
       
ITEM 2.
  AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.    
 
       
    If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:
 
       
    Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and information available to the trustee, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.
         
ITEM 16.   LIST OF EXHIBITS.
 
       
    List below all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.
 
       
 
    A copy of the Charter of Wilmington Trust Company (Exhibit 1), which includes the certificate of authority of Wilmington Trust Company to commence business (Exhibit 2) and the authorization of Wilmington Trust Company to exercise corporate trust powers (Exhibit 3).
 
       
 
    A copy of the existing By-Laws of Wilmington Trust Company (Exhibit 4).
 
       
 
    Consent of Wilmington Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act (Exhibit 6).
 
       
 
    A copy of the latest Report of Condition of Wilmington Trust Company (Exhibit 7).
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Wilmington and State of Delaware on the 28 th  day of November, 2008.
                     
[SEAL]           WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
 
                   
Attest:   /s/ Michael H. Wass       By:   /s/ Mary C. St. Amand
                 
 
  Assistant Secretary           Name:   Mary C. St. Amand
 
              Title:   Vice President

 


 

EXHIBIT 1*
AMENDED CHARTER
Wilmington Trust Company
Wilmington, Delaware
As existing on May 9, 1987
 
*     Exhibit 1 also constitutes Exhibits 2 and 3.

 


 

Amended Charter
or
Act of Incorporation
of
Wilmington Trust Company
      Wilmington Trust Company , originally incorporated by an Act of the General Assembly of the State of Delaware, entitled “An Act to Incorporate the Delaware Guarantee and Trust Company”, approved March 2, A.D. 1901, and the name of which company was changed to “ Wilmington Trust Company ” by an amendment filed in the Office of the Secretary of State on March 18, A.D. 1903, and the Charter or Act of Incorporation of which company has been from time to time amended and changed by merger agreements pursuant to the corporation law for state banks and trust companies of the State of Delaware, does hereby alter and amend its Charter or Act of Incorporation so that the same as so altered and amended shall in its entirety read as follows:
      First: - The name of this corporation is Wilmington Trust Company .
      Second: - The location of its principal office in the State of Delaware is at Rodney Square North, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle; the name of its resident agent is Wilmington Trust Company whose address is Rodney Square North, in said City. In addition to such principal office, the said corporation maintains and operates branch offices in the City of Newark, New Castle County, Delaware, the Town of Newport, New Castle County, Delaware, at Claymont, New Castle County, Delaware, at Greenville, New Castle County Delaware, and at Milford Cross Roads, New Castle County, Delaware, and shall be empowered to open, maintain and operate branch offices at Ninth and Shipley Streets, 418 Delaware Avenue, 2120 Market Street, and 3605 Market Street, all in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, and such other branch offices or places of business as may be authorized from time to time by the agency or agencies of the government of the State of Delaware empowered to confer such authority.
      Third: - (a) The nature of the business and the objects and purposes proposed to be transacted, promoted or carried on by this Corporation are to do any or all of the things herein mentioned as fully and to the same extent as natural persons might or could do and in any part of the world, viz.:
  (1)   To sue and be sued, complain and defend in any Court of law or equity and to make and use a common seal, and alter the seal at pleasure, to hold, purchase, convey, mortgage or otherwise deal in real and personal estate and property, and to appoint such officers and agents as the business of the Corporation shall require, to make by-laws not inconsistent with the Constitution or laws of the United States or of this State, to discount bills, notes or other evidences of debt, to receive deposits of money, or securities for money, to buy gold and silver bullion and foreign coins, to buy and sell bills of exchange, and generally to use, exercise and enjoy all the powers, rights, privileges and franchises incident to a corporation which are proper or necessary for the transaction of the business of the Corporation hereby created.
 
  (2)   To insure titles to real and personal property, or any estate or interests therein, and to guarantee the holder of such property, real or personal, against any claim or claims, adverse to his interest therein, and to prepare and give certificates of

 


 

      title for any lands or premises in the State of Delaware, or elsewhere.
  (3)   To act as factor, agent, broker or attorney in the receipt, collection, custody, investment and management of funds, and the purchase, sale, management and disposal of property of all descriptions, and to prepare and execute all papers which may be necessary or proper in such business.
 
  (4)   To prepare and draw agreements, contracts, deeds, leases, conveyances, mortgages, bonds and legal papers of every description, and to carry on the business of conveyancing in all its branches.
 
  (5)   To receive upon deposit for safekeeping money, jewelry, plate, deeds, bonds and any and all other personal property of every sort and kind, from executors, administrators, guardians, public officers, courts, receivers, assignees, trustees, and from all fiduciaries, and from all other persons and individuals, and from all corporations whether state, municipal, corporate or private, and to rent boxes, safes, vaults and other receptacles for such property.
 
  (6)   To act as agent or otherwise for the purpose of registering, issuing, certificating, countersigning, transferring or underwriting the stock, bonds or other obligations of any corporation, association, state or municipality, and may receive and manage any sinking fund therefor on such terms as may be agreed upon between the two parties, and in like manner may act as Treasurer of any corporation or municipality.
 
  (7)   To act as Trustee under any deed of trust, mortgage, bond or other instrument issued by any state, municipality, body politic, corporation, association or person, either alone or in conjunction with any other person or persons, corporation or corporations.
 
  (8)   To guarantee the validity, performance or effect of any contract or agreement, and the fidelity of persons holding places of responsibility or trust; to become surety for any person, or persons, for the faithful performance of any trust, office, duty, contract or agreement, either by itself or in conjunction with any other person, or persons, corporation, or corporations, or in like manner become surety upon any bond, recognizance, obligation, judgment, suit, order, or decree to be entered in any court of record within the State of Delaware or elsewhere, or which may now or hereafter be required by any law, judge, officer or court in the State of Delaware or elsewhere.
 
  (9)   To act by any and every method of appointment as trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee, assignee in bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian, bailee, or in any other trust capacity in the receiving, holding, managing, and disposing of any and all estates and property, real, personal or mixed, and to be appointed as such trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee, assignee in bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian or bailee by any persons, corporations, court, officer, or authority, in the State of Delaware or elsewhere; and whenever this Corporation is so appointed by any person, corporation, court, officer or authority such trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee,

2


 

      assignee in bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian, bailee, or in any other trust capacity, it shall not be required to give bond with surety, but its capital stock shall be taken and held as security for the performance of the duties devolving upon it by such appointment.
  (10)   And for its care, management and trouble, and the exercise of any of its powers hereby given, or for the performance of any of the duties which it may undertake or be called upon to perform, or for the assumption of any responsibility the said Corporation may be entitled to receive a proper compensation.
 
  (11)   To purchase, receive, hold and own bonds, mortgages, debentures, shares of capital stock, and other securities, obligations, contracts and evidences of indebtedness, of any private, public or municipal corporation within and without the State of Delaware, or of the Government of the United States, or of any state, territory, colony, or possession thereof, or of any foreign government or country; to receive, collect, receipt for, and dispose of interest, dividends and income upon and from any of the bonds, mortgages, debentures, notes, shares of capital stock, securities, obligations, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other property held and owned by it, and to exercise in respect of all such bonds, mortgages, debentures, notes, shares of capital stock, securities, obligations, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other property, any and all the rights, powers and privileges of individual owners thereof, including the right to vote thereon; to invest and deal in and with any of the moneys of the Corporation upon such securities and in such manner as it may think fit and proper, and from time to time to vary or realize such investments; to issue bonds and secure the same by pledges or deeds of trust or mortgages of or upon the whole or any part of the property held or owned by the Corporation, and to sell and pledge such bonds, as and when the Board of Directors shall determine, and in the promotion of its said corporate business of investment and to the extent authorized by law, to lease, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey real and personal property of any name and nature and any estate or interest therein.
     (b) In furtherance of, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, it is hereby expressly provided that the said Corporation shall also have the following powers:
  (1)   To do any or all of the things herein set forth, to the same extent as natural persons might or could do, and in any part of the world.
 
  (2)   To acquire the good will, rights, property and franchises and to undertake the whole or any part of the assets and liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation, and to pay for the same in cash, stock of this Corporation, bonds or otherwise; to hold or in any manner to dispose of the whole or any part of the property so purchased; to conduct in any lawful manner the whole or any part of any business so acquired, and to exercise all the powers necessary or convenient in and about the conduct and management of such business.
 
  (3)   To take, hold, own, deal in, mortgage or otherwise lien, and to lease, sell, exchange, transfer, or in any manner whatever dispose of property, real, personal

3


 

      or mixed, wherever situated.
  (4)   To enter into, make, perform and carry out contracts of every kind with any person, firm, association or corporation, and, without limit as to amount, to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, bonds, debentures, and other negotiable or transferable instruments.
 
  (5)   To have one or more offices, to carry on all or any of its operations and businesses, without restriction to the same extent as natural persons might or could do, to purchase or otherwise acquire, to hold, own, to mortgage, sell, convey or otherwise dispose of, real and personal property, of every class and description, in any State, District, Territory or Colony of the United States, and in any foreign country or place.
 
  (6)   It is the intention that the objects, purposes and powers specified and clauses contained in this paragraph shall (except where otherwise expressed in said paragraph) be nowise limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other clause of this or any other paragraph in this charter, but that the objects, purposes and powers specified in each of the clauses of this paragraph shall be regarded as independent objects, purposes and powers.
      Fourth: - (a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is forty-one million (41,000,000) shares, consisting of:
  (1)   One million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred stock, par value $10.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as “Preferred Stock”); and
 
  (2)   Forty million (40,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock”).
     (b) Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors each of said series to be distinctly designated. All shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall be alike in every particular, except that there may be different dates from which dividends, if any, thereon shall be cumulative, if made cumulative. The voting powers and the preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding; and, subject to the provisions of subparagraph 1 of Paragraph (c) of this Article Fourth , the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby expressly granted authority to fix by resolution or resolutions adopted prior to the issuance of any shares of a particular series of Preferred Stock, the voting powers and the designations, preferences and relative, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such series, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:
  (1)   The distinctive designation of, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock which shall constitute such series, which number may be increased (except where otherwise provided by the Board of Directors) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) from time to time by like action of the

4


 

      Board of Directors;
  (2)   The rate and times at which, and the terms and conditions on which, dividends, if any, on Preferred Stock of such series shall be paid, the extent of the preference or relation, if any, of such dividends to the dividends payable on any other class or classes, or series of the same or other class of stock and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative;
 
  (3)   The right, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock of such series to convert the same into or exchange the same for, shares of any other class or classes or of any series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation and the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;
 
  (4)   Whether or not Preferred Stock of such series shall be subject to redemption, and the redemption price or prices and the time or times at which, and the terms and conditions on which, Preferred Stock of such series may be redeemed.
 
  (5)   The rights, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock of such series upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, merger, consolidation, distribution or sale of assets, dissolution or winding-up, of the Corporation.
 
  (6)   The terms of the sinking fund or redemption or purchase account, if any, to be provided for the Preferred Stock of such series; and
 
  (7)   The voting powers, if any, of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock which may, without limiting the generality of the foregoing include the right, voting as a series or by itself or together with other series of Preferred Stock or all series of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation if there shall have been a default in the payment of dividends on any one or more series of Preferred Stock or under such circumstances and on such conditions as the Board of Directors may determine.
 
  (c) (1)  After the requirements with respect to preferential dividends on the Preferred Stock (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth ), if any, shall have been met and after the Corporation shall have complied with all the requirements, if any, with respect to the setting aside of sums as sinking funds or redemption or purchase accounts (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth ), and subject further to any conditions which may be fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth , then and not otherwise the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.
 
  (2)   After distribution in full of the preferential amount, if any, (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth ), to be distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, distribution or sale of assets, dissolution or winding-up, of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible and intangible, of whatever kind available for

5


 

      distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.
  (3)   Except as may otherwise be required by law or by the provisions of such resolution or resolutions as may be adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to section (b) of this Article Fourth , each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held on all matters voted upon by the stockholders.
     (d) No holder of any of the shares of any class or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of any class or series or any additional shares of any class or series to be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation of any class or series, or bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock of the Corporation of any class or series, or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series, but any such unissued stock, additional authorized issue of shares of any class or series of stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock, or carrying any right to purchase stock, may be issued and disposed of pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors to such persons, firms, corporations or associations, whether such holders or others, and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the Board of Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.
     (e) The relative powers, preferences and rights of each series of Preferred Stock in relation to the relative powers, preferences and rights of each other series of Preferred Stock shall, in each case, be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions adopted pursuant to authority granted in section (b) of this Article Fourth and the consent, by class or series vote or otherwise, of the holders of such of the series of Preferred Stock as are from time to time outstanding shall not be required for the issuance by the Board of Directors of any other series of Preferred Stock whether or not the powers, preferences and rights of such other series shall be fixed by the Board of Directors as senior to, or on a parity with, the powers, preferences and rights of such outstanding series, or any of them; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide in the resolution or resolutions as to any series of Preferred Stock adopted pursuant to section (b) of this Article Fourth that the consent of the holders of a majority (or such greater proportion as shall be therein fixed) of the outstanding shares of such series voting thereon shall be required for the issuance of any or all other series of Preferred Stock.
     (f) Subject to the provisions of section (e), shares of any series of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine and on such terms and for such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
     (g) Shares of Common Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine and on such terms and for such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
     (h) The authorized amount of shares of Common Stock and of Preferred Stock may, without a class or series vote, be increased or decreased from time to time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

6


 

      Fifth: - (a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be conducted and managed by a Board of Directors. The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be not less than five nor more than twenty-five as fixed from time to time by vote of a majority of the whole Board, provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office, and provided further, that the number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be twenty-four until otherwise fixed by a majority of the whole Board.
     (b) The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the whole Board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 1982, directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting, directors of the second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting and directors of the third class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the directors, may be filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors. At such election, the stockholders shall elect a successor to such director to hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his successor shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Charter or Act of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, this Charter or Act of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation), any director or the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose.
     (d) Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors. Such nominations shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of the stockholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders. Notice of nominations which are proposed by the Board of Directors shall be given by the Chairman on behalf of the Board.
     (e) Each notice under subsection (d) shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.
     (f) The Chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to

7


 

the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
     (g) No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.
      Sixth: - The Directors shall choose such officers, agents and servants as may be provided in the By-Laws as they may from time to time find necessary or proper.
      Seventh: - The Corporation hereby created is hereby given the same powers, rights and privileges as may be conferred upon corporations organized under the Act entitled “An Act Providing a General Corporation Law”, approved March 10, 1899, as from time to time amended.
      Eighth: - This Act shall be deemed and taken to be a private Act.
      Ninth: - This Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
      Tenth: - The Board of Directors, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, may designate any of their number to constitute an Executive Committee, which Committee, to the extent provided in said resolution, or in the By-Laws of the Company, shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
      Eleventh: - The private property of the stockholders shall not be liable for the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.
      Twelfth: - The Corporation may transact business in any part of the world.
      Thirteenth: - The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a vote of the majority of the entire Board. The stockholders may make, alter or repeal any By-Law whether or not adopted by them, provided however, that any such additional By-Laws, alterations or repeal may be adopted only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class).
      Fourteenth: - Meetings of the Directors may be held outside of the State of Delaware at such places as may be from time to time designated by the Board, and the Directors may keep the books of the Company outside of the State of Delaware at such places as may be from time to time designated by them.
      Fifteenth: - (a) (1) In addition to any affirmative vote required by law, and except as otherwise expressly provided in sections (b) and (c) of this Article Fifteenth:
  (A)   any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter

8


 

      defined) with or into (i) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder), which, after such merger or consolidation, would be an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder, or
  (B)   any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to or with any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, or
 
  (C)   the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, or
 
  (D)   the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or
 
  (E)   any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any similar transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder, or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder,
shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for the purpose of this Article Fifteenth as one class (“Voting Shares”). Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that some lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.
  (2)   The term “business combination” as used in this Article Fifteenth shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of clauses (A) through (E) of paragraph 1 of the section (a).
     (b) The provisions of section (a) of this Article Fifteenth shall not be applicable to any particular business combination and such business combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provisions of the Charter or Act of Incorporation or By-Laws if such business combination has been approved by a majority of the whole Board.
  (c)   For the purposes of this Article Fifteenth :
 
  (1)   A “person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.

9


 

  (2)   “Interested Stockholder” shall mean, in respect of any business combination, any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on such business combination, or immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction:
  (A)   is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the Voting Shares, or
 
  (B)   is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within two years prior thereto was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of not less than 10% of the then outstanding voting Shares, or
 
  (C)   is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded in any share of capital stock of the Corporation which were at any time within two years prior thereto beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, and such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.
  (3)   A person shall be the “beneficial owner” of any Voting Shares:
  (A)   which such person or any of its Affiliates and Associates (as hereafter defined) beneficially own, directly or indirectly, or
 
  (B)   which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or
 
  (C)   which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such first mentioned person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
  (4)   The outstanding Voting Shares shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph (3) above but shall not include any other Voting Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.
 
  (5)   “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings given those terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 1981.
 
  (6)   “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any class of

10


 

      equity security (as defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 1981) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Investment Stockholder set forth in paragraph (2) of this section (c), the term “Subsidiary” shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.
     (d) majority of the directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article Fifteenth on the basis of information known to them, (1) the number of Voting Shares beneficially owned by any person (2) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (3) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in paragraph (3) of section (c), or (4) whether the assets subject to any business combination or the consideration received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation, or any Subsidiary has an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more.
     (e) Nothing contained in this Article Fifteenth shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
      Sixteenth: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter or Act of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law, this Charter or Act of Incorporation by the By-Laws), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter or repeal any provision of Articles Fifth, Thirteenth, Fifteenth or Sixteenth of this Charter or Act of Incorporation.
      Seventeenth:
     (a) a Director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Laws as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.
     (b) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.”

11


 

EXHIBIT 4
BY-LAWS
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE
As existing on December 16, 2004

 


 

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
ARTICLE 1
Stockholders’ Meetings
     Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the third Thursday in April each year at the principal office at the Company or at such other date, time or place as may be designated by resolution by the Board of Directors.
     Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
     Section 3. Notice . Notice of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given by mailing to each stockholder at least ten (10) days before said meeting, at his last known address, a written or printed notice fixing the time and place of such meeting.
     Section 4. Quorum . A majority in the amount of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the record date, as herein determined, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders for the transaction of any business, but the holders of a smaller number of shares may adjourn from time to time, without further notice, until a quorum is secured. At each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote, either in person or by proxy, for each share of stock registered in the stockholder’s name on the books of the Company on the record date for any such meeting as determined herein.
ARTICLE 2
Directors
     Section 1. Management . The affairs and business of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
     Section 2. Number . The authorized number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by or pursuant to a resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors within the parameters set by the Charter of the Company. No more than two directors may also be employees of the Company or any affiliate thereof.
     Section 3. Qualification . In addition to any other provisions of these Bylaws, to be qualified for nomination for election or appointment to the Board of Directors, a person must have not attained the age of sixty-nine years at the time of such election or appointment, provided however, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may waive such qualification as to a particular candidate otherwise qualified to serve as a director upon a good faith determination by such committee that such a waiver is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer shall not be qualified to continue to serve as directors upon the termination of their service in those offices for any reason.
     Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors shall meet at the principal office of the Company or elsewhere in its discretion at such times to be determined by a majority of its members, or at the call of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 


 

     Section 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and shall be called upon the written request of a majority of the directors.
     Section 6. Quorum . A majority of the directors elected and qualified shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
     Section 7. Notice . Written notice shall be sent by mail to each director of any special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of any change in the time or place of any regular meeting, stating the time and place of such meeting, which shall be mailed not less than two days before the time of holding such meeting.
     Section 8. Vacancies . In the event of the death, resignation, removal, inability to act or disqualification of any director, the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, shall have the right to elect the successor who shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred, and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
     Section 9. Organization Meeting . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after its election by the stockholders shall appoint an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and shall elect from its own members a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer and a President, who may be the same person. The Board of Directors shall also elect at such meeting a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer, who may be the same person, and may appoint at any time such committees as it may deem advisable. The Board of Directors may also elect at such meeting one or more Associate Directors. The Board of Directors, or a committee designated by the Board of Directors may elect or appoint such other officers as they may deem advisable.
     Section 10. Removal . The Board of Directors may at any time remove, with or without cause, any member of any committee appointed by it or any associate director or officer elected by it and may appoint or elect his successor.
     Section 11. Responsibility of Officers . The Board of Directors may designate an officer to be in charge of such departments or divisions of the Company as it may deem advisable.
     Section 12. Participation in Meetings . The Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, by conference telephone, video facilities or other communications equipment. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board of Directors or the committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the Board of Directors or such committee.

2


 

ARTICLE 3
Committees of the Board of Directors
     Section 1. Audit Committee.
          (A) The Audit Committee shall be composed of not more than five (5) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board.
          (B) The Audit Committee shall have general supervision over the Audit Services Division in all matters however subject to the approval of the Board of Directors; it shall consider all matters brought to its attention by the officer in charge of the Audit Services Division, review all reports of examination of the Company made by any governmental agency or such independent auditor employed for that purpose, and make such recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect thereto or with respect to any other matters pertaining to auditing the Company as it shall deem desirable.
          (C) The Audit Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.
     Section 2. Compensation Committee.
          (A) The Compensation Committee shall be composed of not more than five (5) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
          (B) The Compensation Committee shall in general advise upon all matters of policy concerning compensation, including salaries and employee benefits.
          (C) The Compensation Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.
     Section 3. Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
          (A) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall be composed of not more than five members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
          (B) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall provide counsel and make recommendations to the Chairman of the Board and the full Board with respect to the performance of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, candidates for membership on the Board of Directors and its committees, matters of corporate governance, succession planning for the Company’s

3


 

executive management and significant shareholder relations issues.
          (C) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.
     Section 4. Other Committees . The Company may have such other committees with such powers as the Board may designate from time to time by resolution or by an amendment to these Bylaws.
     Section 5. Associate Directors.
          (A) Any person who has served as a director may be elected by the Board of Directors as an associate director, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
          (B) Associate directors shall be entitled to attend all meetings of directors and participate in the discussion of all matters brought to the Board of Directors, but will not have a right to vote.
     Section 6. Absence or Disqualification of Any Member of a Committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee created under Article III of these Bylaws, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
ARTICLE 4
Officers
     Section 1. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such further authority and powers and shall perform such duties the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time.
     Section 2. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and duties pertaining to the office of Chief Executive Officer conferred or imposed upon him by statute, incident to his office or as the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 3. President . The President shall have the powers and duties pertaining to the office of the President conferred or imposed upon him by statute, incident to his office or as the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have the powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 4. Duties . The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as designated by the Board of Directors, shall carry into effect all legal directions of the Board of Directors and shall at all times exercise general supervision over the interest, affairs and operations of the Company and perform all duties incident to his office.

4


 

     Section 5. Vice Presidents . There may be one or more Vice Presidents, however denominated by the Board of Directors, who may at any time perform all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the President and such other powers and duties incident to their respective offices or as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned may assign to them from time to time.
     Section 6. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend to the giving of notice of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, as well as the committees thereof, to the keeping of accurate minutes of all such meetings, recording the same in the minute books of the Company and in general notifying the Board of Directors of material matters affecting the Company on a timely basis. In addition to the other notice requirements of these Bylaws and as may be practicable under the circumstances, all such notices shall be in writing and mailed well in advance of the scheduled date of any such meeting. He shall have custody of the corporate seal, affix the same to any documents requiring such corporate seal, attest the same and perform other duties incident to his office.
     Section 7. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision over all assets and liabilities of the Company. He shall be custodian of and responsible for all monies, funds and valuables of the Company and for the keeping of proper records of the evidence of property or indebtedness and of all transactions of the Company. He shall have general supervision of the expenditures of the Company and periodically shall report to the Board of Directors the condition of the Company, and perform such other duties incident to his office or as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may assign to him from time to time.
     Section 8. Controller . There may be a Controller who shall exercise general supervision over the internal operations of the Company, including accounting, and shall render to the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee at appropriate times a report relating to the general condition and internal operations of the Company and perform other duties incident to his office.
     There may be one or more subordinate accounting or controller officers however denominated, who may perform the duties of the Controller and such duties as may be prescribed by the Controller.
     Section 9. Audit Officers . The officer designated by the Board of Directors to be in charge of the Audit Services Division of the Company, with such title as the Board of Directors shall prescribe, shall report to and be directly responsible to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.
     There shall be an Auditor and there may be one or more Audit Officers, however denominated, who may perform all the duties of the Auditor and such duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the Audit Services Division.
     Section 10. Other Officers . There may be one or more officers, subordinate in rank to all Vice Presidents with such functional titles as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, who shall ex officio hold the office of Assistant Secretary of the Company and who may perform such duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned.
     Section 11. Powers and Duties of Other Officers . The powers and duties of all other officers of the Company shall be those usually pertaining to their respective offices, subject to the direction of the Board of

5


 

Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President and the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned.
     Section 12. Number of Offices . Any one or more offices of the Company may be held by the same person, except that (A) no individual may hold more than one of the offices of Chief Financial Officer, Controller or Audit Officer and (B) none of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may hold any office mentioned in Section 12(A).
ARTICLE 5
Stock and Stock Certificates
     Section 1. Transfer . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the Company and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded.
     Section 2. Certificates . Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Company. The corporate seal affixed thereto, and any of or all the signatures on the certificate, may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Duplicate certificates of stock shall be issued only upon giving such security as may be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.
     Section 3. Record Date . The Board of Directors is authorized to fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of stockholders and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or to any allotment of rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any purpose, which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining such consent.
ARTICLE 6
Seal
     The corporate seal of the Company shall be in the following form:
Between two concentric circles the words “Wilmington Trust Company” within the inner circle the words “Wilmington, Delaware.”
ARTICLE 7
Fiscal Year
     The fiscal year of the Company shall be the calendar year.
ARTICLE 8
Execution of Instruments of the Company

6


 

     The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, however denominated by the Board of Directors, shall have full power and authority to enter into, make, sign, execute, acknowledge and/or deliver and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have full power and authority to attest and affix the corporate seal of the Company to any and all deeds, conveyances, assignments, releases, contracts, agreements, bonds, notes, mortgages and all other instruments incident to the business of this Company or in acting as executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, agent or in any other fiduciary or representative capacity by any and every method of appointment or by whatever person, corporation, court officer or authority in the State of Delaware, or elsewhere, without any specific authority, ratification, approval or confirmation by the Board of Directors, and any and all such instruments shall have the same force and validity as though expressly authorized by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE 9
Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees
     Directors and associate directors of the Company, other than salaried officers of the Company, shall be paid such reasonable honoraria or fees for attending meetings of the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Directors and associate directors who serve as members of committees, other than salaried employees of the Company, shall be paid such reasonable honoraria or fees for services as members of committees as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine and directors and associate directors may be authorized by the Company to perform such special services as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine in accordance with any guidelines the Board of Directors may adopt for such services, and shall be paid for such special services so performed reasonable compensation as may be determined by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE 10
Indemnification
     Section 1. Persons Covered . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or associate director of the Company, a member of an advisory board the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries may appoint from time to time or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity that is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person. The Company shall be required to indemnify such a person in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
     The Company may indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was an officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person. The Company may indemnify any such person in connection with a

7


 

proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
     Section 2. Advance of Expenses . The Company shall pay the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding involving a person who is or may be indemnified pursuant to Section 1 in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that the payment of expenses incurred by such a person in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by that person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 10 or otherwise.
     Section 3. Certain Rights . If a claim under this Article 10 for (A) payment of expenses or (B) indemnification by a director, associate director, member of an advisory board the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries may appoint from time to time or a person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity that is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.
     Section 4. Non-Exclusive . The rights conferred on any person by this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Charter or Act of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
     Section 5. Reduction of Amount . The Company’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity.
     Section 6. Effect of Modification . Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article 10 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE 11
Amendments to the Bylaws
     These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, and any new Bylaw or Bylaws adopted at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors by a vote of a majority of all the members of the Board of Directors then in office.

8


 

ARTICLE 12
Miscellaneous
     Whenever used in these Bylaws, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular unless the context requires otherwise and the use of either gender shall include both genders.

9


 

EXHIBIT 6
Section 321(b) Consent
     Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust Company hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.
         
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
 
 
Dated: November 28, 2008 By:   /s/ Mary C. St. Amand    
    Name:   /s/ Mary C. St. Amand   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT 7
NOTICE
This form is intended to assist state nonmember banks and savings banks with state publication requirements. It has not been approved by any state banking authorities. Refer to your appropriate state banking authorities for your state publication requirements.
REPORT OF CONDITION
Consolidating domestic subsidiaries of the
         
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY   of   WILMINGTON
         
Name of Bank       City
in the State of DELAWARE , at the close of business on June 30, 2008.
         
    Thousands of dollars
ASSETS
       
 
       
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
       
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coins
    178,866  
Interest-bearing balances
    0  
Held-to-maturity securities
    1,515  
Available-for-sale securities
    1,054,542  
Federal funds sold in domestic offices
    483,600  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
    42,072  
Loans and lease financing receivables:
       
Loans and leases held for sale
    4,169  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    8,449,469  
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses
    97,511  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve
    8,351,958  
Assets held in trading accounts
    0  
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)
    131,525  
Other real estate owned
    16,662  
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies
    5,984  
Intangible assets:
       
a. Goodwill
    1,946  
b. Other intangible assets
    3,220  
Other assets
    370,034  
Total assets
    10,646,093  
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

1


 

         
    Thousands of dollars
 
       
LIABILITIES
       
 
       
Deposits:
       
In domestic offices
    7,784,000  
Noninterest-bearing
    802,189  
Interest-bearing
    6,981,811  
Federal funds purchased in domestic offices
    579,502  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    298,435  
Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)
    0  
Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)
    820,156  
Subordinated notes and debentures
    0  
Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)
    282,017  
Total liabilities
    9,764,110  
 
       
EQUITY CAPITAL
       
 
       
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
    0  
Common Stock
    500  
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)
    128,584  
a. Retained earnings
    823,812  
b. Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (70,913 )
Total equity capital
    881,983  
Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital
    10,646,093  

2

Exhibit 99.1
[LETTERHEAD OF SOLARBUZZ LLC]
November 28, 2008
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited
No. 3055 Middle Fuxing Road
Baoding, China
CONSENT OF SOLARBUZZ
Solarbuzz LLC (“Solarbuzz”) hereby consents to the use of Solarbuzz’s name and the data from the Marketbuzz Report 2008 prepared by Solarbuzz relating to the photovoltaic industry, market and products in the registration statement on Form F-3 (together with any documents incorporated by reference therein and any amendments thereto, the “Registration Statement”) of Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Solarbuzz also hereby consents to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
         
  SOLARBUZZ LLC
 
 
  By:  /s/ Craig Stevens    
    Name:   Craig Stevens   
    Title:   President   
 

Exhibit 99.2
[AMERICAN APPRAISAL CHINA LIMITED LETTERHEAD]
November 28, 2008
Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited
No. 3055, Middle Fuxing Road
Baoding 071051, China
Dear Sirs,
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT APPRAISER
We hereby consent to the references to our name, valuation methodologies, assumptions and value conclusions for accounting purposes and with respect to (i) our report issued to Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited (the “Company”) on March 30, 2007 in respect of valuations of the Company’s ordinary shares and stock options granted under the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, in each case, as of December 31, 2006, and (ii) our report issued to the Company on May 23, 2008 in respect of valuations, as of each of March 14, 2008, of intangible assets of Tianwei Yingli relating to purchase price allocation in the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (together with any documents incorporated by reference therein and any amendments thereto, the “Registration Statement”) filed or to be filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
     
 
   
 
  Yours faithfully,
 
   
 
   
 
  /s/ AMERICAN APPRAISAL CHINA LIMITED